Home

Buyandsell.gc.ca

1. 1 34 _ PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TOLERANCES 1 Application tolerances 1 Specified range of acceptable deviations of measured values from specified values or specified design criteria Except for special areas to be within 10 of specified values 2 Instrument accuracy tolerances 1 To be of higher order of magnitude than equipment or system being tested 3 Measurement tolerances during verification 1 Unless otherwise specified actual values to be within 2 of recorded values 1 35 __ DEPARTMENTAL REPRESENTATIVE S PERFORMANCE TESTING 1 Performance testing of equipment or system by Departmental Representative will not relieve Contractor from compliance with specified start up and testing procedures PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 NOT USED ni Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 NOT USED Al Not Used END Project No R 067898 002 COMMISSIONING FORMS Section 01 91 33 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ SUMMARY 1 Section Includes 1 Commissioning forms to be completed for equipment system and integrated system 1 2 INSTALLATION START UP CHECK LISTS 1 Include the following data 1 Product manufacturer s installation instructions and recommended checks 2 Special procedures as specified in relevant technical sections 3 Items considered good installation and engineering industry practices deemed appropriate for proper and efficient operation 2 Equipment manufacturer s installation
2. Project No R 067898 002 METAL DUCTS LOW PRESSURE TO 500 PA Section 23 31 13 01 Page 3 3 Provide volume control damper in branch duct near connection to main duct A Main duct branches with splitter damper 4 Transitions 1 Diverging 20 degrees maximum included angle 2 Converging 30 degrees maximum included angle 55 Offsets l Full radiused elbows as indicated 6 Obstruction deflectors maintain full cross sectional area Maximum included angles as for transitions 2 6 FIRE STOPPING el Retaining angles around duct on both sides of fire separation in accordance with Section 07 84 00 Fire Stopping 2 Fire stopping material and installation must not distort duct 2 7 _ GALVANIZED STEEL 1 Lock forming quality to ASTM A653 A653M Z90 zinc coating 2 Thickness fabrication and reinforcement to ASHRAE amp SMACNA 3 Joints to ASHRAE SMACNA or proprietary manufactured duct joint Proprietary manufactured flanged duct joint to be considered to be a class A seal PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION 1 Verification of Conditions verify that conditions of substrate previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for metal duct installation in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions 1 Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative 2 Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery 3 Proceed with i
3. 10 11 12 Make changes in shop drawings as Departmental Representative may require consistent with Contract Documents When resubmitting notify Departmental in writing of revisions other than those requested Accompany submissions with transmittal letter in duplicate containing 1 Date 2 Project title and number 3 Contractor s name and address 4 Identification and quantity of each shop drawing product data and sample 5 Other pertinent data Submissions include 1 Date and revision dates 2 Project title and number 3 Name and address of 1 Subcontractor 2 Supplier 3 Manufacturer A Contractor s stamp signed by Contractor s authorized representative certifying approval of submissions verification of field measurements and compliance with Contract Documents 5 Details of appropriate portions of Work as applicable 1 Fabrication 2 Layout showing dimensions including identified field dimensions and clearances Setting or erection details Capacities Performance characteristics Standards Operating weight Wiring diagrams 1 AWARD Single line and schematic diagrams 10 Relationship to adjacent work After Departmental Representative s review distribute copies Submit one PDF electronic copy of shop drawings for each requirement requested in specification Sections and as Departmental Representative may reasonably request Submit PDF electronic copy of product data sheets or
4. Enquiries are to be made in writing and should be received no less than five 5 calendar days prior to the closing date to allow sufficient time to respond BID DOCUMENTS Firms intending to submit bids on this project should obtain bid documents through the Government Electronic Tendering Service at http Buyandsell gc ca tenders or at the toll free number 1 855 886 3030 Amendments when issued will be available from the same government electronic tendering service Firms that elect to base their bids on bid documents obtained from other sources do so at their own risk and will be solely responsible to inform the bid calling authority of their intention to bid BID RECEIVING Sealed bids will be received at Public Works and Government Services Canada Bid Receiving Unit Place du Portage Phase III Main Lobby Core 0A1 11 Laurier Street Gatineau Quebec K1A 109 Delivery Date Above mentioned The Crown retains the right to negotiate with suppliers on any procurement Documents may be submitted in either official language of Canada Solicitation Documents Amendment Unique Download Event English Date File Language number page added ABES PROD PW__FG B340 E65101 EBSU000 PDF 000 English 0 2014 05 14 ABES PROD PW__FG B340 F65101 EBSU000 PDF 000 French 0 2014 05 14 file P In Progress Coats Building Fit up R H Coats Building ean Talon Building EP067 150054 A Procurement Information on Buyandsell_gc_c
5. 3 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative 3 2 _ INSTALLATION 1 Flexible Connections zp Install in following locations 1 Inlets and outlets to supply air units and fans 2 Inlets and outlets of exhaust and return air fans 3 As indicated Length of connection 100 mm Minimum distance between metal parts when system in operation 75 mm Install in accordance with recommendations of SMACNA When fan is running 1 Ducting on sides of flexible connection to be in alignment 2 Ensure slack material in flexible connection in amp D Project No R 067898 002 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Section 23 33 00 Page 3 3 3 CLEANING 1 Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions ral Leave Work area clean at end of each day 2 Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions END Project No R 067898 002 DAMPERS BALANCING Section 23 33 14 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ REFERENCES l Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Association SMACNA l SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 2013 1 2 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS il Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Submit m
6. Page 6 of 7 3 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Install expansion joint straight and true Splice corners and intersections together and secure to each member with 3 screws Install access doors to electrical and mechanical fixtures specified in respective sections 1 Rigidly secure frames to furring or framing systems Finish face panel joints and internal angles with joint system consisting of joint compound joint tape and taping compound installed according to manufacturer s directions and feathered out onto panel faces Gypsum Board Finish finish gypsum board walls and ceilings to following levels in accordance with AWCI Levels of Gypsum Board Finish il Levels of finish 1 Level 1 above ceiling plenum barriers embed tape for joints and interior angles in joint compound Surfaces to be free of excess joint compound tool marks and ridges are acceptable 2 Level 2 tile backer board embed tape for joints and interior angles in joint compound and apply one separate coat of joint compound over joints angles fastener heads and accessories surfaces free of excess joint compound tool marks and ridges are acceptable 3 Level 5 all other areas embed tape for joints and interior angles in joint compound and apply three separate coats of joint compound over joints angles fastener heads and accessories apply a thin skim coat of joint compound to entire surface surfaces smo
7. 2 Protect installed products and components from damage during construction Project No R 067898 002 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Section 06 40 00 Page 9 of 9 3 Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by architectural woodwork installation END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 JOINT SEALANTS Section 07 92 00 Page 1 of 6 Part 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 General RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 06 40 00 Architectural Woodwork Section 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies REFERENCES ASTM International l ASTM C919 08 Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications Canadian General Standards Board CGSB 1 CGSB 19 GP 5M 1984 Sealing Compound One Component Acrylic Base Solvent Curing Issue of 1976 reaffirmed incorporating Amendment No 1 2 CAN CGSB 19 13 M87 Sealing Compound One component Elastomeric Chemical Curing 3 CGSB 19 GP 14M 1984 Sealing Compound One Component Butyl Polyisobutylene Polymer Base Solvent Curing Reaffirmation of April 1976 4 CAN CGSB 19 17 M90 One Component Acrylic Emulsion Base Sealing Compound 5 CAN CGSB 19 24 M90 Multi component Chemical Curing Sealing Compound General Services Administration GSA Federal Specifications FS l FS SS S 200 E 2 1993 Sealants Joint Two Component Jet Blast Resistant Cold Applied for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement Health Canada Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS l Mate
8. COMPONENTS RH Coats Building Acoustic units for suspended ceiling system to CAN CGSB 92 1 Non Directional Pattern Class A Noise Reduction Coefficient NRC designation of 0 55 Light Reflectance LR range of 0 85 to ASTM E1477 Edge type square Colour white Size varies refer to drawings Thickness 16mm Shape flat 1 nr R D Jean Talon Building Acoustic units for suspended ceiling system to CAN CGSB 92 1 il Non Directional Pattern Class A 2 Noise Reduction Coefficient NRC designation of 0 55 3 Light Reflectance LR range of 0 85 to ASTM E1477 4 Edge type square 5 Colour white 6 Size varies refer to drawings Some tiles will need to be custom cut 7 Thickness 19mm 8 Shape flat Acoustical Suspension ul Intermediate duty system to ASTM C635 2 Basic materials for suspension system commercial quality cold rolled steel zinc coated 3 Suspension system non fire rated two directional exposed tee bar grid Exposed tee bar grid components shop painted satin sheen white colour Components die cut Main tee with double web rectangular bulb and 25 mm rolled cap on exposed face Cross tee with rectangular bulb web extended to Project No R 067898 002 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Section 09 51 99 Page 4 of 5 2 2 Part 3 3 1 3 2 form positive interlock with main tee webs lower flange extended and offset to provide flush intersection 55 Hanger wire galvanized soft a
9. Rating 3 National Electrical Manufacturers Association NEMA PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MATERIALS 1 Pressure type wire connectors to CSA C22 2 No 65 with current carrying parts of copper alloy sized to fit copper conductors as required 2 Clamps or connectors for armoured cable and flexible conduit as required to CAN CSA C22 2 No 18 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ INSTALLATION 1 Remove insulation carefully from ends of conductors and oil Install mechanical pressure type connectors and tighten screws with appropriate compression tool recommended by manufacturer Installation shall meet secureness tests in accordance with CSA C22 2 No 65 END Project No R 067898 002 WIRES AND CABLES 0 1000 V Section 26 05 21 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ RELATED SECTIONS il Section 26 05 20 Wire and Box Connectors 0 1000 V 2 Section 26 05 34 Conduits Conduit Fastenings and Conduit Fittings 1 2 _ PRODUCT DATA 1 Submit product data in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 BUILDING WIRES wl Conductors stranded for 10 AWG 6 mm and larger Minimum size 12 AWG 4 mm 2 Copper conductors size as indicated with 1000 V insulation of chemically cross linked thermosetting polyethylene material rated RW90 2 2 _ ARMOURED CABLES 1 Conductors insulated copper size as indicated 2 Type AC90 3 Armour interlocking type fabricated
10. l Schedule A Waste Audit WA 1 Material 2 Material 3 4 Total 5 6 7 Reused Category Quantity Estimated Quantity of Generation Recycled Unit Waste Waste unit Point Wood and Plastics Material Description Off cuts Warped Pallet Forms Plastic Packaging Cardboard Packaging Other Doors and Windows Material Description Painted Frames Glass Wood Metal Other 3 6 WASTE REDUCTION WORKPLAN WRW wl Schedule B 1 2 3 Total 4 Actual 5 Actual 6 Material Person s Quantity Reused Recycled Material s Project No R 067898 002CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT Section 01 74 21 AND DISPOSAL Page 9 of 10 Destina tion Amount unit Projected Amount units Projected of Waste unit Category Respon sible Wood and Plastics Material Description Chutes Warped Pallet Forms Plastic Packag ing Card board Packag ing Other Doors and Windows Material Description Painted Frames Glass Wood Metal Other 3 7 COST REVENUE ANALYSIS WORKPLAN CRAW 1 Schedule E Cost Revenue Analysis Workplan CRAW 1 Material Description 2 Total Quantity unit 3 Volume cum 4 Weight cum 5 Disposal Cost Credit 6 Category Sub Total Wood Wood Stud Plywood Baseboard Wood Door
11. 100 and 170 Tunney s Pasture Drive Ottawa Ontario Summary Report PN R 065808 005 Prepared by DST Consulting Engineers November 18 2013 5 Project No R 067484 001 Section 01 14 25 Designated Substances Report Rev A Page 6 Sample A s Asbestos br Material Location Asbestos Type content 18291 07A n d n a 18291 07B 2x4 Ceiling Tile 14 Floor n d n a 18291 07C n d n a 18291 08A Chrysotile 1 18291 08B Perimeter walls A Not analyzed positive stop 18291 08C drywall joint re n Not analyzed positive stop 18291 08D compound Not analyzed positive stop 18291 08E Not analyzed positive stop 18291 0SA Core walls th n d n a 18291 09B drywall joint once is 11 n d n a 18291 09C compound n d n a 18291 10A n d n a z 12 x12 Vinyl th 18291 10B tloor tiles Kitchen 11 Floor n d n a 18291 10C n d n a 18291 18A Perimeter 119 Floor n d n a 18291 18B Offices Drywall 14 Floor n d n a 18291 18C Joint Compound 19t Floor n d n a Bold items exceed the 0 5 regulated concentration of asbestos as per O Reg 278 05 as amended MDL Method Detection Limit n d none detected n a not applicable Based on analytical sampling results listed above and limited visual observations noted during the survey materials were the following identified asbestos containing in the RH Coates project areas
12. 2 Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions Project No R 067898 002 DIFFUSERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES Section 23 37 13 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS ni Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for diffusers registers and grilles and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 2 Indicate following 1 Capacity 2 Throw and terminal velocity 3 Noise criteria 4 Pressure drop 5 Neck velocity 1 2 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS ni Extra Materials ni Provide maintenance materials in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals 2 Include 1 Keys for volume control adjustment 2 Keys for air flow pattern adjustment 1 3 _ DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING l Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions 2 Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address 3 Storage and Handling Requirements 1 Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations
13. 3 2 _ INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION 1 SRS to be inspected and certified by Manufacturer upon completion of installation 2 Provide written report stamped by professional Engineer licensed in Ontario to Departmental Representative with signed certificate of compliance with the SRS design requirements 3 3 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION 1 Upon completion and acceptance of certification hand over to Departmental Representative complete set of construction documents revised to show as built conditions END Project No R 067898 002 WIRING DEVICES Section 26 27 26 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ SECTION INCLUDES 1 Switches receptacles wiring devices cover plates and their installation 1 2 RELATED SECTIONS ni Section 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 1 3 REFERENCES l Canadian Standards Association CSA International 1 CSA C22 2 No 42 10 General Use Receptacles Attachment Plugs and Similar Devices 2 CAN CSA C22 2 No 42 1 00 R2009 Cover Plates for Flush Mounted Wiring Devices Bi national standard with UL 514D 3 CSA C22 2 No 55 M1986 R2012 Special Use Switches 4 CSA C22 2 No 111 10 General use Snap Switches 1 4 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA 1 Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 1 5 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 1 Separate and recycle waste materials in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Waste M
14. 3 Maintain existing remaining circuits systems etc which pass through area of construction Provide necessary components to maintain systems Ensure components will be concealed when construction is complete A Reinstate immediately any remaining existing systems that are in advertently interrupted during construction 5 Remove redundant conduit and wiring back to source unless otherwise noted and make safe 6 Devices from demolition are not to be reused unless noted otherwise 7 All fire alarm devices to remain in operation Protect smoke detectors from dust exposure during construction 8 Ensure fire alarm system is operational at the end of each shift 9 After demolition work is complete and prior to proceeding with new work notify the Departmental Representative for inspection END Project No R 067898 002 WIRE AND BOX CONNECTORS 0 1000 V Section 26 05 20 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ SECTION INCLUDES ni Materials and installation for wire and box connectors 1 2 RELATED SECTIONS 1 Section 26 05 21 Wire and Cables 0 1000 V 1 3 REFERENCES a Canadian Standards Association CSA International l CAN CSA C22 2 No 18 98 R2003 Outlet Boxes Conduit Boxes Fittings and Associated Hardware 2 CSA C22 2 No 65 13 Wire Connectors 2 Electrical and Electronic Manufacturers Association of Canada EEMAC 1 EEMAC 1Y 2 Bushing Stud Connectors and Aluminum Adapters 1200 Ampere Maximum
15. Conceal piping in areas with suspended ceiling 2 3 PIPE FITTINGS AND VALVES 1 Pipe 1 Ferrous to NFPA Fire 13 2 Copper tube to NFPA Fire 13 Fittings and joints to NFPA Fire 13 1 Ferrous screwed welded flanged or roll grooved 1 Grooved joints designed with two ductile iron housing segments pressure responsive gasket and zinc electroplated steel bolts and nuts Cast with offsetting angle pattern bolt pads for rigidity and visual pad to pad offset contact 2 Copper tube screwed soldered brazed grooved 3 Provide welded threaded grooved end type fittings into which sprinkler heads sprinkler head riser nipples or drop nipples are threaded 4 Plain end fittings with mechanical couplings and fittings which use steel gripping devices to bite into pipe when pressure is applied will not be permitted 5 Rubber gasketted grooved end pipe and fittings with mechanical couplings are permitted in pipe sizes 32 mm and larger 6 Fittings ULC approved for use in wet pipe sprinkler systems Project No R 067898 002 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Section 21 13 13 Page 4 Wi Ensure fittings mechanical couplings and rubber gaskets are supplied by same manufacturer 8 Side outlet tees using rubber gasketted fittings are not permitted 9 Sprinkler pipe and fittings metal 3 Pipe hangers 1 ULC listed for fire protection services in accordance with NFPA 2 4 SPRINKLER HEADS l General to NFPA Fire 13 an
16. NOT USED Not Used END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL COMMISSIONING CX REQUIREMENTS Section 01 91 13 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY il Section Includes ai General requirements relating to commissioning of project s components and systems specifying general requirements to PV of components equipment sub systems systems and integrated systems 2 Acronyms rPomMIDAWARWNE AFD Alternate Forms of Delivery service provider BMM Building Management Manual Cx Commissioning EMCS Energy Monitoring and Control Systems O amp M Operation and Maintenance PI Product Information PV Performance Verification TAB Testing Adjusting and Balancing PMSS Preventative Maintenance Support System MMS Maintenance Management System 1 2 GENERAL 1 Cx is a planned program of tests procedures and checks carried out systematically on systems and integrated systems of the finished Project Cx is performed after systems and integrated systems are completely installed functional and Contractor s Performance Verification responsibilities have been completed and approved Objectives 1 Verify installed equipment systems and integrated systems operate in accordance with contract documents and design criteria and intent 2 Ensure appropriate documentation is compiled into the BMM 3 Effectively train O amp M staff 2 Contractor assists in Cx process operating equipment and
17. PRODUCTS 2 1 _ MATERIAL 1 Conduits EMT type in accordance with Section 26 05 34 Conduits Conduit Fastenings and Conduit Fittings 2 Outlet boxes type conduit boxes size and fittings in accordance with Section 26 05 31 Splitters Junction Pull Boxes and Cabinets 3 Fish wire polypropylene type Project No R 067898 002 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS Section 27 05 28 Page 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ INSTALLATION 1 Install empty raceway system in ceiling space distribution system fish wire terminal cabinets outlet boxes pull boxes cover plates conduit sleeves and caps cabletroughs miscellaneous and positioning material to constitute complete system 2 For each data communication outlet shown provide a minimum 21 mm C from outlet up to ceiling space or as indicated 3 Provide sleeves with bushings min 27 mm from common corridor ceiling space to each enclosed room or as indicated END Project No R 067898 002 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 5119 Page 1 of 12 WORKPLACE 2 0 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS SPECIFICATION 1 PART ONE GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A Sound masking systems 1 2 REFERENCES gt vo w m m G H l UL6500 ULC 60065 Standard for Audio Video and Musical Instrument Apparatus for Household Commercial and Similar General Use UL 2043 Standard for Fire Test for Heat and Visible Smoke Release for Discrete Products an
18. gt Organic adhesive N Slip resistant tile U Waterproofing isolation membrane 14 Fasteners Provide samples in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 1 Wall tile submit duplicate 300 x 300 mm sample panels of each colour texture size and pattern of tile 2 Adhere tile samples to 11 mm thick plywood and grout joints to represent project installation QUALITY ASSURANCE Quality Assurance Submittals 1 Manufacturer s Instructions manufacturer s installation instructions 2 Manufacturer s Field Reports manufacturer s field reports specified DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Packing shipping handling and unloading ni Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements Waste Management and Disposal 1 Separate waste materials for reuse recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal AMBIENT CONDITIONS Maintain air temperature and structural base temperature at ceramic tile installation area above 12 degrees C for 48 hours before during and 48 hours after installation Do not install tiles at temperatures less than 12 degrees C or above 38 degrees C Project No R 067898 002 CERAMIC TILING Section 09 30 13 Page 3 of 4 1 7 Part 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 Do not apply epoxy mortar and grouts at temperatures below 15 degrees C or above 25 degrees C MAINT
19. instrumentation 5 Review and repeat commissioning of systems if inconsistencies found in more than 20 of reported results 6 Perform additional commissioning until results are acceptable to Departmental Representative 1 25 REPEAT VERIFICATIONS 1 Assume costs incurred by Departmental Representative for third and subsequent verifications where oh Verification of reported results fail to receive Departmental Representative s approval 2 Repetition of second verification again fails to receive approval 3 Departmental Representative deems Contractor s request for second verification was premature 1 26 _ _ SUNDRY CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS 1 Make adjustments and changes which become apparent as Cx proceeds 2 Perform static and operational checks as applicable and as required Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL COMMISSIONING CX REQUIREMENTS Section 01 91 13 Page 8 1 27 _ DEFICIENCIES FAULTS DEFECTS 1 Correct deficiencies found during start up and Cx to satisfaction of Departmental Representative 2 Report problems faults or defects affecting Cx to Departmental Representative in writing Stop Cx until problems are rectified Proceed with written approval from Departmental Representative 1 28 COMPLETION OF COMMISSIONING 1 Upon completion of Cx leave systems in normal operating mode 2 Except for warranty and seasonal verification activities specified in Cx specifications complete Cx prior to issuance of
20. leave date of beginning of time of warranty until Date of Substantial Performance is determined 8 Conduct joint 4 month and 9 month warranty inspection measured from time of acceptance by Departmental Representative 9 Include information contained in warranty management plan as follows l Roles and responsibilities of personnel associated with warranty process including points of contact and telephone numbers within the organizations of Contractors subcontractors manufacturers or suppliers involved Listing and status of delivery of Certificates of Warranty for extended warranty items to include HVAC balancing pumps motors transformers commissioned systems fire protection alarm systems sprinkler systems lightning protection systems Provide list for each warranted equipment item feature of construction or system indicating 1 Name of item 2 Model and serial numbers 3 Location where installed 4 Name and phone numbers of manufacturers or suppliers 5 Names addresses and telephone numbers of sources of spare parts 6 Warranties and terms of warranty include one year overall warranty of construction Indicate items that have extended warranties and show separate warranty expiration dates Cross reference to warranty certificates as applicable 8 Starting point and duration of warranty period Summary of maintenance procedures required to continue warranty in force 10 Cross Reference to specific pertinent Op
21. post industrial content and total cost of materials for project QUALITY ASSURANCE Test Reports submit certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties Certificates submit product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics and criteria and physical requirements Site review and Post Installation Certification Engineer who stamped shop drawings shall provide periodic site review and reports progress billing review and reports and signed and stamped certification that the work of this Section has been performed in conformance with shop drawings DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements with manufacturer s written instructions Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address Storage and Handling Requirements 1 Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in clean dry well ventilated area 2 Store and protect metal framing from nicks scratches and blemishes 3 Replace defective or damaged materials with new Develop Construction Waste Management Plan Waste Reduction Workplan related to Work of this Section Packaging Waste Management remove for reuse and re
22. 00 Submittal Procedures 1 Submit full range colour sample chips for review and selection Indicate where colour availability is restricted 2 Submit WHMIS MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets for paint and coating materials in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions Closeout Submittals 1 Provide maintenance data for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals 1 Submit records of products used List products in relation to finish system and include following 1 Product name type and use i e materials and location Manufacturer s product number Colour code numbers MPI Environmentally Friendly classification system rating Manufacturer s Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS A BR WN DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements supplemented as follows Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR RE PAINTING Section 09 91 23 01 Page 3 of 11 Deliver and store materials in original containers sealed with labels intact Labels to indicate l Manufacturer s name and address 12 Type of paint or coating 3 Compliance with applicable standard 4 Colour number in accordance with established colour schedule Remove damaged opened and rejected materials from site Store and handle in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Store materials and equipment in secure dry well v
23. 01 91 41 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY 1 Section Includes 1 This Section specifies roles and responsibilities of Commissioning Training 1 2 TRAINEES 1 Trainees personnel selected for operating and maintaining this facility Includes Property Manager building operators maintenance staff security staff and technical specialists as required 2 Trainees will be available for training during later stages of construction for purposes of familiarization with systems 1 3 INSTRUCTORS 1 Departmental Representative will provide ll Descriptions of systems 2 Instruction on design philosophy design criteria and design intent 2 Contractor and certified factory trained manufacturers personnel to provide instruction on the following 1 Start Up operation shut down of equipment components and systems 2 Control features reasons for results of implications on associated systems of adjustment of set points of control and safety devices 3 Instructions on servicing maintenance and adjustment of systems equipment and components 3 Contractor and equipment manufacturer to provide instruction on 1 Start up operation maintenance and shut down of equipment they have certified installation started up and carried out PV tests 1 4 TRAINING OBJECTIVES 1 Training to be detailed and duration to ensure 1 Safe reliable cost effective energy efficient operation of systems in normal and emergency mode
24. 05 93 Page 2 2 Adjust and regulate equipment and systems to meet specified performance requirements and to achieve specified interaction with other related systems under normal and emergency loads and operating conditions 3 Balance systems and equipment to regulate flow rates to match load requirements over full operating ranges 1 4 CO ORDINATION 1 Schedule time required for TAB including repairs re testing into project construction and completion schedule to ensure completion before acceptance of project 2 Do TAB of each system independently and subsequently where interlocked with other systems in unison with those systems 1 5 _PRE TAB REVIEW 1 Review contract documents before project construction is started and confirm in writing to Departmental Representative adequacy of provisions for TAB and other aspects of design and installation pertinent to success of TAB 2 Review specified standards and report to Departmental Representative in writing proposed procedures which vary from standard 3 During construction co ordinate location and installation of TAB devices equipment accessories measurement ports and fittings 1 6 START UP 1 Follow start up procedures as recommended by equipment manufacturer unless specified otherwise 2 Follow special start up procedures specified elsewhere in Division 23 1 7 _ OPERATION OF SYSTEMS DURING TAB 1 Operate systems for length of time required for TAB and as
25. 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ SUMMARY 1 Section Includes 1 General requirements for building Energy Monitoring and Control System EMCS that are common to NMS EMCS Sections 2 Related Requirements ni Section 21 05 01 Common Work Results for Mechanical 1 2 REFERENCES a American National Standards Institute ANSI The Instrumentation Systems and Automation Society ISA 1 ANSI ISA 5 5 1985 Graphic Symbols for Process Displays 2 American National Standards Institute ANSI Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IEEE l ANSI IEEE 260 1 1993 American National Standard Letter Symbols Units of Measurement SI Units Customary Inch Pound Units and Certain Other Units 3 American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers Inc ASHRAE 1 ASHRAE STD 135 R2001 BACNET Data Communication Protocol for Building Automation and Control Network 4 Canadian Standards Association CSA International a CAN CSA Z234 1 89 R1995 Canadian Metric Practice Guide 5 Consumer Electronics Association CEA 1 CEA 709 1 B 2002 Control Network Protocol Specification 6 Department of Justice Canada Jus 1 Canadian Environmental Assessment Act CEAA 1995 c 37 2 Canadian Environmental Protection Act CEPA 1999 c 33 7 Health Canada Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS 1 Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS 8 Transport Canada TC l Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act TDGA 1
26. 22 16 Non Structural Metal Framing REFERENCES American National Standards Institute ANSI l ANSI A208 1 09 Particleboard Mat Formed Wood 2 ANSI A208 2 09 Medium Density Fiberboard MDF for Interior Application American Society for Testing and Materials International ASTM 1 ASTM E90 04 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements 2 ASTM E336 05 Standard Test Method for Measurement of Airborne Sound Insulation in Buildings Canadian General Standards Board CGSB l CAN CGSB 11 3 M87 Hardboard Canadian Standards Association CSA International wl CSA 0115 M1982 R2001 Hardwood and Decorative Plywood 2 CSA 0151 04 Canadian Softwood Plywood Forest Stewardship Council FSC 1 FSC STD 01 001 2004 FSC Principle and Criteria for Forest Stewardship 2 FSC STD 20 002 2004 Structure and Content of Forest Stewardship Standards V2 1 3 FSC Accredited Certification Bodies Underwriters Laboratories of Canada ULC 1 CAN ULC S 102 03 Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Design and fabricate folding partitions with minimum STC of 45 tested to ASTM E90 Operation of partition shall not require a force of more than 22 N ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Product Data Project
27. 33 00 Submittal Procedures Provide samples in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 1 Submit duplicate 300 x 300 mm sample pieces of sheet material edge and transition strips Certification of Compliance provide Letter of Compliance signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics and criteria and physical requirements Manufacturer s Instructions provide manufacturer s installation instructions Provide Manufacturer s Field Reports specified herein Closeout Submittals submit operation and maintenance data for installed products in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals Include methods for maintaining installed products and precautions against cleaning materials and methods detrimental to finishes and performance QUALITY ASSURANCE Mock ups install at project site a job mock up using acceptable products and manufacturer approved installation methods Obtain Departmental Representative s acceptance of finish colour texture and pattern and workmanship standard Comply with Section 01 45 00 Quality Control Pre Installation Meetings Conduct pre installation meeting to verify project requirements substrate conditions manufacturer s installation instructions and manufacturer s warranty requirements Comply with Division 1 Project Management and Coordination Project Meetings Section Pre Installation Testing Conduct pre installa
28. Association CSA International 1 CSA G40 20 13 G40 21 13 General Requirements for Rolled or Welded Structural Quality Steel Structural Quality Steel 2 CSA W59 13 Welded Steel Construction Metal Arc Welding Canadian Steel Door Manufacturers Association CSDMA l CSDMA Recommended Specifications for Commercial Steel Doors and Frames 2006 South Coast Air Quality Management District SCAQMD California State 1 SCAQMD Rule 1113 13 Architectural Coatings 2 SCAQMD Rule 1168 05 Adhesives and Sealants Applications Underwriters Laboratories of Canada ULC wl CAN ULC S701 11 Standard for Thermal Insulation Polystyrene Boards and Pipe Covering 2 CAN ULC S702 09 Standard for Thermal Insulation Mineral Fibre for Buildings 3 CAN ULC S704 11 Standard for Thermal Insulation Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate Boards Faced ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Provide product data in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Provide shop drawings in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures l Indicate each type frame material core thickness reinforcements glazing stops location of anchors and exposed fastenings reinforcing finishes Project No R 067898 002 METAL FRAMES Section 08 11 00 1 4 Part 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 Page 2 of 4 2 Include schedule identifying each unit with do
29. Balancing of Environmental Systems 1998 3 Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association SMACNA HVAC TAB HVAC Systems Testing Adjusting and Balancing 2002 4 Recommendations and suggested practices contained in the TAB Standard mandatory S Use TAB Standard provisions including checklists and report forms to satisfy Contract requirements 6 Use TAB Standard for TAB including qualifications for TAB Firm and Specialist and calibration of TAB instruments 7 Where instrument manufacturer calibration recommendations are more stringent than those listed in TAB Standard use manufacturer s recommendations 8 TAB Standard quality assurance provisions such as performance guarantees form part of this contract 1 For systems or system components not covered in TAB Standard use TAB procedures developed by TAB Specialist a2 Where new procedures and requirements are applicable to Contract requirements have been published or adopted by body responsible for TAB Standard used AABC NEBB or TABB requirements and recommendations contained in these procedures and requirements are mandatory 1 3 PURPOSE OF TAB 1 Test to verify proper and safe operation determine actual point of performance evaluate qualitative and quantitative performance of equipment systems and controls at design average and low loads using actual or simulated loads Project No R 067898 002 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Section 23
30. Board CGSB sl CGSB 51 GP 52Ma Vapour Barrier Jacket and Facing Material for Pipe Duct and Equipment Thermal Insulation A4 Thermal Insulation Association of Canada TIAC National Insulation Standards 2005 fa Underwriters Laboratories of Canada ULC 1 CAN ULC S102 10 Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies 1 2 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS il Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Provide manufacturer s printed product literature and datasheets for duct insulation and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations a Description of equipment giving manufacturer s name type model year and capacity 2 Details of operation servicing and maintenance 3 Recommended spare parts list 3 Shop Drawings a Provide drawings stamped and signed by professional engineer registered or licensed in Province of Ontario Canada 4 Samples 1 Submit for approval complete assembly of each type of insulation system insulation coating and adhesive proposed 2 Mount sample on 12 mm plywood board 3 Affix typewritten label beneath sample indicating service Project No R 067898 002 DUCT INSULATION Section 23 07 13 Page 2 5 Manufacturers Instructions 1 Provide manufacture s written duct insulation jointing recommendations and special handling criteria instal
31. Extra Materials wl Provide extra materials of resilient sheet flooring and adhesives in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals Resilient sheet flooring to be from same production run as products installed Package products with protective covering and identify with descriptive labels 2 Provide 5 m of each colour pattern and type flooring material required for project for maintenance use 3 Extra materials one piece and from same production run as installed materials Identify each roll of sheet flooring and each container of adhesive 5 Deliver to Departmental Representative upon completion of the work of this section 6 Store where directed by Departmental Representative Products MATERIALS Linoleum sheet flooring Homogeneous sheet linoleum of primarily natural materials consisting of linseed oil wood flour and rosin binders mixed and calendered onto natural jute backing Pattern and color shall extend throughout total thickness of material 1 Width 2 Meters Length 32 Meters Gauge 2 5mm Backing Jute WR amp D Pattern and Color 1 Up to 3 colours selected by Departmental Representative a Adhesive as recommended by manufacturer 7 Heat Welding Rod as recommended by manufacturer colour and texture matched to floor finish 8 Topshield finish Resilient base continuous top set complete with premoulded end stops and external comers 1 Type rubber 2 Style cove 3 Thicknes
32. Locate conduits behind infrared or gas fired heaters with 1 5 m clearance 3 1 _ MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS 1 3 2 _ INSTALLATION 1 through which they pass 2 3 A 5 corrosive locations 6 Minimum conduit size for power circuits 21 mm 7 Bend conduit cold 8 Mechanically bend steel conduit over 21 mm diameter 9 10 Install fish cord in empty conduits 11 Remove and replace blocked conduit sections 1 Do not use liquids to clean out conduits 12 Dry conduits out before installing wire 3 3 _ SURFACE CONDUITS 1 Run parallel or perpendicular to building lines 2 3 Run conduits in flanged portion of structural steel A Group conduits wherever possible on surface channels CONDUITS CONDUIT FASTENINGS AND CONDUIT Section 26 05 34 Project No R 067898 002 FITTINGS Page 3 5 Do not pass conduits through structural members except as indicated Do not locate conduits less than 75 mm parallel to steam or hot water lines with minimum of 25 mm at crossovers 3 4 CONCEALED CONDUITS 1 Run parallel or perpendicular to building lines END Project No R 067898 002 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS SRS TYPE P2 Section 26 05 40 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ RELATED SECTIONS ni Section 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 1 2 DEFINITIONS 1 Priority Two P2 Buildings buildings in which life safety is paramount concern It is not necessary that P2 buildings remain operative during or aft
33. NOT USED Not Used END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT Section 01 74 21 AND DISPOSAL Page 1 of 10 Part 1 1 1 1 2 General WASTE MANAGEMENT GOALS Prior to start of Work conduct meeting with Departmental Representative to review and discuss PWGSC s waste management goal and Contractor s proposed Waste Reduction Workplan for Construction Renovation and or Demolition CRD waste to be project generated PWGSC s waste management goal to divert a minimum 75 percent of total Project Waste from landfill sites Prior to project completion provide Departmental Representative documentation certifying that waste management recycling reuse of recyclable and reusable materials have been extensively practiced The overall waste diversion goal for this project is 75 Minimize amount of non hazardous solid waste generated by project and accomplish maximum source reduction reuse and recycling of solid waste produced by CRD activities Protect environment and prevent environmental pollution damage REFERENCES Definitions 1 Approved Authorized recycling facility waste recycler approved by applicable provincial authority or other users of material for recycling approved by the Departmental Representative Class III non hazardous waste construction renovation and demolition waste 3 Construction Renovation and or Demolition CRD Waste Class III solid non hazardous waste
34. Screws Metallic paste filler to manufacturer s standard Make provisions for glazing as indicated and provide necessary glazing stops 1 Provide removable stainless steel glazing beads for use with glazing tapes and compounds and secured with countersunk stainless steel screws dry glazing of snap on type 2 Design exterior glazing stops to be tamperproof Project No R 067898 002 METAL FRAMES Section 08 11 00 Page 3 of 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 BR WN a aA FRAMES FABRICATION GENERAL Fabricate frames in accordance with CSDMA specifications Fabricate frames to profiles and maximum face sizes as indicated Interior frames 1 2 mm welded type construction Blank reinforce drill and tap frames for mortised templated hardware using templates provided by finish hardware supplier Reinforce frames for surface mounted hardware Protect mortised cutouts with steel guard boxes Prepare frame for door silencers 3 for single door 2 at head for double door Manufacturer s nameplates on frames and screens are not permitted Conceal fastenings except where exposed fastenings are indicated Provide factory applied touch up primer at areas where zinc coating has been removed during fabrication Insulate exterior frame components with polyurethane insulation FRAME ANCHORAGE Provide appropriate anchorage to floor and wall construction Locate each wall anchor immediately above or below each hinge reinforcement on
35. Talon Buildings 100 and 170 Tunney s Pasture Drive Ottawa Ontario Summary Report PN R 065808 005 Prepared by DST Consulting Engineers November 18 2013 1 The scope of work for this report involved a visual inspection of building materials and contents for the presence of suspected designated substances within the project areas 2 From the visual inspection suspect materials were sampled and analyzed where necessary for select designated substances On the basis of this inspection a total of thirty nine 39 bulk asbestos samples were collected by DST from the R H Coates project areas and twenty three 23 bulk samples were collected from the Jean Talon project area 3 Samples were then submitted for their respective analysis at Paracel Laboratories Ltd accredited by the Canadian Association for Laboratory Accreditation located at 300 2319 St Laurent Boulevard Ottawa ON K1G 4J8 4 The survey was limited to those areas that could be accessed by non destructive means The visual inspection and sampling was limited to readily accessible areas Destructive testing was not included in the investigation Due to the nature of building construction some inherent limitations exist as to the possible thoroughness of the designated substance survey The survey did not include the demolition of floors floor finishes solid ceilings or walls or the sampling of pipe insulations pipe fitting insulations and floor cov
36. Text manufacturer s printed data or typewritten data Drawings provide with reinforced punched binder tab 1 Bind in with text fold larger drawings to size of text pages Provide 1 1 scaled CAD files in dwg format on CD Project No R 067898 002 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Section 01 78 00 Page 2 of 7 1 4 1 5 CONTENTS PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Table of Contents for Each Volume provide title of project il Date of submission names 2 Addresses and telephone numbers of Consultant and Contractor with name of responsible parties 3 Schedule of products and systems indexed to content of volume For each product or system ak List names addresses and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers including local source of supplies and replacement parts Product Data mark each sheet to identify specific products and component parts and data applicable to installation delete inapplicable information Drawings supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems to show control and flow diagrams Typewritten Text as required to supplement product data 1 Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure incorporating manufacturer s instructions specified in Section 01 45 00 Quality Control Training provide training as required by Departmental Representative AS BUILT DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES Maintain in addition to requirements in General Conditions a
37. acclimatization function H System Zoning RON The networked masking devices shall be capable of being zoned for masking timer and in room control functions Zoning of networked masking devices shall be performed digitally Assignments to each type of zone shall be independent of each other The masking devices shall be capable of being individually rezoned without rewiring l In Room Occupant Control 2 The system shall have the capability of providing optional in room manual control of masking volume and functionality for zones as small as one loudspeaker The in room control shall provide control of masking volumes independently from main control unit be capable of restricting the range of allowable volume adjustment for masking be capable of individually muting the masking output J System Cabling The system shall use cabling rated for air handling plenums Cabling connections shall be made using connectors with positive locking mechanisms K Diagnostic Performance Upon initial configuration the system shall automatically detect the number and type of networked devices connected to each control panel component automatically detect the number of loudspeakers connected to each networked device and in total per control panel component verify that each networked device is communicating with the control panel component Project No R 067898 002 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 5119 Page 7 of 12 iv indicate th
38. affected specification Section Space anchors within individual load limit or shear capacity and ensure they provide positive permanent anchorage Wood or any other organic material plugs are not acceptable Keep exposed fastenings to a minimum space evenly and install neatly Fastenings which cause spalling or cracking of material to which anchorage is made are not acceptable FASTENINGS EQUIPMENT Use fastenings of standard commercial sizes and patterns with material and finish suitable for service Use heavy hexagon heads semi finished unless otherwise specified Use No 304 stainless steel for exterior areas Bolts may not project more than one diameter beyond nuts Use plain type washers on equipment sheet metal and soft gasket lock type washers where vibrations occur Use resilient washers with stainless steel PROTECTION OF WORK IN PROGRESS Prevent overloading of parts of building Do not cut drill or sleeve load bearing structural member unless specifically indicated without written approval of Departmental Representative Project No R 067898 002 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Section 01 61 00 Page 4 of 4 1 14 Part 2 2 1 Part 3 3 1 EXISTING UTILITIES When breaking into or connecting to existing services or utilities execute Work at times directed by local governing authorities with minimum of disturbance to Work and or building occupants Protect relocate or maintain existing active ser
39. and Disposal 1 Remove recycling containers and bins from site and dispose of materials at appropriate facility DEMONSTRATION Keying System Setup and Cabinet 1 Set up key control system with file key tags duplicate key tags numerical index alphabetical index and key change index label shields control book and key receipt cards 2 Place file keys and duplicate keys in key cabinet on their respective hooks 3 Lock key cabinet and turn over key to Departmental Representative Maintenance Staff Briefing al Brief maintenance staff regarding 4 Proper care cleaning and general maintenance of projects complete hardware 2 Description use handling and storage of keys 3 Use application and storage of wrenches for door closers and locksets Demonstrate operation operating components adjustment features and lubrication requirements PROTECTION Protect installed products and components from damage during construction Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by door hardware installation Project No R 067898 002 DOOR HARDWARE Section 08 71 00 Page 6 of 7 3 6 SCHEDULE GROUP 01 701 1 1104 1 1403 1 1904 1 QTE DESCRIPTION FINI MANUFACTURIER Wood Door Hollow Metal Frame 3 Ball bearing hinges 652 A8112 4 5x4 1 Bored lock office function grade 1 626 F81x GMK x MK x CK x 3 KEYS 1 Dome floor door stop 626 LO2141 Note e The quantities stated are the unit amounts required f
40. and Safety Requirements 1 4 SCHEDULING wl Submit work schedule for various stages of painting to Departmental Representative for review Submit schedule minimum of 48 hours in advance of proposed operations 2 Obtain written authorization from Departmental Representative for changes in work schedule 3 Schedule painting operations to prevent disruption of occupants 1 5 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1 Submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data wl Submit product data and instructions for each paint and coating product to be used clearly identifying the MPI product number and paint system to which it belongs Submit product data for the use and application of paint thinner 3 Submit two copies of Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Indicate VOCs during application and curing 3 Samples wl Submit full range colour sample chips to indicate where colour availability is restricted 2 Submit duplicate 200 x 300 mm sample panels of each paint with specified paint or coating in colours gloss sheen and textures required to MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual standards submitted on following substrate materials 1 3 mm plate steel for finishes over metal surfaces 2 13 mm birch plywood for finishes over wood surfaces Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR PAINTING
41. as follows Maximum Pressure Pa SMACNA Seal Class 500 C 250 C 125 C 125 Unsealed 2 Seal classification 1 Class A longitudinal seams transverse joints duct wall penetrations and connections made airtight with sealant and tape 2 Class B longitudinal seams transverse joints and connections made airtight with sealant tape or combination thereof 3 Class C transverse joints and connections made air tight with gasket sealant tape or combination thereof Longitudinal seams unsealed A Unsealed seams and joints SEALANT 1 Sustainability Characteristics ni Adhesives and sealants in accordance with Section 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 2 Sealant oil resistant water borne polymer type flame resistant duct sealant Temperature range of minus 30 degrees C to plus 93 degrees C TAPE 2 3 2 4 1 Tape polyvinyl treated open weave fiberglass tape 50 mm wide DUCT LEAKAGE 2D 1 In accordance with SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual FITTINGS il Fabrication to SMACNA 2 Radiused elbows 1 Rectangular standard radius short radius with single thickness turning vanes centreline radius 1 5 times width of duct 2 Round smooth radius five piece centreline radius 1 5 times diameter 3 Branches 1 Rectangular main and branch with radius on branch 1 5 times width of duct 45 degrees entry on branch 2 Round main and branch enter main duct at 45 degrees with conical connection
42. be repainted is above 85 Conduct moisture tests using properly calibrated electronic Moisture Meter except use simple cover patch test on concrete floors to be repainted Do not perform repainting work when maximum moisture content of substrate exceeds 1 12 for concrete and masonry clay and concrete brick block 2 15 for wood 3 12 for plaster and gypsum board Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR RE PAINTING Section 09 91 23 01 Page 5 of 11 A Test painted concrete masonry and plaster surfaces for alkalinity as required 3 Surface and Environmental Conditions 1 Apply paint finish in areas where dust is no longer being generated by related construction operations or when ventilation conditions are such that airborne particles will not affect quality of finished surface 2 Apply paint to adequately prepared surfaces and to surfaces within moisture limits noted herein 3 Apply paint when previous coat of paint is dry or adequately cured unless otherwise pre approved by specific coating manufacturer A Schedule operations to approval of the Departmental Representative such that painted surfaces will have dried and cured sufficiently before occupants are affected 5 Test all existing paint surfaces to determine if latex or alkyd and provide plans marked up to indicate location of existing alkyd surfaces at time of submitting action and information submittals highlighting existing surfaces whose type alkyd latex is n
43. board with face side out Do not install damaged or damp boards Locate edge or end joints over supports Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of wall INSTALLATION Erect accessories straight plumb or level rigid and at proper plane Use full length pieces where practical Make joints tight accurately aligned and rigidly secured Mitre and fit corners accurately free from rough edges Secure using contact adhesive for full length at 150 mm on centre Install casing beads around perimeter of suspended ceilings Install casing beads where gypsum board butts against surfaces having no trim concealing junction and where indicated Seal joints with sealant Provide paintable metal drywall reveal trim at all junctions of new partitions and existing exposed concrete walls or columns on both sides of partition Construct control joints of preformed units set in gypsum board facing and supported independently on both sides of joint Provide continuous polyethylene dust barrier behind and across control joints Locate control joints where indicated at changes in substrate construction at approximate 10 m spacing on long corridor runs and at approximately 15 m spacing on ceilings Install control joints straight and true Construct expansion joints as detailed at building expansion and construction joints Provide continuous dust barrier Project No R 067898 002 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Section 09 21 16
44. box cover for wiring devices installed in surface mounted utility boxes A Stainless steel 1 mm thick cover plates cover plates thickness 2 5 mm for wiring devices mounted in flush mounted outlet box 5 Sheet metal cover plates for wiring devices mounted in surface mounted FS or FD type conduit boxes 6 Weatherproof double lift spring loaded cast aluminum cover plates complete with gaskets for duplex receptacles as indicated 7 Weatherproof spring loaded cover plates complete with gaskets for single receptacles or switches PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ INSTALLATION 1 Switches 1 Install single throw switches with handle in UP position when switch closed 2 Install switches in gang type outlet box when more than one switch is required in one location 3 Mount toggle switches at height in accordance with Section 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical as indicated 2 Receptacles 1 Install receptacles in gang type outlet box when more than one receptacle is required in one location 2 Mount receptacles at height in accordance with Section 26 05 00 for Common Work Results for Electrical as indicated 3 Where split receptacle has one portion switched mount vertically and switch upper portion 3 Cover plates a Protect stainless steel cover plate finish with paper or plastic film until painting and other work is finished 2 Install suitable common cover plates where wiring devices are grouped 3 Do not use cover plates meant
45. brochures for requirements requested in specification Sections and as requested by Departmental Representative where shop drawings will not be prepared due to standardized manufacture of product Submit PDF electronic copies of test reports for requirements requested in specification Sections and as requested by Departmental Representative Project No R 067898 002 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 33 00 Page 3 of 5 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 cl Report signed by authorized official of testing laboratory that material product or system identical to material product or system to be provided has been tested in accord with specified requirements 2 Testing must have been within 3 years of date of contract award for project Submit PDF electronic copy of certificates for requirements requested in specification Sections and as requested by Departmental Representative 1 Statements printed on manufacturer s letterhead and signed by responsible officials of manufacturer of product system or material attesting that product system or material meets specification requirements 2 Certificates must be dated after award of project contract complete with project name Submit PDF electronic copy of manufacturers instructions for requirements requested in specification Sections and as requested by Departmental Representative 1 Pre printed material describing installation of product system or material inclu
46. collect waste paint by type and provide for delivery to recycling or collection facility Set aside and protect surplus and uncontaminated finish materials Deliver to or arrange collection by employees individuals or organizations for verifiable re use or re manufacturing SITE CONDITIONS Heating Ventilation and Lighting 1 2 6 Ventilate enclosed spaces Provide heating facilities to maintain ambient air and substrate temperatures above 10 degrees C for 24 hours before during and after paint application until paint has cured sufficiently Provide continuous ventilation for seven days after completion of application of paint Coordinate use of existing ventilation system with Departmental Representative and ensure its operation during and after application of paint as required Provide temporary ventilating and heating equipment where permanent facilities are not available or supplemental ventilating and heating equipment if ventilation and heating from existing system is inadequate to meet minimum requirements Provide minimum lighting level of 323 Lux on surfaces to be painted Temperature Humidity and Substrate Moisture Content Levels 1 Unless pre approved written approval by Departmental Representative perform no painting when sl Ambient air and substrate temperatures are below 10 degrees C 2 Substrate temperature is above 32 degrees C unless paint is specifically formulated for application at high temperatu
47. company for warranty work action provide name telephone number and address of company authorized for construction warranty work action 3 Ensure contact is located within local service area of warranted construction 1s continuously available and is responsive to inquiries for warranty work action ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Two weeks prior to Substantial Performance of the Work submit to the Departmental Representative four final copies of operating and maintenance manuals in English and French Provide spare parts maintenance materials and special tools of same quality and manufacture as products provided in Work Provide evidence if requested for type source and quality of products supplied FORMAT Organize data as instructional manual Binders vinyl hard covered 3 D ring loose leaf 219 x 279 mm with spine and face pockets When multiple binders are used correlate data into related consistent groupings 1 Identify contents of each binder on spine Cover identify each binder with type or printed title Project Record Documents list title of project and identify subject matter of contents Arrange content by systems process flow under Section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and system with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment
48. connecting conduits 2 Fill boxes with paper sponges or foam or similar approved material to prevent entry of debris during construction Remove upon completion of work 3 For flush installations mount outlets flush with finished wall using plaster rings to permit wall finish to come within 6 mm of opening 4 Provide correct size of openings in boxes for conduit mineral insulated and armoured cable connections Do not install reducing washers 5 Vacuum clean interior of outlet boxes before installation of wiring devices 6 Identify systems for outlet boxes as required END Project No R 067898 002 CONDUITS CONDUIT FASTENINGS AND CONDUIT Section 26 05 34 FITTINGS Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ RELATED SECTIONS l Section 26 05 21 Wires and Cables 0 1000 V 1 2 REFERENCES a Canadian Standards Association CSA International l CAN CSA C22 2 No 18 98 R2003 Outlet Boxes Conduit Boxes Fittings and Associated Hardware A National Standard of Canada 2 CSA C22 2 No 56 04 R2009 Flexible Metal Conduit and Liquid Tight Flexible Metal Conduit 3 CSA C22 2 No 83 M1985 R2013 Electrical Metallic Tubing PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 CONDUITS 1 Electrical metallic tubing EMT to CSA C22 2 No 83 with couplings with expanded ends 2 Flexible metal conduit to CSA C22 2 No 56 steel liquid tight flexible metal 2 2 CONDUIT FASTENINGS 1 One hole steel straps to secure surface conduits 50 mm and
49. de la modif Buyer ID Id de l acheteur EP067 150054 A fg340 Client Ref No N de r f du client File No N du dossier CCC No N CCC FMS No N VME 20150054 fe340EP067 150054 INVITATION TO TENDER IMPORTANT NOTICE TO BIDDERS LIMITATION OF LIABILITY PWGSC is limiting the Contractor s first party liability for work in Low Rise High Rise and Heritage Buildings See changes to GC1 6 Indemnification by the Contractor of R2810D in the Supplementary Conditions INSURANCE TERMS The Certificate of Insurance and it s instructions has been replaced see Annex B Completed certificate is NOT required at bid closing R2940D CLAUSE IS CANCELLED AND SECTION 3 8 OF R2830D IS MODIFIED Following the repeal of the Fair Wages and Hours of Labour Act R2940D clause is cancelled for contracts awarded after January 1 2014 For contracts awarded prior to that date the clause remains applicable The Code of Conduct Bid is replaced with Integrity Provision Bid and some modifications to the clause where done See R2710T R2410T GI01 Page 2 of de 13 Solicitation No N de l invitation Amd No N de la modif Buyer ID Id de l acheteur EP067 150054 A fg340 Client Ref No N de r f du client File No N du dossier CCC No N CCC FMS No N VME 20150054 fg340EP067 150054 TABLE OF CONTENTS SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SI SI01 Integrity Provisions Associated Information 102 Bid Docu
50. demonstrating that 75 of construction wastes were recycled or salvaged CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals Operation and Maintenance Data submit operation and maintenance data for incorporation into manual DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address Storage and Handling Requirements 1 Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in clean dry well ventilated area 2 Store and protect joint sealants from nicks scratches and blemishes 3 Replace defective or damaged materials with new Develop Construction Waste Management Plan Waste Reduction Workplan related to Work of this Section Packaging Waste Management remove for reuse and return by manufacturer of pallets crates padding packaging materials as specified in Construction Waste Management Plan Waste Reduction Workplan in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal Project No R 067898 002 JOINT SEALANTS Section 07 92 00 Page 3 of 6 1 6 1 7 Part 2 2 1 2 2 BW D SITE CONDITIONS Ambient Conditions l Proce
51. donned during the demolition and modifications of these structures 3 The Occupational Health and Safety Branch of the MoL has published the document entitled Guideline Silica on Construction Projects This document classifies the disturbance of materials containing silica as Type 1 Type 2 or Type 3 work and assigns different levels of respiratory protection and work procedures for each classification These work procedures should be followed when performing work involving the disturbance of silica containing materials CONTRACTORS DUTIES The contractor must review the designated substance report and take the necessary precautions to protect the health and safety of the workers and the environment As per Section 30 4 of the Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act the party hiring the contractor i e PWGSC Departmental Representative shall ensure that the contractor and subcontractor if any for the project has received a copy of the designated substance report prior to entering a binding contract for the supply of work on the project As per Section 27 2 a b and c of the Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act while onsite the contractor supervisor shall exercise every reasonable precaution for the protection of a worker If you have any questions about the designated substance report please contact the PWGSC Departmental Representative The contractor shall also complete all reporting requirements to comp
52. each item to record actual construction including a Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances referenced to visible and accessible features of construction 2 Field changes of dimension and detail 3 Changes made by change orders A Details not on original Contract Drawings 5 References to related shop drawings and modifications Specifications mark each item to record actual construction including 1 Manufacturer trade name and catalogue number of each product actually installed particularly optional items and substitute items 2 Changes made by Addenda and change orders Other Documents maintain manufacturer s certifications inspection certifications field test records required by individual specifications sections Provide digital photos if requested for site records EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS Obtain MMS data forms from Departmental Representative and fill in all information for all new and removed equipment Forward all maintenance data for inclusion in Preventative Maintenance Support System PMSS Obtain equipment tag info from Departmental Representative and include on P touch label Provide copies of all MMS data forms in operating and maintenance manuals For each item of equipment and each system include description of unit or system and component parts 1 Give function normal operation characteristics and limiting conditions 2 Include performance curves with engineering data and tes
53. equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions Waste Management separate waste materials for reuse and recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal 1 Remove recycling containers and bins from site and dispose of materials at appropriate facility PROTECTION Protect installed products and components from damage during construction Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by acoustical ceiling installation END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING Section 09 65 16 Page 1 of 6 Part 1 General 1 1 REFERENCES American Society for Testing and Materials International ASTM 1 ASTM F 2034 Standard Specification for Linoleum Sheet Floor Covering 2 ASTM F 1869 Standard Test Method for Measuring Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride 3 ASTM F 2170 Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes ASTM F 1861 Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base 5 ASTM F 710 Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring 6 ASTM F 1482 Standard Practice for Installation and Preparation of Panel Type Underlayments to Receive Resilient Flooring 7 ASTM E 648 Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source 8 ASTM E 662 Standard Test Method for Specific
54. except where specified otherwise Do application of gypsum sheathing to ASTM C1280 Erect hangers and runner channels for suspended gypsum board ceilings to ASTM C840 except where specified otherwise Support light fixtures by providing additional ceiling suspension hangers within 150 mm of each corner and at maximum 600 mm around perimeter of fixture Install work level to tolerance of 1 1200 Frame with furring channels perimeter of openings for access panels light fixtures diffusers grilles Install 19 x 64 mm furring channels parallel to and at exact locations of steel stud partition header track Furr for gypsum board faced vertical bulkheads within and at termination of ceilings Furr above suspended ceilings for gypsum board fire and sound stops and to form plenum areas as indicated Install wall furring for gypsum board wall finishes to ASTM C840 except where specified otherwise Furr openings and around built in equipment cabinets access panels on four sides Extend furring into reveals Check clearances with equipment suppliers Furr duct shafts beams columns pipes and exposed services where indicated Erect drywall resilient furring transversely across studs and joists between the layers of gypsum board spaced maximum 600 mm on centre and not more than 150 mm from ceiling wall juncture Secure to each support with 25 mm drywall screw APPLICATION Apply gypsum board after bucks anchors blocking
55. field services consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visits for inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer s instructions 3 Schedule site visits to review Work as directed in PART 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 4 CLEANING 1 Proceed in accordance with Section 01 74 11 Cleaning 2 Upon completion and verification of performance of installation remove surplus materials excess materials rubbish tools and equipment END
56. for A B and C class protection 1 Size 2 25 kg 2 2 IDENTIFICATION 1 Identify extinguishers in accordance with recommendations of ANSI NFPA 10 amp CAN ULC S508 2 Attach bilingual tag or label to extinguishers indicating month and year of installation Provide space for service dates PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS 1 Compliance comply with manufacturer s written recommendations including product technical bulletins handling storage and installation instructions and datasheets 3 2 _ INSTALLATION 1 Install or mount extinguishers in cabinets or on brackets in accordance with NFPA Fire 10 2 Install fire safety blankets as indicated 3 3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 Manufacturer s Field Services sh Provide manufacturer s field services consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visits for inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer s instructions END Project No R 067898 002 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Section 21 05 01 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ RELATED REQUIREMENTS 1 Section 09 91 23 Interior Painting 2 Section 23 05 93 Testing Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC 1 2 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS il Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for and include product ch
57. for flush outlet boxes on surface mounted boxes 4 Motion sensor switch adjustments 1 Set motion sensor programming switches for Manual On Automatic Off 15 minute time delay off Light sensitivity to midrange SmartSet On walk thru mode On audible alert On 2 Provide min 3 hours manufacturer training for typical set up Project No R 067898 002 WIRING DEVICES Section 26 27 26 Page 4 5 Labelling 1 Provide labelling in accordance with Section 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical END Project No R 067898 002 MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Section 26 28 16 02 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ SECTION INCLUDES wl Materials for moulded case circuit breakers 1 2 REFERENCES 1 Canadian Standards Association CSA International l CSA C22 2 No 5 13 Molded case Circuit Breakers Molded case Switches and Circuit breaker Enclosures 1 3 SUBMITTALS 1 Prior to any installation of circuit breakers in either a new or existing installation Contractor must submit three 3 copies of a certificate of origin from the manufacturer duly signed by the factory and the local manufacturer s representative certifying that all circuit breakers come from this manufacturer they are new and they meet standards and regulations These certificates must be submitted to the Departmental Representative for approval 2 A delay in the production of the certificate of origin won t justify any extension of the contr
58. give the Department Representative 48 hours notice for work involving designated substances Ontario Bill 208 hazardous substances Canada Labour Code Part II Section 10 and before painting caulking installing carpet or using adhesives and other materials that cause off gassing TEMPORARY UTILITIES Existing services required for work excluding power required for space temporary heating may be used by the Contractor without charge Ensure capacity is adequate prior to imposing additional loads Connect and disconnect at own expense and responsibility Maximum power supply of 110 V 15 A is available and will be provided at no cost Connect to existing power supply in accordance with Canadian Electrical Code and provide meters and switching Notify the Departmental Representative and utility companies of intended interruption of services and obtain requisite permission Give the Departmental Representative 7 days notice related to each necessary interruption of any mechanical or electrical service throughout the course of the work Keep duration of these interruptions to a minimum Carry out all interruptions after normal working hours of the occupants preferably on weekends CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Access Scaffold 1 Scaffolding install scaffolding in accordance with construction regulations and in accordance with CSA Z797 09 Code of Practice for Access Scaffold 2 Provide design drawings signed and sealed by qualified Professi
59. in clean dry well ventilated area 2 Store and protect diffuser registers and grilles from nicks scratches and blemishes 3 Replace defective or damaged materials with new Project No R 067898 002 DIFFUSERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES Section 23 37 13 Page 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ SYSTEM DESCRIPTION el Performance Requirements 1 Catalogued or published ratings for manufactured items obtained from tests carried out by manufacturer or those ordered by manufacturer from independent testing agency signifying adherence to codes and standards 2 2 GENERAL 1 Frames al Full perimeter gaskets 2 Plaster frames where set into plaster or gypsum board and as specified 3 Concealed fasteners 2 Concealed manual volume control damper operators 3 Colour standard 2 3 _ MANUFACTURED UNITS 1 Grilles registers and diffusers of same generic type products of one manufacturer 2 4 RETURN AND EXHAUST GRILLES AND REGISTERS 1 Type RG1 TG1 aluminum 13 x 13 mm egg crate type face bars size as indicated on drawings with drywall frame in coffered ceiling tiles Finish White 2 5 DIFFUSERS 1 General volume control dampers with flow straightening devices and gaskets 2 Type SD 1 existing coffered ceiling diffuser to remain or be relocated 3 Type SD 2 steel square type 300 x 300 having fixed pattern neck size as indicated on drawings lay in mounted Finish White Project No R 067898 002 DIFF
60. kPa without leakage 2 Maximum relative pressure drop coefficient 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ EXAMINATION 1 Verification of Conditions verify that conditions of substrate previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for flexible ducts installation in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions ni Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative 2 Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery 3 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative 3 2 DUCT INSTALLATION 1 Install in accordance with CAN ULC S110 UL 181 NFPA Fire 90A NFPA Fire 90B amp SMACNA 3 3 CLEANING 1 Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 1 Leave Work area clean at end of each day 2 Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions END Project No R 067898 002 DUCT LINERS Section 23 33 53 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ REFERENCES 1 ASTM International 1 ASTM C177 13 Standard Test Method for Steady State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus 2 ASTM C423 09a Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound
61. letters Size 7 25 x 100 mm 2 lines 6 mm high letters 2 Labels electronically printed self adhesive plastic labels with 6 mm high letters unless specified otherwise White with black lettering 3 Wording on nameplates and labels to be approved by Departmental Represenative prior to manufacture 4 Allow for minimum of twenty five 25 letters per nameplate 5 Nameplates for junction boxes to indicate system and or voltage characteristics 6 Identify equipment with labels engraved ASSET INVENTORY NO as directed by Departmental Represenative 7 Disconnects splitters amp panels indicate equipment power source and voltage 8 Pull boxes indicate system and voltage Project No R 067898 002 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Section 26 05 00 Page 5 2 5 WIRING IDENTIFICATION 1 Identify wiring with permanent indelible identifying markings numbered on both ends of phase conductors of feeders and branch circuit wiring 2 Maintain phase sequence and colour coding throughout 3 Colour coding to CSA C22 1 4 Use colour coded wires in communication cables matched throughout system 2 6 __ CONDUIT AND CABLE IDENTIFIC l Colour code conduits boxes and metallic sheathed cables 2 Code with plastic tape or paint at points where conduit or cable enters wall ceiling or floor and at 15 m intervals 3 Colours 25 mm wide prime colour and 20 mm wide auxiliary colour Prime Auxiliary up to 250 V Yellow up
62. materials solvents used for oil based materials as well as other cleaning and protective materials e g rags drop cloths and masking papers paints thinners paint removers strippers in accordance with safety requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and as noted herein Clean painting equipment in leak proof containers that will permit particulate matter to settle out and be collected Sediment remaining from cleaning operations to be recycled or disposed of in manner acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction Recycle paint and coatings in excess of repainting requirements as specified RESTORATION Clean and re install hardware items removed before undertaken painting operations Remove protective coverings and warning signs as soon as practical after operations cease Remove paint splashings on affected exposed surfaces Remove smears and spatter immediately as operations progress using compatible solvent Protect freshly completed surfaces from paint droppings and dust to approval of Departmental Representative Avoid scuffing newly applied paint Restore areas used for storage cleaning mixing and handling of paint to clean condition as approved by Departmental Representative END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS Section 10 22 26 33 Page 1 of 5 Part 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 General RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies Section 09
63. materials generated during construction demolition and or renovation activities A Cost Revenue Analysis Workplan CRAW based on information from Waste Reduction Workplan and intended as financial tracking tool for determining economic status of waste management practices Schedule E 5 Inert Fill inert waste exclusively asphalt and concrete 6 Waste Source Separation Program WSSP implementation and co ordination of ongoing activities to ensure designated waste materials will be sorted into pre defined categories and sent for recycling and reuse maximizing diversion and potential to reduce disposal costs 7 Recyclable ability of product or material to be recovered at end of its life cycle and re manufactured into new product for reuse 8 Recycle process by which waste and recyclable materials are transformed or collected for purpose of being transferred into new products 9 Recycling process of sorting cleansing treating and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials for purpose of using in altered form Recycling does not include burning incinerating or thermally destroying waste 10 Reuse repeated use of product in same form but not necessarily for same purpose Reuse includes Project No R 067898 002CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT Section 01 74 21 AND DISPOSAL Page 2 of 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 Salvaging reusable materials from re modelling projects b
64. off gas time Where sealants are qualified with primers use only these primers SEALANT MATERIAL DESIGNATIONS Clear Silicones one part to CAN CGSB 19 13 Paintable Acrylic latex one part to CAN CGSB 19 17 Acoustical sealant to ASTM C919 Preformed compressible and non compressible back up materials ol Polyethylene urethane neoprene or vinyl foam 1 Extruded closed cell foam backer rod 2 Size oversize 30 to 50 Project No R 067898 002 JOINT SEALANTS Section 07 92 00 Page 4 of 6 2 3 l 2 A4 2 4 1 2 Part 3 3 1 l 3 2 1 2 Neoprene or butyl rubber l Round solid rod Shore A hardness 70 3 High density foam 1 Extruded closed cell polyvinyl chloride PVC extruded polyethylene closed cell Shore A hardness 20 tensile strength 140 to 200 kPa extruded polyolefin foam 32 kg m density or neoprene foam backer size as recommended by manufacturer 4 Bond breaker tape 1 Polyethylene bond breaker tape which will not bond to sealant SEALANT SELECTION Perimeters of interior frames as detailed and itemized sealant type Acrylic Latex Perimeter of plumbing fixtures e g sinks tubs urinals stools water closets basins vanities sealant type Silicone Junction of millwork and adjacent surfaces Silicone Exposed interior control joints in drywall sealant type Acrylic Latex All penetrations acoustic rated partitions as well as junction of acoustic partition and concrete slab Acous
65. outgoing conductors as indicated 3 Spare Terminals minimum three spare terminals on each connection or lug block sized less than 400 A 2 2 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES ni Construction welded steel enclosure 2 Covers flush mounted 25 mm minimum extension all around PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 SPLITTER INSTALLATION 1 Mount plumb true and square to the building lines 2 Extend splitters full length of equipment arrangement except where indicated otherwise 3 2 JUNCTION PULL BOXES AND CABINETS INSTALLATION al Install pull boxes in inconspicuous but accessible locations 2 Only main junction and pull boxes are indicated Install pull boxes so as not to exceed 30 m of conduit run or three 90 bends between pull boxes Project No R 067898 002 SPLITTERS JUNCTION PULL BOXES AND CABINETS Section 26 05 31 Page 2 3 3 IDENTIFICATION 1 Equipment identification to Section 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 2 Identification labels Size 2 indicating voltage and phase END Project No R 067898 002 OUTLET BOXES CONDUIT BOXES AND FITTINGS Section 26 05 32 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ REFERENCES l Canadian Standards Association CSA International l CSA C22 1 12 Canadian Electrical Code Part 1 22nd Edition 1 2 SUBMITTALS 1 Submit samples for floor box in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 1 3 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Al Waste M
66. paint materials from storage only in quantities required for same day use 8 Fire Safety Requirements ai Provide one 9 kg Type ABC or dry chemical fire extinguisher as recommended by the manufacturer adjacent to storage area Store oily rags waste products empty containers and materials subject to spontaneous combustion in ULC approved sealed containers and remove from site on a daily basis Handle store use and dispose of flammable and combustible materials in accordance with National Fire Code of Canada requirements 9 Waste Management and Disposal ai 10 Separate waste materials for reuse and recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal Remove from site and dispose of packaging materials at appropriate recycling facilities Collect and separate for disposal paper plastic polystyrene corrugated cardboard packaging material in appropriate on site bins for recycling in accordance with Waste Management Plan WMP Separate for reuse recycling and place in designated containers Steel Metal Plastic waste in accordance with Waste Management Plan WMP Place materials defined as hazardous or toxic in designated containers Handle and dispose of hazardous materials in accordance with CEPA TDGA Regional and Municipal regulations Ensure emptied containers are sealed and stored safely Unused paint coating materials must be disposed of at official hazardous mate
67. patterns as indicated Indicate lay out insert and hanger spacing and fastening details splicing method for main and cross runners change in level details and acoustical unit support at ceiling fixture lateral bracing and accessories Site Review and Post Installation Certification 1 Engineer who stamped shop drawings shall provide periodic site review and reports and progress billing review and stamped post installation certification that work of this Section in in conformance with stamped shop drawings Samples 1 Submit for review and acceptance of each unit 2 Samples will be returned for inclusion into work 3 Submit duplicate full size samples of each type acoustical units Sustainable Design Submittals 1 Construction Waste Management 1 Submit project Waste Management Plan and Waste Reduction Workplan highlighting recycling and salvage requirements 2 Submit calculations on end of project recycling rates salvage rates and landfill rates demonstrating that 75 of construction wastes were recycled or salvaged 2 Recycled Content 1 Submit listing of recycled content products used including details of required percentages or recycled content materials and products showing their costs and percentages of post consumer post industrial content and total cost of materials for project 3 Low Emitting Materials 1 Submit listing of touch up paints used in building comply with VOC and chemical component limits or restrict
68. products in original and undamaged condition with manufacturer s seal and labels intact Do not remove from packaging or bundling until required in Work Store products subject to damage from weather in weatherproof enclosures Store cementitious products clear of earth or concrete floors and away from walls Keep sand when used for grout or mortar materials clean and dry Store sand on wooden platforms and cover with waterproof tarpaulins during inclement weather Project No R 067898 002 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Section 01 61 00 Page 2 of 4 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 Store sheet materials lumber on flat solid supports and keep clear of ground Slope to shed moisture Store and mix paints in heated and ventilated room Remove oily rags and other combustible debris from site daily Take every precaution necessary to prevent spontaneous combustion Remove and replace damaged products at own expense and to satisfaction of Departmental Representative Touch up damaged factory finished surfaces to Departmental Representative s satisfaction Use touch up materials to match original Do not paint over name plates TRANSPORTATION Pay costs of transportation of products required in performance of Work Transportation cost of products supplied by Departmental Representative will be paid for by Departmental Representative Unload handle and store such products MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS Unless otherwise indicated in s
69. provided by Waste Management Coordinator refer to the Waste Diversion Report form in Schedule C and Waste Materials Tracking form in Schedule D STORAGE HANDLING AND PROTECTION Store materials to be reused recycled and salvaged in locations as directed by Departmental Representative Unless specified otherwise materials for removal become Contractor s property Protect stockpile store and catalogue salvaged items Separate non salvageable materials from salvaged items Transport and deliver non salvageable items to licensed disposal facility Protect structural components not removed and salvaged materials from movement or damage Support affected structures If safety of building is endangered cease operations and immediately notify Departmental Representative Protect surface drainage mechanical and electrical from damage and blockage Provide on site facilities and containers for collection and storage of reusable and recyclable materials Separate and store materials produced during project in designated areas Prevent contamination of materials to be salvaged and recycled and handle materials in accordance with requirements for acceptance by designated processing facilities 1 On site source separation is recommended 2 Remove co mingled materials to off site processing facility for separation 3 Obtain waybills receipts and or scale tickets for separated materials removed from site 4 Materials reused on site
70. recycled or salvaged 2 Recycled Content 1 Submit listing of recycled content products used including details of required percentages or recycled content materials and products showing their costs and percentages of post consumer post industrial content and total cost of materials for project 3 Low Emitting Materials 1 Submit listing of adhesives and sealants paints and coatings used in building showing compliance with VOC and chemical component limits or restriction requirements 1 4 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address Storage and Handling Requirements 1 Store gypsum board assemblies materials level off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in clean dry well ventilated area Store and protect gypsum board assemblies from nicks scratches and blemishes 3 Protect from weather elements and damage from construction operations Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges ends or surfaces Project No R 067898 002 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Section 09 21 16 Page 3 of 7 1 5 Part 2 2 1 5 Protect prefinished aluminum surfaces with wrapping or strippable coating Do not use adhes
71. recycling appropriate on site bins for recycling accordance with Waste Management Plan 1 8 EXISTING CONTROL COMPONENTS 1 Utilize existing control wiring and piping as indicated 2 applicable codes standards specifications Representative 3 installation of new devices 4 Non functioning items for EMCS 5 proceeding with Work 6 Departmental Representative Representative T Remove existing controls not re used or not required Place in approved storage for disposition as directed Project No R 067898 002 EMCS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 25 05 01 Page 5 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 EQUIPMENT il Control Network Protocol and Data Communication Protocol to CEA 709 1 ASHRAE STD 135 2 Complete list of equipment and materials to be used on project and forming part of bid tender documents by adding manufacturer s name model number and details of materials and submit for approval od All materials to match existing base building standards PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 MANUFACTURER S RECOMMENDATIONS il Installation to manufacturer s recommendations END Project No R 067898 002 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Section 26 05 00 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ RELATED SECTIONS l Section 26 05 31 Splitters Junction Pull Boxes and Cabinets 2 Section 26 28 23 Disconnect Switches Fused and Non Fused 1 2 REFERENCES 1 Canadian Standards Association CSA International
72. required by Departmental Representative for verification of TAB reports 1 8 _ START OF TAB 1 Notify Departmental Representative 7 days prior to start of TAB 2 Start TAB when building is essentially completed including 3 Installation of ceilings doors windows other construction affecting TAB 4 Application of weatherstripping sealing and caulking 5 Pressure leakage other tests specified elsewhere Division 23 Project No R 067898 002 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Section 23 05 93 Page 3 6 Provisions for TAB installed and operational 7 Start up verification for proper normal and safe operation of mechanical and associated electrical and control systems affecting TAB including but not limited to 1 Proper thermal overload protection in place for electrical equipment 2 Air systems Filters in place clean Duct systems clean Ducts air shafts ceiling plenums are airtight to within specified tolerances Correct fan rotation Fire smoke volume control dampers installed and open Coil fins combed clean Access doors installed closed Outlets installed volume control dampers open oanu 1 9 APPLICATION TOLERANCES 1 Do TAB to following tolerances of design values 1 Other HVAC systems plus 5 minus 5 1 10 _ ACCURACY TOLERANCES 1 Measured values accurate to within plus or minus 2 of actual values 1 11 INSTRUMENTS 1 Prior to TAB submit to Departmental Representative
73. sheets for duct liners and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 1 3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS il Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals 2 Operation and Maintenance Data submit operation and maintenance data for duct liners for incorporation into manual Project No R 067898 002 DUCT LINERS Section 23 33 53 Page 2 14 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING l Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions 2 Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address 3 Storage and Handling Requirements 1 Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in clean dry well ventilated area 2 Store and protect duct liners from nicks scratches and blemishes 3 Replace defective or damaged materials with new PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 DUCT LINER 1 General KI Mineral Fibre duct liner air surface coated mat facing 2 Flame spread rating shall not exceed 25 Smoke development rating shall not exceed 50 when tested in accordance with CAN ULC S102 and NFPA 90A NFPA 90B 3 Recycled Content EcoLogo certified with minimum 35 by weight recycled content A Fungi resistance to ASTM C1338 amp ASTM G21 1 Use on fl
74. sound attenuation electrical and mechanical work have been approved Project No R 067898 002 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Section 09 21 16 Page 5 of 7 3 4 Apply single layer gypsum board to wood metal furring or framing using screw fasteners Maximum spacing of screws 300 mm on centre 1 Single Layer Application 1 Apply gypsum board on ceilings prior to application of walls to ASTM C840 52 Apply gypsum board vertically or horizontally providing sheet lengths that will minimize end joints Apply glass mat water resistant gypsum backing board where wall tiles to be applied Apply water resistant sealant to edges ends cut outs which expose gypsum core and to fastener heads Do not apply joint treatment on areas to receive tile finish Apply 12 mm diameter bead of acoustic sealant continuously around periphery of each face of partitioning to seal gypsum board structure junction where partitions abut fixed building components Seal full perimeter of cut outs around electrical boxes ducts in partitions where perimeter sealed with acoustic sealant Install ceiling boards in direction that will minimize number of end butt joints Stagger end joints at least 250 mm Install gypsum board on walls vertically to avoid end butt joints At stairwells and similar high walls install boards horizontally with end joints staggered over studs except where local codes or fire rated assemblies require vertical application Install gypsum
75. supplier tendering information indicating any building design details or other constraints which may affect the sound masking system s proper installation and operational requirements The supplier shall not be responsible to meet acoustical performance requirements in locations where existing background noise exceeds masking noise levels and or where building design details or other constraints prevent its proper installation setup and operation Project No R 067898 002 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 51 19 Page 4 of 12 4 5 6 Locations not meeting acoustical performance requirements and not the result of departmental representative s negligence and or other existing site conditions or constraints shall be corrected at the supplier s expense by any means necessary within compliance of this specification and any other applicable codes and regulations Upon completion of installation and final setup the supplier shall provide a report to departmental representative of the sound masking systems acoustical performance as per requirements in Section 3 9 The target sound masking overall dBA levels for each type of area shall be as follows Open office spaces 47 dBA Fully enclosed offices meeting or similar rooms with slab to slab or plenum barrier partitions 42 dBA Adjacent partially enclosed rooms with floor to ceiling partitions only no plenum barriers 43 dBA corridors lobbies public servicing and waiting a
76. the material is wetted to control the spread of dust or fibres and the work is done only by means of non powered hand held tools If these conditions cannot be met than more stringent Type 2 or Type 3 work procedures are required General Waste Management O Reg 347 90 as amended governs the disposal of waste containing asbestos The waste must be disposed at a licensed waste disposal site LEAD If suspected lead containing materials are disturbed i e during dry sanding grinding polishing and sawing operations then proper precautions as outlined under Designated Substances O Reg 490 09 as amended of the Occupational Health and Safety Act must be followed Under Ontario Regulation 490 09 as amended of the Occupational Health and Safety Act regulatory limits have been established for occupational exposure limits to airborne lead that may be present in a workplace The Time Weighted Average Exposure Values TWAEV to airborne lead dust or fumes should not exceed the Ministry of Labour s 0 05 milligram per cubic metre mg m limit during the removal of paints and products containing any concentration of lead The TWAEV represents the time weighted average concentration for a conventional 8 hour workday and a 40 hour workweek to which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed day after day without adverse health effects Contractors performing work that requires disturbance of le
77. to 600 V Yellow Green 2 7 ___ FINISHES 1 Shop finish metal enclosure surfaces by application of rust resistant primer inside and outside and at least two coats of finish enamel 1 Paint outdoor electrical equipment equipment green finish to EEMAC Y1 1 2 Paint indoor switchgear and distribution enclosures light gray to EEMAC 2Y 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ INSTALLATION 1 Do complete installation in accordance with CSA C22 1 except where specified otherwise 3 2 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS 1 Ensure manufacturer s nameplates CSA labels and identification nameplates are visible and legible after equipment is installed 2 Provide labels indicating panel name and circuit number for all receptacles and light switches Project No R 067898 002 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Section 26 05 00 Page 6 3 3 _ CONDUIT AND CABLE INSTALLATION 1 Sleeves through concrete sized for free passage of conduit and protruding 50 mm 2 If plastic sleeves are used in fire rated walls or floors remove before conduit installation 3 Install cables conduits and fittings embedded or plastered over close to building structure so furring can be kept to minimum 3 4 _ MOUNTING HEIGHTS 1 Mounting height of equipment is from finished floor to centreline of equipment unless specified or indicated otherwise 2 If mounting height of equipment is not specified or indicated verify before proceeding with installation 3 Install
78. use field control devices that are usable in their original configuration provided that they conform to S Do not modify original design of existing devices without written permission fromDepartmental 2 Provide for new properly designed device where re usability of components is uncertain Inspect and test existing devices intended for re use within 30 days of award of contract and prior to 1 Furnish test report within 40 days of award of contract listing each component to be re used and indicating whether it is in good order or requires repair by Departmental Representative 2 Failure to produce test report will constitute acceptance of existing devices by contractor 1 Provide with report specification sheets or written functional requirements to support findings 2 Departmental Representative will repair or replace existing items judged defective yet deemed necessary Submit written request for permission to disconnect controls and to obtain equipment downtime before Assume responsibility for controls to be incorporated into EMCS after written receipt of approval from 1 Be responsible for items repaired or replaced by Departmental Representative 2 Be responsible for repair costs due to negligence or abuse of equipment 3 Responsibility for existing devices terminates upon final acceptance of EMCS by Departmental 1 7 _ _ DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 of Contract 2 Waste Management and Disposal 1 Separate waste materials for reuse and
79. with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals 2 Tools 1 Supply 2 sets of wrenches for door closers locksets and fire exit hardware QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements al Hardware for doors in fire separations and exit doors certified by a Canadian Certification Organization accredited by Standards Council of Canada Certificates product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics and criteria and physical requirements DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address Package items of hardware including fastenings separately or in like groups of hardware label each package as to item definition and location Storage and Handling Requirements A Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in clean dry well ventilated area 2 Store and protect door hardware from nicks scratches and blemishes Project No R 067898 002 DOOR HARDWARE Section 08 71 00 Page 3 of 7 Part 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 3 Protect prefinished surfaces with wrapping 4 Replace defective or damaged materials with new Develop Construction Wa
80. zone Results may be provided in table format and or plotted graphically An indication of locations if applicable where acoustical performance was not achieved These should be clearly indicated on a plan with rationale provided if not previously identified by departmental representative as having an existing issue The supplier shall include a letter of conformance upon final setup certifying that the acoustical performance requirements have been achieved in all zones with any exceptions listed Sound masking systems used to provide specific levels of speech security to specific closed rooms will require addition accurate details of sound levels hardware locations and labeling in order to quickly address any alerts received The speech security protection achieved shall not be considered the suppliers responsibility to determine achieved As previously stated these requirements require special design considerations and in the sound masking system s supply contract and terms of references The departmental representative reserves the right at their own expense to conduct third party testing and verification of acoustical performance The measurements of acoustical performance shall be made in accordance with appropriate sections of current ASTM E1573 Standard Test Method for Evaluating Masking Sound in Open Office Using A Weighted and One Third Octave Band Sound Pressure Levels with HVAC systems functioning under a normal mode of op
81. 1 1 1 1 2 General RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 09 30 13 Ceramic Tiling Section 22 42 16 Commercial Lavatories and Sinks Section 26 50 00 Lighting REFERENCES American National Standards Institute ANSI wl ANSI A208 1 09 Particleboard 2 ANSI A208 2 09 Medium Density Fiberboard MDF for Interior Applications 3 ANSI HPVA HP 1 09 Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood ASTM International 1 ASTM E1333 10 Standard Test Method for Determining Formaldehyde Concentrations in Air and Emission Rates From Wood Products Using a Large Chamber 2 ASTM D2832 92 R2011 Standard Guide for Determining Volatile and Nonvolatile Content of Paint and Related Coatings 3 ASTM D5116 10 Standard Guide For Small Scale Environmental Chamber Determinations of Organic Emissions From Indoor Materials Products Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada AWMAC and Architectural Woodwork Institute A WI 1 Architectural Woodwork Standards AWS 2009 Canadian General Standards Board CGSB l CAN CGSB 71 20 M88 Adhesive Contact Brushable CSA International 1 CSA B111 74 R2003 Wire Nails Spikes and Staples 2 CSA O112 10 08 R2013 Evaluation of Adhesives for Structural Wood Products Limited Moisture Exposure CSA 0121 08 R2013 Douglas Fir Plywood CSA O0141 05 R2009 Softwood Lumber CSA 0151 09 Canadian Softwood Plywood CSA 0153 13 Poplar Plywood CAN CSA Z809 08 2013 Sustainab
82. 1 33 00 Submittal Procedures Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for architectural woodwork and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 2 Submit two copies of WHMIS MSDS in accordance with Section 01 35 29 Health and Safety Requirements Shop Drawings 1 Submit drawings stamped and signed by professional engineer registered or licensed in Province of Ontario Canada 2 Indicate details of construction profiles jointing fastening and other related details 1 details 1 2 or 1 5 as appropriate 3 Indicate materials thicknesses finishes and hardware Indicate locations of service outlets in casework typical and special installation conditions and connections attachments anchorage and location of exposed fastenings Project No R 067898 002 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Section 06 40 00 1 4 1 5 Page 3 of 9 Samples 1 Submit duplicate samples of laminated plastic for colour selection 2 Submit duplicate samples of laminated plastic joints edging cutouts and postformed profiles Certifications submit certificates signed by manufacturer certifying that materials comply with specified performance characteristics and physical properties Sustainable Design Submittals 1 Construction Waste Management 1 Submit project Waste Management Plan and Waste Reduction Workplan highlighting recycling and salvage
83. 11 3 7 3 8 3 9 Use dipping sheepskins or daubers when no other method is practical in places of difficult access and when specifically authorized by Departmental Representative Apply paint coats in continuous manner and allow surfaces to dry and properly cure between coats for minimum time period as recommended by manufacturer Minimum dry film thickness of coats not less than that recommended by manufacturer Repaint thin spots or bare areas before next coat of paint is applied Sand and dust between coats to remove visible defects Repaint surfaces both above and below sight lines as specified for surrounding surfaces including such surfaces as tops of interior cupboards and cabinets and projecting ledges Repaint top bottom and vertical edges of doors to be repainted Repaint inside of cupboards and cabinets as specified for outside surfaces Repaint closets and alcoves to match existing unless otherwise scheduled or noted MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Unless otherwise noted repainting to include exposed to view previously painted mechanical and electrical equipment and components panels conduits piping hangers and ductwork Touch up scratches and marks and repaint such mechanical and electrical equipment and components with colour and sheen finish to match existing unless otherwise noted or scheduled Do not paint over name plates or instruction labels Leave unfinished exposed conduits piping ha
84. 2 Controller to have adjustable flow settings 8 Casing constructed of galvanized steel internally lined with 25 mm 0 7 kg density fibrous glass to UL 181 and NFPA Fire 90A Mount control components inside protective metal shroud 9 Damper galvanized steel with peripheral gasket and self lubricating bearings Air leakage past closed damper not to exceed 2 of nominal rating at 750 Pa inlet static pressure in accordance with Air Diffusion Council test procedure 2 4 FAN POWERED BOXES 1 General 1 Primary air assembly pressure independent with reset to any air flow between zero and maximum air volume as indicated 2 DDC controller to operate damper operator between independent of maximum or minimum air volume settings Project No R 067898 002 AIR TERMINAL UNITS Section 23 36 00 Page 3 3 DDC operator and controller to be field mounted by base building contractor to match existing base building standard 4 Field calibration and readjustment of air volume as follows 1 Gauge tops for balancing with standard pressure gauge 2 Adjustable flow settings 5 Casing galvanized steel internally lined with 25 mm 0 7 kg density fibrous glass to UL 181 and NFPA Fire 90A Mount control components inside protective metal shroud 6 Damper galvanized steel with peripheral gasket and self lubricating bearings Air leakage past closed damper not to exceed 2 of nominal rating at 750 Pa inlet static pressure in accordance wi
85. 2 rows each side Project No R 067898 002 DUCT INSULATION Section 23 07 13 Page 4 3 4 DUCTWORK INSULATION SCHEDULE 1 Insulation types and thicknesses conform to following table TIAC Code Vapour Thickness Retarder mm Rectangular C 1 yes 50 cold and dual temperature supply air ducts Round cold C 2 yes 50 and dual temperature supply air ducts Acoustically none lined ducts 3 5 __ CLEANING 1 Clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions a Remove surplus materials excess materials rubbish tools and equipment 52 Waste Management separate waste materials for reuse and recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal END Project No R 067898 002 METAL DUCTS LOW PRESSURE TO 500 PA Section 23 31 13 01 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ REFERENCES 1 American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASHRAE 2 ASTM International wl ASTM A653 A653M 11 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Zinc Coated Galvanized or Zinc Iron Alloy Coated Galvannealed by the Hot Dip Process 3 Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association SMACNA l SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 2005 2 SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual 2012 3 IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings Under Construction 2007 1 2 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
86. 3 13 Architectural Coatings QUALITY ASSURANCE Conform to latest MPI requirements for interior repainting work including cleaning preparation and priming Materials primers paints coatings varnishes stains lacquers fillers thinners and solvents shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the MPI Approved Product List and shall be from a single manufacturer for each system used Paint materials such as linseed oil shellac reducers and turpentine shall be the highest quality product of an approved manufacturer listed in MPI Maintenance Repainting Manual and shall be compatible with other coating materials as required Retain purchase orders invoices and other documents to prove conformance with noted MPI requirements when requested by Departmental Representative Standard of Acceptance when viewed using final lighting source surfaces shall indicate the following 1 Walls no defects visible from a distance of 1000 mm at 90 degrees to surface 2 Ceilings no defects visible from floor at 45 degrees to surface 3 Final coat to exhibit uniformity of colour and sheen across full surface area Mock ups construct mock ups in accordance with Section 01 45 00 Quality Control 1 Provide a mock up in accordance with requirements of Section 01 45 00 Quality Control to Departmental Representative approval 2 Prepare and repaint mock up designated interior room to requirements specified herein with specified paint or coati
87. 47 V 60 Hz for use with 1 or 2 32W T8 lamps Totally encased and designed for 40 degrees Celsius ambient temperature Ballast factor as indicated on fixture schedule Current crest factor 1 7 maximum Harmonics 10 maximum THD Operating frequency of electronic ballast 20 kHz minimum Ballast factor to be between 0 8 and 1 0 to be determined at shop dwg stage Sound rated Class A Mounting integral with luminaire 00 1 tn BR bo D 2 3 FINISHES 1 Light fixture finish and construction to meet ULC listings and CSA certifications related to intended installation 2 4 OPTICAL CONTROL DEVICES 1 As indicated in Lighting Fixture Schedule 2 5 LUMINAIRES 1 As indicated in Lighting Fixture Schedule Project No R 067898 002 LIGHTING Section 26 50 00 Page 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ INSTALLATION 1 Locate and install luminaires as indicated 2 Provide adequate support to suit ceiling system 3 Where relocated fixture contains no ballast provide new single lamp ballast in fixture Where relocated fixture contains a 4 lamp ballast relocate ballast to remaining fixtures in the area 3 2 WIRING 1 Connect luminaires to lighting circuits ol Install flexible or rigid conduit for luminaires 3 3 LUMINAIRE SUPPORTS 1 For suspended ceiling installations support luminaires independently of ceiling 3 4 LUMINAIRE ALIGNMENT 1 Align luminaires mounted in continuous rows to form stra
88. 9 Page 5 of 12 E Table 1 NRC Optimal Sound Masking Spectrum Nominal 45 dBA Contour 1 3 Octave Band 1 3 Octave dB Sound Levels Center Frequency overall 45 dBA nominal Hz dB 100 46 9 125 45 9 160 44 7 200 43 9 250 42 7 315 41 4 400 40 4 500 38 9 630 37 4 800 35 4 1 000 33 7 1 250 31 4 1 600 29 4 2 000 27 4 2 500 24 9 3 150 22 4 4 000 19 4 5 000 16 4 System Control The system shall provide setup programming control of operational parameter as well monitoring and logging operational status for each masking zone from a centrally located control unit or units s The number of control units are based on the capacity and feasibility of zones possible per control unit Programming and querying of each masking devices through the control unit may be provided as an integrated display and key panel directly on control unit or through an external proprietary device provided by supplier and included as part of the sound masking system The system must also provide a wired interface to allow connection to control unit through the use of a personal computer laptop or similar device not provided by supplier and a supplier developed software to allow system programming control and management of the system s operational parameters The control panel component or suppliers external device and or PC based software shall provide controls for networked device addressing system setup and configuration masking vol
89. 9 01 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS SRS TYPE P2 BUILDINGS NO OF PAGES R Un on NAP NNANPHBAIAAPA ADO WW Project No R 067898 002 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS Section 00 01 10 Page 4 of 4 23 05 93 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR 5 HVAC 23 07 13 DUCT INSULATION 4 23 31 13 01 METAL DUCTS LOW PRESSURE TO 500 PA 4 23 33 00 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 3 23 33 14 DAMPERS BALANCING 3 23 33 46 FLEXIBLE DUCTS 2 23 33 53 DUCT LINERS 4 23 34 00 HVAC FANS 3 23 36 00 AIR TERMINAL UNITS 3 23 37 13 DIFFUSERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES 3 DIVISION 25 25 0501 EMCS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 5 DIVISION 26 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 7 26 05 20 WIRE AND BOX CONNECTORS 0 1000 V 1 26 05 21 WIRES AND CABLES 0 1000 V 1 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL 1 SYSTEMS 26 05 31 SPLITTERS JUNCTION PULL BOXES AND 2 CABINETS 26 05 32 OUTLET BOXES CONDUIT BOXES AND 2 FITTINGS 26 05 34 CONDUITS CONDUIT FASTENINGS AND 3 CONDUIT FITTINGS 26 05 40 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS SRS TYPE P2 3 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES 4 26 28 16 02 MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2 26 28 23 DISCONNECT SWITCHES FUSED AND NON 1 FUSED 26 50 00 LIGHTING 3 DIVISION 27 27 05 28 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 2 27 51 19 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 12 DIVISION 28 28 31 00 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 5 END OF TABLE D Public Works and Government Services Canada RETURN BIDS TO RETOURNER LES SOUMISSIONS A Bid Rece
90. 992 c 34 1 3 _ ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS 1 Acronyms used in EMCS AEL Average Effectiveness Level AI Analog Input AIT Agreement on International Trade AO Analog Output BACnet Building Automation and Control Network BC s Building Controller s BECC Building Environmental Control Center CAD Computer Aided Design oanu Project No R 067898 002 EMCS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 25 05 O1 Page 2 CDL Control Description Logic CDS Control Design Schematic COSV Change of State or Value CPU Central Processing Unit DI Digital Input DO Digital Output DP Differential Pressure ECU Equipment Control Unit EMCS Energy Monitoring and Control System HVAC Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning IDE Interface Device Equipment VO Input Output ISA Industry Standard Architecture LAN Local Area Network LCU Local Control Unit MCU Master Control Unit NAFTA North American Free Trade Agreement NC Normally Closed NO Normally Open OS Operating System O amp M Operation and Maintenance OWS Operator Work Station PC Personal Computer PCI Peripheral Control Interface PCMCIA Personal Computer Micro Card Interface Adapter PID Proportional Integral and Derivative RAM Random Access Memory SP Static Pressure ROM Read Only Memory TCU Terminal Control Unit USB Universal Serial Bus UPS Uninterr
91. AN TALON BLDG 7TH FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN JEAN TALON BLDG 7TH FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN JEAN TALON BLDG 7TH FLOOR DOOR SCHEDULE JEAN TALON BLDG 7TH FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DEMO JEAN TALON BLDG 7TH FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN CONSTRUCTION JEAN TALON BLDG 7TH FLOOR FINISH PLAN JEAN TALON BLDG 7TH FLOOR FURNITURE PLAN R H COATS BLDG 11TH FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN R H COATS BLDG 11TH FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN DOOR SCHEDULE R H COATS BLDG 11TH FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DEMO R H COATS BLDG 11TH FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN CONSTRUCTION R H COATS BLDG 11TH FLOOR FINISH PLAN R H COATS BLDG 11TH FLOOR FURNITURE PLAN R H COATS BLDG 19TH FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN R H COATS BLDG 19TH FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN DOOR SCHEDULE R H COATS BLDG 19TH FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DEMO R H COATS BLDG 19TH FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN CONSTRUCTION R H COATS BLDG 19TH FLOOR FINISH PLAN R H COATS BLDG 19TH FLOOR FURNITURE PLAN TYPICAL ELEVATIONS DETAILS TYPICAL MILLWORK DETAILS Project No R 067898 002 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS Section 00 01 10 Page 2 of 4 MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL M001 M111 M121 M131 M141 M211 M221 M231 M241 M311 M321 M331 M341 M411 M421 M431 M441 E001 E111 E121 E131 E141 E211 E221 E231 E241 E251 E311 E321 E331 E341 MECHANICAL DRAWING LIST LEGENDS SCHEDULES amp DETAILS R H C 14TH FLOOR FIRE P
92. Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method 3 ASTM C916 85 2007 Standard Specification for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation A ASTM C1071 12 Standard specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation Thermal and Sound Absorbing Material 5 ASTM C1338 08 Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings 6 ASTM G21 09 Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi 2 National Fire Protection Association NFPA d NFPA Fire 90A Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 2012 Edition 2 NFPA Fire 90B Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems 2013 Edition 3 North American Insulation Manufacturers Association NAIMA l NAIMA AH116 2002 Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards 4 Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor s National Association SMACNA 1 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 2005 2 SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings Under Construction 2007 5 Underwriter s Laboratories of Canada ULC 1 CAN ULC S102 10 Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies 1 2 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS il Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data
93. C542 Execution EXAMINATION Verification of Conditions verify conditions of substrates previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for glazing installation in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions 1 Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerance 2 Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean free of obstructions and ready to receive glazing 3 Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative Project No R 067898 002 GLAZING Section 08 80 50 Page 5 of 6 A Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery 5 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative 3 2 PREPARATION Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant 3 3 INSTALLATION INTERIOR WET DRY METHOD TAPE AND SEALANT Perform work in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual GANA Laminated Glazing Reference Manual for glazing installation methods Cut glazing tape to length and install against permanent stops projecting 1 6 mm above sight line Place setting blocks at 1 3 points with edge block maximum 150 mm from corners Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape to ensur
94. C553 Project No R 067898 002 DUCT INSULATION Section 23 07 13 Page 3 2 3 ACCESSORIES 1 Vapour retarder lap adhesive a Water based fire retardant type compatible with insulation 2 Tape self adhesive aluminum plain reinforced 50 mm wide minimum 3 Contact adhesive quick setting 4 Tie wire 1 5 mm stainless steel 5 Fasteners 4 mm diameter pins with 35 mm diameter clips length to suit thickness of insulation PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 APPLICATION 1 Manufacturer s Instructions comply with manufacturer s written recommendations including product technical bulletins handling storage and installation instructions and datasheets 3 2 PRE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 1 Pressure test ductwork systems complete witness and certify 2 Ensure surfaces are clean dry free from foreign material 3 3 __ INSTALLATION 1 Install in accordance with TIAC National Standards 2 Apply materials in accordance with manufacturers instructions and as indicated 3 Use 2 layers with staggered joints when required nominal thickness exceeds 75 mm A Maintain uninterrupted continuity and integrity of vapour retarder jacket and finishes 1 Ensure hangers and supports are outside vapour retarder jacket 5 Hangers and supports l Apply high compressive strength insulation where insulation may be compressed by weight of ductwork 6 Fasteners install at 300 mm on centre in horizontal and vertical directions minimum
95. Closeout Submittals 1 Submit maintenance and engineering data for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01 78 00 Close Out Submittals in accordance with NFPA Fire 20 2 Authority of Jurisdiction will delegate authority for review and approval of submittals required by this Section 3 Submit to Authority of Jurisdiction 2 sets of approved submittals and drawings immediately after approval but no later than 15 working days to prior to final inspection 4 Submit following 1 Manufacturer s Data for 1 Alarm speakers 2 Wiring 2 System wiring diagrams 1 Submit wiring diagrams of system showing points of connection and terminals used for electrical connections in the system 3 Design data Power Calculations 1 Submit design calculations for existing system and new work specified to substantiate that battery capacity exceeds supervisory and alarm power requirements 1 4 _ QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Qualifications 1 Installer company or person specializing in fire alarm system installations with 5 years documented experience approved by manufacturer 2 Provide services of representative or technician from manufacturer of system experienced in installation and operation of type of system being provided to supervise installation adjustment preliminary testing and final testing of system and to provide instruction to project personnel PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MATERIALS 1 Equipment and devices ULC listed and labelled and supp
96. Council Canada NRCC 1 NRCC NBCC 2010 National Building Code of Canada 2010 1 3 DEFINITIONS 1 Priority Two P2 Buildings buildings in which life safety is of paramount concern It is not necessary that P2 buildings remain operative during or after earthquake activity 2 SRS acronym for Seismic Restraint System 1 4 DESCRIPTION 1 SRS fully integrated into and compatible with 1 Noise and vibration controls specified elsewhere 52 Structural mechanical electrical design of project 2 Systems equipment not required to be operational during and after seismic event 3 During seismic event SRS to prevent systems and equipment from causing personal injury and from moving from normal position A Designed by Professional Engineer specializing in design of SRS and registered in Province of Ontario 1 5 _ ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS wl Submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Shop drawings submit drawings stamped and signed by professional engineer registered or licensed in Province of Ontario Canada 3 Submit design data including l Full details of design criteria Project No R 067898 002 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS SRS Section 23 05 49 01 TYPE P2 BUILDINGS Page 2 1 6 N Design calculations including restraint loads resulting from seismic forces in accordance with National Building Code detailed work sheets tables Separate shop drawings for eac
97. Drywall joint compound associated with perimeter exterior wall drywall materials throughout the 11th 14th and 19th Floors contains 1 Chrysotile asbestos Samples 18291 01B 18291 06B 18291 08A DST also collected three 3 representative drywall joint compound samples for drywall materials partition walls connected to i e butting up to against or in proximity to confirmed asbestos containing perimeter exterior wall and bulkhead drywall materials i e perimeter office partitions on the 11th Sample 18291 18A 14th Sample 18291 18B and 19th Sample 18291 18C floors Analytical results have revealed that these drywall materials partition walls adjacent to connected to asbestos containing perimeter exterior walls do not contain asbestos However in cases where these non asbestos drywall materials connect to or butt up against asbestos containing drywall materials at the perimeter exterior walls removal or disturbance at these connection points Project No Section 01 14 25 R 067484 001 Designated Substances Report Rev A Page 7 should be performed using appropriate asbestos precautionary measures e Non friable black tar adhesive applied to Styrofoam panels around the perimeters of the 11th 14th and 19th Floors Sample 18291 03A contains 10 69 Chrysotile asbestos e Based on historic sampling in the building as part of a separate refit project for the 3rd 12th and 13th Floors of the R H Coates building asbe
98. ENANCE Extra Materials il Provide maintenance materials in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals 2 Provide minimum 2 of each type and colour of tile required for project for maintenance use Store where directed 3 Maintenance material same production run as installed material Products WALL TILE Ceramic tile to CAN CGSB 75 1 Type 3 Class MR 150 x 75 mm size edges glazed surface pattern colour as selected by Departmental Representative BOND COAT Epoxy bond coat non toxic non flammable non hazardous during storage mixing application and when cured To produce shock and chemical resistant mortars having the following physical characteristics al Compressive Strength 246 kg cm Bond Strength 53 kg cm Water Absorption 4 0 Max Ozone Resistance 200 hours 200 ppm no loss of strength Smoke Contribution Factor 0 Flame Contribution Factor 0 YAW KR amp D Finished mortar and grout to be resistant to urine dilute acid dilute alkali sugar brine and food waste products petroleum distillates oil and aromatic solvents 8 Bond Coat maximum VOC limit 65 g L to SCAQMD Rule 1168 GROUT Colouring Pigments 1 Pure mineral pigments limeproof and nonfading complying with ASTM C979 2 Colouring pigments to be added to grout by manufacturer 3 Job coloured grout are not acceptable 4 Use in Commercial Cement Grout Dry Set Grout and Latex Cement Grout Cement Grout to ANS
99. FSC Lock Block Integrated 7 Adhesive Type I PVA Cross link NAUF FABRICATION Vertical edge strips to match face veneer Prepare doors for glazing Provide glazing stops hardwood oak species with mitred corners Bevel vertical edges of single acting doors 3 mm in 50 mmon lock side and 1 5 mm in 50 mm on hinge side Execution MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS Compliance comply with manufacturer s written data including product technical bulletins product catalogue installation instructions product carton installation instructions and data sheets INSTALLATION Unwrap and protect doors in accordance with CAN CSA 0132 2 Series Appendix A Install labelled fire rated doors to NFPA 80 Install doors and hardware in accordance with manufacturer s printed instructions and CAN CSA 0132 2 Series Appendix A Adjust hardware for correct function Install glazing in accordance with Section 08 80 50 Glazing Project No R 067898 002 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Section 08 14 16 3 3 3 4 Page 4 of 4 ADJUSTMENT Re adjust doors and hardware just prior to completion of building to function freely and properly CLEANING Perform cleaning as soon as possible after installation to remove construction and accumulated environmental dirt Remove traces of primer caulking clean doors and frames Clean glass and glazing materials with approved non abrasive cleaner On completion of installation remove surplus materials rubbish tool
100. Fit up R H Coats Building J ean Talon Building EP067 150054 A Procurement Information on Buyandsell gc ca Canada gc ca Services Departments Fran ais For Businesses For Government Goods and Services Applications Procurement Data Home Procurement Data Tenders Search Fit up R H Coats Building Jean Talon Building EP067 150054 A Fit up R H Coats Building J ean Talon Building EP067 150054 A Service Upgrade 2014 05 14 Upgrades to the Buyandsell gc ca web service will begin at 20 00 ET Wednesday May 14 2014 Site visitors should not experience any service interruption during the upgrade Further details regarding the upgrades will be released Thursday May 15 2014 Tender Notice Status Publishing status Active Days to closing 3 weeks 1 day hence Dates Publication date 2014 05 14 Amendment date 2014 05 14 Date closing 2014 06 05 14 00 Eastern Daylight Time EDT Details PW FG 340 65101 EP067 150054 A Reference number Solicitation number Region of delivery National Capital Region Notice type Notice of Proposed Procurement NPP GSIN 5177BA Interior Fit Up Renovations Trade agreement Agreement on Internal Trade AIT Tendering procedure All interested suppliers may submit a bid Competitive Lowest Lower Bid procurement strategy Public Works amp Government Services Canada Procurement entity Public Works amp Government Services Canada End user entity Contact Information Con
101. Gloss Level 4 Satin Like Finish 20 to 35 min 35 Gloss Level 5 Traditional 35 to 70 Semi Gloss Finish Gloss Level 6 Traditional Gloss 70 to 85 Gloss Level 7 High Gloss More than 85 Finish 2 Gloss level ratings of painted surfaces as indicated Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR PAINTING Section 09 91 23 Page 8 of 12 2 5 2 6 Part 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 INTERIOR PAINTING SYSTEMS Galvanized metal doors frames railings misc steel pipes overhead decking and ducts 1 INT 5 3M High performance architectural latex GS finish Dressed lumber including doors door and window frames casings mouldings 1 INT 6 3A High performance architectural latex G5 finish Plaster and gypsum board gypsum wallboard drywall sheet rock type material and textured finishes 1 INT 9 2B High performance architectural latex G3 walls G 2 ceilings Canvas and cotton coverings zl INT 10 1A Latex G3 finish SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL Perform following tests on each batch of consolidated post consumer material before surface coating is reformulated and canned Testing by laboratory or facility which has been accredited by Standards Council of Canada 1 Lead cadmium and chromium are to be determined using ICP AES Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy technique no 6010 as defined in EPA SW 846 52 Mercury is to be determined by Cold Vapour Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy using Techniqu
102. Grade G 5 finish 2 RIN 5 1 modified Structural Steel and Metal Fabrications convector covers A RIN 5 1R High Performance Architectural Latex Premium Grade GS finish modified to use MPI 17 as full primer coat clean and de gloss existing surface prior to application Allow 24 hours minimum drying time after application of primer coat 3 RIN 5 3 Galvanized Metal Doors Frames Railings Pipes etc d RIN 5 3B High Performance Architectural Latex Premium Grade G5 finish 1 When painting over existing alkyd paint modify system to use MPI 17 as full primer coat clean and de gloss existing surface prior to application Allow 24 hours minimum drying time after application of primer coat Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR RE PAINTING Section 09 91 23 01 Page 7 of 11 Part 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 RIN 5 4 Aluminum l RIN 5 4F High Performance Architectural Latex Premium Grade GS finish RIN 6 3 Dressed Lumber Including Doors Door and Window Frames and Mouldings il RIN 6 3T High Performance Architectural Latex Premium Grade G5 finish fi When painting over existing alkyd paint modify system to use MPI 17 as full primer coat clean and de gloss existing surface prior to application Allow 24 hours minimum drying time after application of primer coat RIN 9 2 Plaster and Gypsum Board gypsum wallboard drywall and sheet rock type material l RIN 9 2B High Performance Architectur
103. I A108 1 1 Use one part white cement to one part white sand passing a number 30 screen Commercial Cement Grout to CTI A118 6 Dry Set Grout to CTI A118 6 Project No R 067898 002 CERAMIC TILING Section 09 30 13 Page 4 of 4 Part 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 Latex Cement Grout to ANSI A108 1 fast curing high early strength polymer modified stain resistant sanded mix for floors unsanded mix for walls and floors with polished tiles commercial tile grout Execution MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS Compliance comply with manufacturer s written recommendations or specifications including product technical bulletins handling storage and installation instructions and datasheets WORKMANSHIP Do tile work in accordance with TTMAC Tile Installation Manual 2006 2007 Ceramic Tile except where specified otherwise Apply tile or backing coats to clean and sound surfaces Fit tile around corners fitments fixtures drains and other built in objects Maintain uniform joint appearance Cut edges smooth and even Do not split tiles Maximum surface tolerance 1 800 Make joints between tile uniform and approximately 1 5 mm wide plumb straight true even and flush with adjacent tile Ensure sheet layout not visible after installation Align patterns Lay out tiles so perimeter tiles are minimum 1 2 size Sound tiles after setting and replace hollow sounding units to obtain full bond Make internal angle
104. Interim Certificate of Completion 3 Cx to be considered complete when contract Cx deliverables have been submitted and accepted by Departmental Representative 1 29 ACTIVITIES UPON COMPLETION OF COMMISSIONING el When changes are made to baseline components or system settings established during Cx process provide updated Cx form for affected item 2 Obtain MMS data forms from Departmental Representative and fill in all information for all new and removed equipment Forward all maintenance data for inclusion in PMSS Obtain equipment tag info from Departmental Representative and include on P touch label 1 30 TRAINING 1 In accordance with Section 01 91 41 Commissioning Cx Training 1 31 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS SPARE PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS 1 Supply deliver and document maintenance materials spare parts and special tools as specified in contract 1 32 OCCUPANCY 1 Cooperate fully with Departmental Representative during stages of acceptance and occupancy of facility 1 33 _ INSTALLED INSTRUMENTATION 1 Use instruments installed under Contract for TAB and PV if 1 Accuracy complies with these specifications 2 Calibration certificates have been deposited with Departmental Representative 2 Calibrated EMCS sensors may be used to obtain performance data provided that sensor calibration has been completed and accepted Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL COMMISSIONING CX REQUIREMENTS Section 01 91 13 Page 9
105. MENTATION 1 Refer to Section 01 91 33 Commissioning Cx Forms Installation Check Lists and Product Information PI Performance Verification PV Forms for requirements and instructions for use 2 Departmental Representative to review and approve Cx documentation 3 Provide completed and approved Cx documentation to Departmental Representative 1 9 COMMISSIONING SCHEDULE 1 Provide detailed Cx schedule as part of construction schedule in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 2 Provide adequate time for Cx activities prescribed in technical sections and commissioning sections including 1 Approval of Cx reports 2 Verification of reported results 3 Repairs retesting re commissioning re verification 4 Training 1 10 STARTING AND TESTING 1 Contractor assumes liabilities and costs for inspections Including disassembly and re assembly after approval starting testing and adjusting including supply of testing equipment Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL COMMISSIONING CX REQUIREMENTS Section 01 91 13 Page 4 1 11 WITNESSING OF STARTING AND TESTING 1 Provide 14 days notice prior to commencement 2 Departmental Representative to witness of start up and testing 3 Contractor s Cx Agent to be present at tests performed and documented by sub trades suppliers and equipment manufacturers 1 12 _ MANUFACTURER S INVOLVEMENT 1 Factory testing manufacturer to 1 Coordinate time
106. NT CONDITIONS Ambient Requirements 1 Install glazing when ambient temperature is 10 degrees C minimum Maintain ventilated environment for 24 hours after application 2 Maintain minimum ambient temperature before during and 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds Project No R 067898 002 GLAZING Section 08 80 50 Page 4 of 6 Part 2 2 1 2 2 Part 3 3 1 Products MATERIALS Design Criteria 1 Size glass to withstand dead loads and positive and negative live loads to ASTM E330 2 Limit glass deflection to 1 200 flexural limit of glass with full recovery of glazing materials Flat Glass A Safety glass to CAN CGSB 12 1 transparent 6 mm thick 1 Type 2 tempered 2 Class B float 3 Category 1 4 Edge treatment Sealant in accordance with Section 07 92 00 Joint Sealants ACCESSORIES Setting blocks to suit glazing method glass light weight and area Spacer shims neoprene 50 60 Shore A durometer hardness to ASTM D2240 75 mm long x one half height of glazing stop x thickness to suit application Self adhesive on one face Glazing tape 1 Preformed butyl compound 10 15 Shore A durometer hardness to ASTM D2240 coiled on release paper black colour 2 Closed cell polyvinyl chloride foam coiled on release paper over adhesive on two sides maximum water absorption by volume 2 designed for compression of 25 Glazing clips manufacturer s standard type Lock strip gaskets to ASTM
107. No R 067898 002 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS Section 10 22 26 33 Page 2 of 5 1 Submit manufacturer s printed product literature specifications and datasheet and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 2 Submit WHMIS MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets in accordance with Section 02 81 01 Hazardous Materials 3 Shop Drawings 1 Submit drawings stamped and signed by professional engineer registered or licensed in Province of Ontario Canada l Include plans sections details attachments to other construction Indicate installation requirements including dimensions head and jamb conditions track layout and support stacking arrangement switching hardware finish and colour operating mechanism and location Indicate blocking to be provided by others 4 Samples 1 Submit duplicate 300 x 300mm samples of partition finish for each colour selected 5 Submit Project Materials and Cost Data provide statement for total cost for building materials used for project MI Include statement indicating total cost of mechanical and electrical components 6 Quality assurance control submittals submit following in accordance with Section 01 45 00 Quality Control 1 Test reports submit certified test reports for folding panel partitions from approved independent testing laboratories indicating compliance with specifications for specified performance characteristics and physical prop
108. OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Section 09 21 16 Page 1 of 7 Part 1 1 1 1 2 General RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Section 09 22 16 Non Structural Metal Framing Section 09 51 99 Acoustical Ceilings REFERENCES ASTM International 1 ASTM C475 02 2007 Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board 2 ASTM C557 03 2009 e1 Standard Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing 3 ASTM C840 13 Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board 4 ASTM C954 11 Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0 033 in 0 84 mm to 0 112 in 2 84 mm in Thickness 5 ASTM C1002 07 2013 Standard Specification for Steel Self Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs 6 ASTM C1047 09 Standard Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base ASTM C1280 13a Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing 8 ASTM C1178 C1178M 13 Standard Specification for Glass Mat Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board 9 ASTM C1396 C1396M 13a Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard Association of the Wall and Ceilings Industries International AWCTD 1 AWCI Levels of Gypsu
109. Open valve attach drilling machine make tap close valve and remove drilling machine without interruption of service 5 Furnish materials required to make connections into existing water supply systems 3 5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 Site Test Inspection ol Perform test to determine compliance with specified requirements in presence of Departmental Representative 2 Test inspect and approve piping before covering or concealing 3 Preliminary Tests 1 Hydrostatically test each system at 200 psig for a 2 hour period with no leakage or reduction in pressure 52 Flush piping with potable water in accordance with NFPA Fire 13 3 Piping above suspended ceilings tested inspected and approved before installation of ceilings 4 Test alarms and other devices 5 Test water flow alarms by flowing water through inspector s test connection When tests have been completed and corrections made submit signed and dated certificate in accordance with NFPA Fire 13 4 Formal Tests and Inspections 1 Do not submit request for formal test and inspection until preliminary test and corrections are completed and approved Submit written request for formal inspection at least 15 days prior to inspection date Repeat required tests as directed Correct defects and make additional tests until systems comply with contract requirements Furnish appliances equipment instruments connecting devices and personnel for tests Authority of Jurisdiction will witn
110. Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials 9 ASTM E 84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 10 ASTM E 492 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission through Floor Ceiling Assemblies Using the Tapping Machine 11 ASTM E 989 Standard Classification for Determination of Impact Insulation Class lC National Fire Protection Association NFPA 1 NFPA 253 Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source 2 NFPA 258 Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials International Standards and Training Alliance INSTALL 1 INSTALL Resilient Certification Health Canada Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS wl Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS South Coast Air Quality Management District SCAQMD California State 1 SCAQMD Rule 1113 13 Architectural Coatings 2 SCAQMD Rule 1168 05 Adhesives and Sealants Applications 1 2 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Project No R 067898 002 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING Section 09 65 16 Page 2 of 6 1 3 1 4 1 5 Shop Drawings submit shop drawings showing layout profiles and product components including anchorage accessories finish colours patterns and textures Provide product data in accordance with Section 01
111. P Type HD 0 5 mm thick white colour Nails and staples to CSA B111 Wood screws plain type and size to suit application Splines wood Sealant in accordance with Section 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 1 Sealants VOC limit 250 g L maximum to SCAQMD Rule 1168 Laminated plastic adhesive il Adhesive contact adhesive to CAN CGSB 71 20 2 Adhesives VOC limit 30 g L maximum to GS 36 3 Clear Wood Finishes VOC limit 350 g L maximum to GS 11 4 Paints VOC limit 50 g L maximum to GS 11 MANUFACTURED UNITS Casework 1 Fabricate caseworks to AWMAC custom quality grade 2 Furring blocking nailing strips grounds and rough bucks and sleepers 1 Board sizes standard or better grade 2 Dimension sizes standard light framing or better grade 3 Urea formaldehyde free 3 Framing species NLGA grade Case bodies ends divisions and bottoms 1 Softwood and poplar plywood DFP or CSP or PP or particleboard square edge 19 mm thick unless otherwise indicated grade suitable for application of plastic laminate Plastic laminate all exposed faces and edges including face of cabinets behind doors and drawers plastic laminate backing sheet on opposite concealed faces 5 Backs 1 Hardboard Type 2 6 mm thick 6 Shelving l Concealed locations l Particleboard 19mm thick plastic laminate liner sheet all faces and edges Project No R 067898 002 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Section 06 40 00 2 3 Page 6 of 9 2 Exposed l
112. Packaging Waste Management remove for reuse and return by manufacturer of pallets crates padding and packaging materials in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal Project No R 067898 002 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES AND SINKS Section 22 42 16 Page 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ MANUFACTURED UNITS 1 Fixtures manufacture in accordance with CAN CSA B45 series 2 Trim fittings manufacture in accordance with CAN CSA B125 3 Exposed plumbing brass to be chrome plated 4 Number locations architectural drawings to govern 5 Fixtures to be product of one manufacturer 6 Trim to be product of one manufacturer 7 Stainless steel counter top sinks 1 S 1 barrier free single compartment ledge back 1 From 1 2 mm thick type 304 stainless steel self rimming undercoated clamps Inside sizes 520 x 510 x 127 mm 2 Trim chrome plated brass with swing spout aerator single lever handle washerless controls accessories to limit maximum flow rate to 8 35 litres minute at 413 kPa 8 Fixture piping 1 Hot and cold water supplies to each fixture 1 Chrome plated flexible supply pipes each with screwdriver stop reducers escutcheon 2 Waste 1 All barrier free sinks shall have chrome plated offset P trap with cleanout Insulate P trap hot and cold water pipes with pre formed amp finished surface insulation PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 APPLICATION 1 Manufacturer s Instructions compl
113. ROTECTION amp PLUMBING DEMOLITION R H C 14TH FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION amp PLUMBING NEW WORK R H C 14TH FLOOR HVAC DEMOLITION R H C 14TH FLOOR HVAC NEW WORK J T 7TH FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION DEMOLITION J T 7TH FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION NEW WORK J T 7TH FLOOR HVAC DEMOLITION J T 7TH FLOOR HVAC NEW WORK R H C 11TH FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION amp PLUMBING DEMOLITION R H C 11TH FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION amp PLUMBING NEW WORK R H C 11TH FLOOR HVAC DEMOLITION R H C 11TH FLOOR HVAC NEW WORK R H C 19TH FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION DEMOLITION R H C 19TH FLOOR FIRE PROTECTION NEW WORK R H C 19TH FLOOR HVAC DEMOLITION R H C 19TH FLOOR HVAC NEW WORK ELECTRICAL LEGENDS DRAWING LIST AND LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE RHC 14 LIGHTING AND FIRE ALARM DEMOLITION WORK RHC 14 LIGHTING AND FIRE ALARM NEW WORK RHC 14 POWER AND SYSTEMS DEMOLITION WORK RHC 14 POWER AND SYSTEMS NEW WORK AND PANEL SCHEDULES JT 7 LIGHTING AND FIRE ALARM DEMOLITION WORK JT 7 LIGHTING AND FIRE ALARM NEW WORK JT 7 POWER AND SYSTEMS DEMOLITION WORK JT 7 POWER AND SYSTEMS NEW WORK JT 7 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES RHC 11 LIGHTING AND FIRE ALARM DEMOLITION WORK RHC 11 LIGHTING AND FIRE ALARM NEW WORK RHC 11 POWER AND SYSTEMS DEMOLITION WORK RHC 11 POWER AND SYSTEMS NEW WORK AND PANEL SCHEDULES Project No R 067898 002 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
114. Remove electrical cover plates light fixtures surface hardware on doors bath accessories and surface mounted equipment fittings and fastenings prior to undertaking re painting operations Store items and re install after painting is completed Move and cover furniture and portable equipment as necessary to carry out repainting operations Replace as painting operations progress As repainting operations progress place WET PAINT signs in occupied areas to approval of Departmental Representative APPLICATION Apply paint by method that is best suited for substrate being repainted using brush or roller Conform to manufacturer s application instructions unless specified otherwise Methods of application as pre approved by Departmental Representative before commencing work Brush and Roller Application 1 Apply paint in uniform layer using brush and or roller of types suitable for application Work paint into cracks crevices and corners 3 Paint surfaces and corners not accessible to brush using spray daubers and or sheepskins Paint surfaces and corners not accessible to roller using brush daubers or sheepskins 4 Brush and or roll out runs and sags and over lap marks Rolled surfaces free of roller tracking and heavy stipple unless approved by Departmental Representative 5 Remove runs sags and brush marks from finished work and repaint Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR RE PAINTING Section 09 91 23 01 Page 10 of
115. S 1 PV forms to be used for checks running dynamic tests and adjustments carried out on equipment and systems to ensure correct operation efficiently and function independently and interactively with other systems as intended with project requirements 2 PV report forms include those developed by Contractor records measured data and readings taken during functional testing and Performance Verification procedures Project No R 067898 002 COMMISSIONING FORMS Section 01 91 33 Page 2 23 Prior to PV of integrated system complete PV forms of related systems and obtain Departmental Representative s approval 1 Departmental Representative will develop and provide to Contractor required project specific Commissioning forms in electronic format complete with specification data Samples of Commissioning forms and a complete index of produced to date will be attached to this 1 5 SAMPLES OF COMMISSIONING FORMS 2 Revise items on Commissioning forms to suit project requirements 3 section 1 6 ___ CHANGES AND DEVELOPMENT OF NEW REPORT FORMS 1 7 l When additional forms are required but are not available from Departmental Representative develop appropriate verification forms and submit to Departmental Representative for approval prior to use 1 Additional commissioning forms to be in same format as provided by Departmental Representative COMMISSIONING FORMS 1 Use Commissioning forms to verify installation
116. Section 00 01 10 Page 3 of 4 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION DIVISION 01 DIVISION 06 DIVISION 07 DIVISION 08 DIVISION 09 DIVISION 10 DIVISION 21 DIVISION 22 DIVISION 23 E411 RHC 19 LIGHTING AND FIRE ALARM DEMOLITION WORK E421 RHC 19 LIGHTING AND FIRE ALARM NEW WORK E431 RHC 19 POWER AND SYSTEMS DEMOLITION WORK E441 RHC 19 POWER AND SYSTEMS NEW WORK AND PANEL SCHEDULES SECTION 01 00 10 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 01 14 25 DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES REPORT 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 35 29 06 HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL 01 61 00 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 73 00 EXECUTION 01 74 21 CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01 91 13 GENERAL COMMISSIONING CX REQUIREMENTS 01 91 33 COMMISSIONING FORMS 01 91 41 COMMISSIONING TRAINING 06 40 00 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS 08 11 00 METAL FRAMES 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 08 80 50 GLAZING 09 21 16 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 22 16 NON STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 30 13 CERAMIC TILING 09 51 99 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 65 16 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 01 INTERIOR RE PAINTING 10 22 26 33 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS 10 44 16 19 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND SAFETY BLANKETS 2105 01 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL 21 13 13 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 22 42 16 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES AND SINKS 23 05 4
117. Section 09 91 23 Page 3 of 12 1 6 1 7 3 50 mm concrete block for finishes over concrete or concrete masonry surfaces 4 13 mm gypsum board for finishes over gypsum board and other smooth surfaces Retain reviewed samples on site to demonstrate acceptable standard of quality for appropriate on site surface Test reports submit certified test reports for paint from approved independent testing laboratories indicating compliance with specifications for specified performance characteristics and physical properties 1 Lead cadmium and chromium presence of and amounts 2 Mercury presence of and amounts 3 Organochlorines and PCBs presence of and amounts Certificates submit certificates signed by manufacturer certifying that materials comply with specified performance characteristics and physical properties Manufacturer s Instructions 1 Submit manufacturer s application instructions Closeout Submittals submit maintenance data for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals include following 1 Product name type and use 2 Manufacturer s product number 3 Colour numbers A MPI Environmentally Friendly classification system rating MAINTENANCE Extra Materials 1 Deliver to extra materials from same production run as products installed Package products with protective covering and identify with descriptive labels Comply with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals Qua
118. TION 1 Assemble start up documentation and submit to Departmental Representative for approval before commencement of commissioning 52 Start up documentation to include 1 Factory and on site test certificates for specified equipment 2 Pre start up inspection reports 3 Signed installation start up check lists 4 Start up reports 5 Step by step description of complete start up procedures to permit Departmental Representative to repeat start up at any time 1 15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 1 After start up operate and maintain equipment and systems as directed by equipment system manufacturer 2 With assistance of manufacturer develop written maintenance program and submit Departmental Representative for approval before implementation 3 Operate and maintain systems for length of time required for commissioning to be completed A After completion of commissioning operate and maintain systems until issuance of certificate of interim acceptance 1 16 TEST RESULTS 1 If start up testing and or PV produce unacceptable results repair replace or repeat specified starting and or PV procedures until acceptable results are achieved 2 Provide manpower and materials assume costs for re commissioning Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL COMMISSIONING CX REQUIREMENTS Section 01 91 13 Page 6 1 17 START OF COMMISSIONING 1 2 1 18 Notify Departmental Representative at least 21 days
119. TO BIDDERS WRITE DIRECTOR S AND OR OWNERS SURNAMES AND GIVEN NAMES Page 12 of de 13 Solicitation No N de l invitation Amd No N de la modif Buyer ID Id de l acheteur EP067 150054 A fg340 Client Ref No N de r f du client File No N du dossier CCC No N CCC FMS No N VME 20150054 fg340EP067 150054 ANNEX A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Page 13 of de 13 ANNEX A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Travaux publics et Public Works and i Hotdoes GONO ONON Services Page 1 of 2 Canada anada Description and Location of Work Fit up of Floors 11 14 and 19 in the R H Coats Building and the 7 floor Jean Talon Building Tunney s Pasture Ottawa ON ies R 067898 002 Name of Insurer Broker or Agent Address No Street Province Postal Code Name of Insured Contractor Address No Street Province Postal Code Additional Insured Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada as represented by the Minister of Public Works and Government Services Inception Insurer Name Expiry Date i i Type of Insurance and Policy Number Mren 4 D M Y Limits of Liability Per Annual Completed Occurrence General Operations Commercial General Aggregate Aggregate Liability Umbrella Excess Liability certify that the above policies were issued by insurers in the course of their Insurance business in Canada are currently in force and include the applicable insurance coverage s stated on page 2 of this Certi
120. Trim Wood Cabinet Doors and Windows Panel Regular Slab Regular Wood Laminate Project No R 067898 002CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT Section 01 74 21 AND DISPOSAL Page 10 of 10 Byfold Closet Glazing Metal Studs and Framing 7 Cost Revenue 3 8 CANADIAN GOVERNMENTAL DEPARTMENTS CHIEF RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT il Schedule G Government Chief Responsibility for the Environment Province Address General Inquires Fax Ontario Ministry of 416 323 4321 800 565 416 323 4682 Environment and 4923 Energy 135 St Clair Avenue West Toronto ON MAV 1P5 Environment Canada 416 734 4494 Toronto ON 3 9 SCHEDULES Following Schedules are attached to this Specification 1 2 3 4 Waste Audit Schedule A Waste Reduction Workplan Form Schedule B Cost Revenue Analysis Workplan Schedule E Government Chief Responsibility for the Environment Schedule G END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Section 01 78 00 Page 1 of 7 Part 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 General ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1 Departmental Representative to establish communication procedures for 1 Notifying construction warranty defects 2 Determine priorities for type of defects 3 Determine reasonable response time 2 Contact information for bonded and licensed
121. USERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES Section 23 37 13 Page 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ EXAMINATION 1 Verification of Conditions verify that conditions of substrate previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for diffuser register and grille installation in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions ol Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative 2 Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery 3 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative 3 2 _ INSTALLATION 1 Install in accordance with manufacturers instructions 2 Install with cadmium plated screws in countersunk holes where fastenings are visible 3 Bolt grilles registers and diffusers in place in gymnasium and similar game rooms 4 Provide concealed safety chain on each grille register and diffuser in gymnasium and similar game rooms and elsewhere as indicated 3 3 CLEANING 1 Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 1 Leave Work area clean at end of each day 2 Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions END Project No R 067898 002 EMCS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 25 05 01 Page 1 PART
122. a htm 5 14 2014 1 01 26 PM Fit up R H Coats Building Jean Talon Building EP067 150054 A Procurement Information on Buyandsell gc ca Attachments File Amendment number Language Unique Download Event English page Date added roj r067898 002 zi Not available Bilingual 0 Not available Date modified 2014 05 14 Terms and Conditions Transparency About Us News Contact Us Site Map Event Calendar Provide Feedback HEALTH TRAVEL SERVICE CANADA J OBS ECONOMY healthycanadians gc ca travel gc ca servicecanada gc ca jobbank gc ca actionplan gc ca Canada gc ca file P In Progress Coats Building Fit up R H Coats Building ean Talon Building EP067 150054 A Procurement Information on Buyandsell_gc_ca htm 5 14 2014 1 01 26 PM Project No R 067898 002 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS Section 00 01 10 Page 1 of 4 DRAWINGS ARCHITECTURAL A001 A002 Alll A121 A131 A132 A141 A151 A211 A221 A222 A231 A232 A241 A251 A311 A321 A331 A332 A341 A351 A411 A421 A431 A432 A441 A451 A501 A502 COVER PAGE DRAWING LIST CODE MATRIX LEGEND ASSEMBLY SCHEDULE R H COATS BLDG 14TH FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN R H COATS BLDG 14TH FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN DOOR SCHEDULE R H COATS BLDG 14TH FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DEMO R H COATS BLDG 14TH FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN CONSTRUCTION R H COATS BLDG 14TH FLOOR FINISH PLAN R H COATS BLDG 14TH FLOOR FURNITURE PLAN JE
123. ace coatings 2 2 COLOURS 1 Departmental Representative will provide colour schedule after contract award 52 Colour schedule will be based upon selection of up to 11 colours 3 Selection of colours from manufacturers full range of colours 4 Where specific products are available in restricted range of colours selection based on limited range 5 Second coat in three coat system to be tinted slightly lighter colour than top coat to show visible difference between coats 2 3 MIXING AND TINTING l Perform colour tinting operations prior to delivery of paint to site Obtain written approval from Departmental Representative for tinting of painting materials 2 Mix paste powder or catalyzed paint mixes inaccordance with manufacturer s written instructions 3 Use and add thinner in accordance with paint manufacturer s recommendations Do not use kerosene or similar organic solvents to thin water based paints A Thin paint for spraying in accordance with paint manufacturer s instructions Re mix paint in containers prior to and during application to ensure break up of lumps complete dispersion of settled pigment and colour and gloss uniformity 2 4 GLOSS SHEEN RATINGS 1 Paint gloss is defined as sheen rating of applied paint in accordance with following values Gloss 60 degrees Sheen 85 degrees Gloss Level 1 Matte Finish Max 5 Max 10 flat Gloss Level 2 Velvet Like Max 10 10 to 35 Finish Gloss Level 3 Eggshell Finish 10 to 25 10 to 35
124. act and additional compensation 3 Any work of manufacturing assembly or installation should begin only after acceptance of the certificate of origin by Departmental Representative Unless complying with this requirement Departmental Representative reserves the right to mandate the manufacturer listed on circuit breakers to authenticate all new circuit breakers under the contract and that to Contractor s expense A In general the certificate of origin must contain M The name and address of the manufacturer and the person responsible for authentication The responsible person must sign and date the certificate 2 The name and address of the licensed dealer and the person of the distributor responsible for the Contractor s account 3 The name and address of the Contractor and the person responsible for the project A The name and address of the local manufacturer s representative The local representative must sign and date the certificate 5 The name and address of the building where circuit breakers will be installed 1 Project title 2 End user s reference number 3 The list of circuit breakers 5 Submit product data in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Project No R 067898 002 MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS Section 26 28 16 02 Page 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ BREAKERS GENERAL il Moulded case circuit breakers to CSA C22 2 No 5 2 Bolt on moulded case circuit breaker quick make quick bre
125. ad containing materials are responsible to ensure that the workers are not 11 Project No R 067484 001 Rev A Section 01 14 25 Designated Substances Report Page 12 exposed to airborne lead dust levels in excess of the time weighted average and Maximum Exposure Concentration for lead containing paints 1 Ontario Ministry of Labour MoL has published the document entitled Guideline Lead on Construction Projects This document classifies all disturbances of lead containing materials as Type 1 Type 2a Type 2b Type 3a or Type 3b work based on presumed airborne concentrations of lead generated during the work each of which will have defined work practices Although this document is not a regulation Ministry of Labour Inspectors use it as guidance during site inspections Where there is conflict with the exposure limits and respiratory protection required by Designated Substances Regulation O Reg 490 09 as amended the most stringent requirements of Regulation 490 09 must apply 2 The disposal of construction waste containing lead is controlled by General Waste Management O Reg 347 90 as amended under the Ontario Environmental Protection Act The classification of the waste is dependent upon the result s of leachate test s The waste can be classified as hazardous non hazardous or registerable solid waste depending on the results of the leachate test Prior to disposal the concentration
126. age during and after delivery 2 Store millwork in ventilated areas protected from extreme changes of temperature or humidity Storage and Handling Requirements Project No R 067898 002 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Section 06 40 00 Part 2 2 1 Page 4 of 9 1 Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in clean dry well ventilated area 2 Store and protect architectural woodwork from nicks scratches and blemishes 3 Replace defective or damaged materials with new Develop Construction Waste Management Plan and Waste Reduction Workplan related to Work of this Section Packaging Waste Management remove for reuse and return by manufacturer of pallets crates padding packaging materials as specified in Construction Waste Management Plan in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal Products MATERIALS Softwood lumber unless specified otherwise S4S moisture content 15 or less in accordance with following standards ai CSA O141 2 CAN CSA Z809 or FSC or SFI certified 3 NLGA Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber 4 AWMAC Grade II moisture content as specified Machine stress rated lumber is acceptable for all purposes Ensure manufacturing process adheres to Lifecycle Assessment LCA Standards to ISO 14040 14041 LCA Standards Hardwood lumber moisture content in accordance with following stand
127. age provided must not be substantially less than that provided by the latest edition of IBC Form 2100 The policy must either include or be endorsed to include coverage for the following exposures or hazards if the Work is subject thereto a Blasting b Pile driving and caisson work c Underpinning d Removal or weakening of support of any structure or land whether such support be natural or otherwise if the work is performed by the insured contractor The policy must have the following minimum limits a 5 000 000 Each Occurrence Limit b 10 000 000 General Aggregate Limit per policy year if the policy contains a General Aggregate and c 5 000 000 Products Completed Operations Aggregate Limit Umbrella or excess liability insurance may be used to achieve the required limits Builder s Risk Installation Floater The insurance coverage provided must not be less than that provided by the latest edition of IBC Forms 4042 and 4047 The policy must permit use and occupancy of any of the projects or any part thereof where such use and occupancy is for the purposes for which a project is intended upon completion The policy may exclude or be endorsed to exclude coverage for loss or damage caused by asbestos fungi or spores cyber and terrorism The policy must have a limit that is not less than the sum of the contract value plus the declared value if any set forth in the contract documents of all
128. ak type for manual and automatic operation with temperature compensation for 40 ambient 3 Common trip breakers with single handle for multi pole applications 4 Magnetic instantaneous trip elements in circuit breakers to operate only when value of current reaches setting l Trip settings on breakers with adjustable trips to range from 3 8 times current rating 5 Circuit breakers over 60 A to have minimum 35 000 A symmetrical rms interrupting capacity rating 2 2 THERMAL MAGNETIC BREAKERS 1 Moulded case circuit breaker to operate automatically by means of thermal and magnetic tripping devices to provide inverse time current tripping and instantaneous tripping for short circuit protection PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ INSTALLATION 1 Install circuit breakers in existing panelboards as indicated END Project No R 067898 002 DISCONNECT SWITCHES FUSED AND NON FUSED Section 26 28 23 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED A Section 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical SECTIONS 1 2 REFERENCES 1 Canadian Standards Association CSA International a CAN CSA C22 2 No 4 M04 R2009 Enclosed Switches PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 DISCONNECT 1 Non fusible disconnect switch in CSA Enclosure to CAN CSA C22 2 No 4 size as SWITCHES indicated 2 Provision for padlocking in off switch position by three locks 3 Mechanically interlocked door to prevent opening when handle in ON position A Quick make quick b
129. al Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions END Project No R 067898 002 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Section 23 33 00 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ REFERENCES l Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association SMACNA l SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 2005 1 2 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS il Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for air duct accessories and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 2 Indicate 1 Flexible connections 2 Duct access doors 3 Turning vanes 4 Instrument test ports 1 3 _ DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING l Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions 2 Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address 3 Storage and Handling Requirements 1 Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in clean dry well ventilated area 2 Store and protect air duct accessories from nicks scratches and blemish
130. al Latex Premium Grade G3 finish walls G2 finish ceilings RIN 10 1 Canvas and Cotton Coverings Pipe and Duct Coverings l RIN 10 1A Latex Premium Grade G3 finish Execution MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS Compliance comply with manufacturer s written recommendations or specifications including product technical bulletins handling storage and installation instructions and datasheets EXAMINATION Interior surfaces requiring repainting inspected by painting contractor who will notify Departmental Representative in writing of defects or problems prior to commencing repainting work or after surface preparation if unseen substrate damage is discovered Where an assessed degree of surface degradation of DSD 1 to DSD 3 before preparation of surfaces for repainting is revealed to be DSD 4 after preparation repair or replacement of such unforeseen defects discovered are to be corrected as mutually agreed before repainting is started Where special repainting or recoating system applications i e elastomeric coatings or non MPI listed products or systems are to be used paint or coating manufacturer to provide as part of work certification of surfaces and conditions for specific paint or coating system application as well as on site supervision inspection and approval of their paint or coating system application as required at no additional cost to Departmental Representative PREPARATION Perform preparation and op
131. all times Submit an escort request to Departmental Representative at least 72 hours before the service is needed For requests submitted within the time mentioned above the Departmental Representative will pay for the costs of the security escort The cost incurred by a late request will be charged to the Contractor Any escort request may be cancelled free of charge if notification of cancellation is given at least 24 hours before the scheduled time of the escort The cost incurred by a late cancellation will be charged to the Contractor The calculation of costs will be based on the average hourly rate of a security officer for a minimum of 8 hours per day for a late service request and 4 hours for late cancellations COST BREAKDOWN Before submitting first progress claim submit breakdown of Contract Amount in detail as directed by Departmental Representative and aggregating the Contract Amount Make revisions as required by Departmental Representative After approval by Departmental Representative cost breakdown will be used as the basis of progress payments PRECEDENCE For Federal Government projects Division 01 Sections take precedence over technical specification sections in other Divisions of this Project Manual Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Section 01 00 10 Page 7 of 7 Part 2 2 1 Part 3 3 1 Products NOT USED Not used Execution NOT USED Not used END OF SECTION Project No S
132. an at end of each day 2 Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions END Project No R 067898 002 FLEXIBLE DUCTS Section 23 33 46 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ REFERENCES 1 American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers Inc ASHRAE 2 National Fire Protection Association NFPA 1 NFPA Fire 90A Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 2012 Edition 52 NFPA Fire 90B Standard for Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems 2012 Edition 3 Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association SMACNA wl SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible 2005 2 SMACNA IAQ Guideline for Occupied Buildings under Construction 2005 4 Underwriters Laboratories UL 1 UL 181 Standard for Factory Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors 5 Underwriters Laboratories of Canada ULC 1 CAN ULC S110 13 Standard Methods of Tests for Air Ducts 1 2 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1 Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for flexible ducts and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 2 Indicate 1 Thermal properties 52 Friction loss 3 Acousti
133. anagement and Disposal 2 Remove from site and dispose of all packaging materials at appropriate recycling facilities 3 Collect and separate for disposal paper plastic polystyrene corrugated cardboard packaging material in appropriate on site bins for recycling in accordance with Waste Management Plan 4 Divert unused metal and wiring materials from landfill to metal recycling facility Project No R 067898 002 WIRING DEVICES Section 26 27 26 Page 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 SWITCHES 1 22 20 A 120 V single pole double pole three way four way switches to CSA C22 2 No 55 and CSA C22 2 No 111 Manually operated general purpose ac switches with following features Terminal holes approved for No 10 AWG wire Silver alloy contacts Urea or melamine moulding for parts subject to carbon tracking Suitable for back and side wiring White toggle UPLNE Toggle operated fully rated for tungsten filament and fluorescent lamps and up to 80 of rated capacity of motor loads Rated 120V 20A Switches of one manufacturer throughout project RECEPTACLES 1 2 3 Duplex receptacles CSA type 5 15 R 125 V 15 A U ground to CSA C22 2 No 42 with following features White nylon face moulded housing Decora style Suitable for No 10 AWG for back and side wiring Break off links for use as split receptacles Eight back wired entrances four side wiring screws Triple wipe contacts and rivette
134. anagement and Disposal 1 Separate waste materials for recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Waste Management and Disposal PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ OUTLET AND CONDUIT BOXES GENERAL 1 Size boxes in accordance with CSA C22 1 2 102 mm square or larger outlet boxes as required 3 Gang boxes where wiring devices are grouped 4 Blank cover plates for boxes without wiring devices 5 347 V outlet boxes for 347 V switching devices 6 Combination boxes with barriers where outlets for more than one system are grouped 2 2 _ GALVANIZED STEEL OUTLET BOXES 1 One piece electro galvanized construction 2 Single and multi gang flush device boxes for flush installation minimum size 76 x 50 x 38 mm or as indicated 102 mm square outlet boxes when more than one conduit enters one side with extension and plaster rings as required 3 102 mm square or octagonal outlet boxes for lighting fixture outlets 4 Extension and plaster rings for flush mounting devices in finished walls Project No R 067898 002 OUTLET BOXES CONDUIT BOXES AND FITTINGS Section 26 05 32 Page 2 2 3 FITTINGS GENERAL 1 Bushing and connectors with nylon insulated throats 2 Knock out fillers to prevent entry of debris 3 Conduit outlet bodies for conduit up to 35 mm and pull boxes for larger conduits A Double locknuts and insulated bushings on sheet metal boxes PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ INSTALLATION 1 Support boxes independently of
135. and compliance with rules and regulation of authority having jurisdiction Provide copies to Departmental Representative within 5 days of test and with Cx report Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL COMMISSIONING CX REQUIREMENTS Section 01 91 13 Page 7 1 22 COMMISSIONING CONSTRAINTS 1 Since access into secure or sensitive areas will be very difficult after occupancy it is necessary to complete Cx of occupancy weather and seasonal sensitive equipment and systems in these areas before issuance of the Interim Certificate using if necessary simulated thermal loads 1 23 EXTRAPOLATION OF RESULTS 1 Where Cx of weather occupancy or seasonal sensitive equipment or systems cannot be conducted under near rated or near design conditions extrapolate part load results to design conditions when approved by Departmental Representative in accordance with equipment manufacturer s instructions using manufacturer s data with manufacturer s assistance and using approved formulae 1 24 EXTENT OF VERIFICATION SL Laboratory areas 1 Provide manpower and instrumentation to verify up to 100 of reported results 2 Elsewhere 1 Provide manpower and instrumentation to verify up to 30 of reported results unless specified otherwise in other sections 3 Number and location to be at discretion of Departmental Representative 4 Conduct tests repeated during verification under same conditions as original tests using same test equipment
136. and its associate loudspeakers shall be denoted as a zone The system must provide the capability for in room occupant control devices As an available non standard design option The minimal requirements for in room occupant controls are specified in Section 1 3 1 Sound Masking Operational Performance The system shall use digital signal processing DSP technology for masking sound generation and output adjustment of masking signals The masking sound shall be generated via a truly random non deterministic digital process with no repeat cycle The system shall provide independently controllable masking zones that efficiently allow the ability to control and monitor the operation of each zone and provide i a third octave equalizer with minimum of 18 bands ranging from 100Hz to 5 000Hz ii an independent masking volume control providing minimum 0 5 dBA volume increments and an output range of 35 to 85 dBA 1m from the loudspeaker Project No R 067898 002 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 5119 Page 2 of 12 iv 4 a temporary mute function for the masking output the ability to completely disable the masking output The system shall provide a function to allow a gradual ramp up of masking volume each time power is applied This functionality shall have a programmable ramp up rate as well as enabled disabled feature controlled from central control device C Sound Masking Zone Design vi vii viii The departme
137. and location of testing 2 Provide testing documentation for approval by Departmental Representative 3 Arrange for Departmental Representative to witness tests 4 Obtain written approval of test results and documentation from Departmental Representative before delivery to site 2 Obtain manufacturers installation start up and operations instructions prior to start up of components equipment and systems and review with Departmental Representative 1 Compare completed installation with manufacturer s published data record discrepancies and review with manufacturer 2 Modify procedures detrimental to equipment performance and review same with manufacturer before start up 3 Integrity of warranties 1 Use manufacturer s trained start up personnel where specified elsewhere in other divisions or required to maintain integrity of warranty 2 Verify with manufacturer that testing as specified will not void warranties 4 Qualifications of manufacturer s personnel ol Experienced in design installation and operation of equipment and systems 2 Ability to interpret test results accurately 3 To report results in clear concise logical manner 1 13 PROCEDURES 1 Verify that equipment and systems are complete clean and operating in normal and safe manner prior to conducting start up testing and Cx 2 Conduct start up and testing in following distinct phases ra Included in delivery and installation 1 Verification of conformity to specification approved s
138. and record performance when starting equipment and systems 2 Strategy for Use 1 Departmental Representative provides Contractor project specific Commissioning forms with Specification data included 2 Contractor will provide required shop drawings information and verify correct installation and operation of items indicated on these forms 3 Confirm operation as per design criteria and intent A Identify variances between design and operation and reasons for variances 5 Verify operation in specified normal and emergency modes and under specified load conditions 6 Record analytical and substantiating data Re Verify reported results 8 Form to bear signatures of recording technician and reviewed and signed off by Departmental Representative 9 Submit immediately after tests are performed 10 Reported results in true measured SI unit values 11 Provide Departmental Representative with originals of completed forms 12 Maintain copy on site during start up testing and commissioning period 13 Forms to be both hard copy and electronic format with typed written results in Building Management Manual 1 8 LANGUAGE 1 To suit the language profile of the awarded contract Project No R 067898 002 COMMISSIONING FORMS Section 01 91 33 Page 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ NOT USED ni Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 NOT USED il Not Used END Project No R 067898 002 COMMISSIONING TRAINING Section
139. anufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for dampers and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 1 3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS ni Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals 2 Operation and Maintenance Data submit operation and maintenance data for dampers for incorporation into manual 14 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions 2 Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address 3 Storage and Handling Requirements 1 Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in clean dry well ventilated area 2 Store and protect dampers from nicks scratches and blemishes 3 Replace defective or damaged materials with new Project No R 067898 002 DAMPERS BALANCING Section 23 33 14 Page 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ GENERAL ni Manufacture to SMACNA standards 2 2 SINGLE BLADE DAMPERS 1 Fabricate from same material as duct but one sheet metal thickness heavier V groove stiffened 2 Size and configuration to recommendations of SMACNA except maximum height 100 mm as indicated 3 Locking quadrant with shaft extension to accomm
140. aracteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 3 Shop drawings 1 2 Submit drawings stamped and signed by professional engineer registered or licensed in Province of Ontario Canada Drawings to show al Mounting arrangements 2 Operating and maintenance clearances Drawings and product data accompanied by Detailed drawings of bases supports and anchor bolts Acoustical sound power data where applicable Points of operation on performance curves Manufacturer to certify current model production Certification of compliance to applicable codes In addition to transmittal letter referred to in Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures use MCAC Shop Drawing Submittal Title Sheet Identify section and paragraph number Un BR amp D 1 3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS ni Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals 2 Operation and Maintenance Data submit operation and maintenance data for for incorporation into manual 1 Operation and maintenance manual approved by and final copies deposited with Departmental Representative before final inspection 52 Operation data to include 1 Control schematics for systems including environmental controls 2 Description of systems and their controls 3 Description of operation of systems at various loads together with reset schedules and seasonal variances A Operation instruction for systems and component 5 Description of actions
141. ards 1 FSC Certified 2 AWMAC Grade II moisture content as specified Canadian softwood plywood CSP to CSA O151 standard construction FSC certified 1 Plywood resin to contain no added urea formaldehyde Hardwood plywood for countertops to ANSI HPVA HP 1 FSC certified 1 Plywood resin to contain no added urea formaldehyde Interior mat formed wood particleboard to ANSI NPA A208 1 FSC certified al Particleboard resin to contain no added urea formaldehyde Fibreboard must contain less than 10 roundwood by weight using weighted average over three month period at manufacturing locations al Fibreboard resin to contain no added urea formaldehyde 2 FSC certified Hardboard ai To CAN CGSB 11 3 FSC certified 2 Hardboard resin to contain no added urea formaldehyde Project No R 067898 002 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Section 06 40 00 Page 5 of 9 2 2 10 11 12 13 14 AS 16 17 18 MDF medium density fibreboard core to ANSI A208 2 16 mm thick unless otherwise indicated density 769 kg m FSC certified sl Medium density fibreboard performance requirements to ANSI A208 2 2 MDF resin to contain no added urea formaldehyde Laminated plastic for flatwork to NEMA LD3 Grade VGL Type HD 1 2 mm thick based on manufacturer s standard colour range Laminated plastic backing sheet Grade BK Type HD same thickness as face laminate white colour Laminated plastic liner sheet Grade G
142. are considered to be diverted from landfill and as such are to be included in all reporting DISPOSAL OF WASTES Do not bury rubbish or waste materials Do not dispose of waste volatile materials mineral spirits oil paint thinner into waterways storm or sanitary sewers Keep records of construction waste including il Number and size of bins Project No R 067898 002CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT Section 01 74 21 Part 2 2 1 Part 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 AND DISPOSAL Page 7 of 10 2 Waste type of each bin 3 Total tonnage generated A Tonnage reused or recycled 5 Reused or recycled waste destination Remove materials on site as Work progresses Prepare project summary to verify destination and quantities on a material by material basis as identified in the waste audit SCHEDULING Co ordinate Work with other activities at site to ensure timely and orderly progress of Work Products NOT USED Not Used Execution APPLICATION Do Work in compliance with WRW and WSSP Handle waste materials not reused salvaged or recycled in accordance with appropriate regulations and codes CLEANING Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions a Leave Work area clean at end of each day Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions Waste Management separate wa
143. at surfaces where indicated 2 25 mm thick to ASTM C1071 Type 2 fibrous glass rigid board duct liner 3 Density 48 kg m minimum 4 Thermal resistance to be minimum 0 76 m2 degrees C W for 25 mm thickness when tested in accordance with ASTM C177 at 24 degrees C mean temperature 5 Maximum velocity on faced air side 20 3 m s 6 Minimum NRC of 0 70 at 25 mm thickness based on Type A mounting to ASTM C423 7 Recycled Content EcoLogo certified containing minimum 45 by weight recycled content 53 Flexible sl Use on round or oval surfaces surfaces indicated 2 25 mm thick to ASTM C1071 Type 1 fibrous glass blanket duct liner 3 Density 24 kg m minimum 4 Thermal resistance to be minimum 0 37 m degrees C W for 12 mm thickness when tested in accordance with ASTM C177 at 24 degrees C mean temperature 5 Maximum velocity on coated air side 25 4 m s 6 Minimum NRC of 0 65 at 25 mm thickness based on Type A mounting to ASTM C423 2 2 ADHESIVE 1 Adhesive to NFPA Fire 90A NFPA Fire 90B and ASTM C916 2 Flame spread rating shall not exceed 25 Smoke development rating shall not exceed 50 Temperature range minus 29 degrees C to plus 93 degrees C Project No R 067898 002 DUCT LINERS Section 23 33 53 Page 3 23 Water based fire retardant type 2 3 _ FASTENERS 1 Weld pins 2 0 mm diameter length to suit thickness of insulation Metal retaining clips 32 mm square 2 4 JOINT TAPE 1 Poly Vinyl
144. ates from surfaces pockets and corners to be repainted by brushing with clean brushes blowing with clean dry compressed air or brushing vacuum cleaning as required Existing metal convector covers shall be sanded to remove existing gloss Prevent contamination of cleaned surfaces by salts acids alkalis other corrosive chemicals grease oil and solvents before priming and between applications of remaining coats Touch up spot prime and apply primer paint or pre treatment as soon as possible after cleaning and before deterioration occurs Do not apply paint until prepared surfaces have been accepted by Departmental Representative Sand and dust between coats as required to provide adequate adhesion for next coat and to remove defects visible from distance up to 1000 mm EXISTING CONDITIONS Prior to commencing work examine site conditions and existing interior substrates to be repainted Report in writing to Departmental Representative damages defects or unsatisfactory or unfavourable conditions or surfaces that will adversely affect this work Conduct moisture testing of surfaces to be painted using properly calibrated electronic moisture meter except test concrete floors for moisture using simple cover patch test and report findings to Departmental Representative Maximum moisture content not to exceed specified limits Do not commence until such adverse conditions and defects have been corrected and surfaces and conditions a
145. building in Install temporary horizontal wood spreader at third points of door opening to maintain frame width Provide vertical support at centre of head for openings over 1200 mm wide Remove temporary spreaders after frames are built in Make allowances for deflection of structure to ensure structural loads are not transmitted to frames Caulk perimeter of frames between frame and adjacent material DOOR INSTALLATION Install doors and hardware in accordance with hardware templates and manufacturer s instructions and Section 08 71 00 Door Hardware Provide even margins between doors and jambs and doors and finished floorand thresholds as follows a Hinge side 1 0 mm 2 Latchside and head 1 5 mm 3 Finished floor top of carpet noncombustible sill and thresholds 13 mm Adjust operable parts for correct function Install louvres FINISH REPAIRS Touch up with primer finishes damaged during installation Fill exposed frame anchors surfaces with imperfections with metallic paste filler and sand to a uniform smooth finish GLAZING Install glazing for doors frames in accordance with Section 08 80 50 Glazing END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Section 08 14 16 Part 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 Page 1 of 4 General RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 08 11 00 Metal Frames Section 08 71 00 Door Hardware Section 08 80 50 Glazing REFERENCES Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Associat
146. bution panels 3 Motors and associated control equipment including sequenced operation of systems where applicable 3 Carry out tests in presence of Departmental Represenative Project No R 067898 002 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Section 26 05 00 Page 7 4 Provide instruments meters equipment and personnel required to conduct tests during and at conclusion of project 5 Manufacturer s Field Services 1 Obtain written report from manufacturer verifying compliance of Work in handling installing applying protecting and cleaning of product and submit Manufacturer s Field Reports as described in PART 1 SUBMITTALS 2 Provide manufacturer s field services consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visits for inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer s instructions 3 7 CLEANING 1 Clean and touch up surfaces of shop painted equipment scratched or marred during shipment or installation to match original paint 2 Clean and prime exposed non galvanized hangers racks and fastenings to prevent rusting 3 8 DEMOLITION 1 Unless otherwise noted materials for removal become the contractor s property and shall be taken from site and disposed of in accordance with all applicable codes standards and regulations 2 Disconnect and make safe all systems to be demolished including panels feeders branch circuits and equipment by other divisions Coordinate with other divisions
147. c ca Canadian economic sanctions http www international gc ca sanctions index aspx lang eng Contractor Performance Evaluation Report Form PWGSC TPSGC 2913 http www tpsgc pwgsc gc ca app acq forms documents 2913 pdf Bid Bond form PWGSC TPSGC 504 http www tpsgc pwgsc gc ca app acaq forms documents 504 pdf Performance Bond form PWGSC TPSGC 505 http www tpsgc pwgsc gc ca app acq forms documents 505 pdf Labour and Material Payment Bond form PWGWSC TPSGC 506 http www tpsgc pwgsc gc ca app acq forms documents 506 padf Standard Acquisition Clauses and Conditions SACC Manual ttps buyandsell gc ca policy and guidelines standard acquisition clauses and conditions manual 5 R Schedules of Wage Rates for Federal Construction Contracts http www labour gc ca eng standards equity contracts schedules index shtml PWGSC Industrial Security Services http ssi iss tpsqc pwgsc gc ca index eng html PWGSC Code of Conduct and Certifications http www tpsgc pwgsc gc ca app aca cndt cndct index eng htm PWGSC Consent to a Criminal Record Verification PWGSC TPSGC 229 http www tpsgc pwgsc gc ca app acq forms documents 229 pdf Construction and Consultant Services Contract Administration Forms Real Property Contracting Http www tpsgc pwgsc gc ca app acg forms formulaires forms eng html Page 7 of de 13 Solicitation No N de l invitation Amd No N de la modif Buyer ID Id de l a
148. cal loss 4 Leakage 5 Fire rating 3 Test and Evaluation Reports 1 Catalogue or published ratings to be those obtained from tests carried out by manufacturer or independent testing agency signifying adherence to codes and standards 1 3 _ DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions 2 Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address 3 Storage and Handling Requirements 1 Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in clean dry well ventilated area Project No R 067898 002 FLEXIBLE DUCTS Section 23 33 46 Page 2 2 Store and protect flexible ducts from nicks scratches and blemishes 3 Replace defective or damaged materials with new PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 GENERAL al Factory fabricated to CAN ULC S110 52 Pressure drop coefficients listed below are based on relative sheet metal duct pressure drop coefficient of 1 00 3 Flame spread rating not to exceed 25 Smoke developed rating not to exceed 50 2 2 METALLIC INSULATED 1 Type 1 spiral wound flexible aluminum with factory applied 37 mm thick flexible glass fibre thermal insulation with vapour barrier and vinyl jacket as indicated 2 Performance 1 Factory tested to 2 5
149. cally been intentionally added to many building materials in the construction industry to increase thermal or chemical resistance properties More common uses are thermal insulation for pipes and boilers structural steelwork fireproofing floor tiles and in wall and ceiling plasters There are two classes of asbestos containing materials friable and non friable Friable asbestos containing materials are loose in composition or can be easily crumbled using hand pressure Non friable asbestos containing materials are more durable and are held together by a binder such as cement vinyl or asphalt Representative bulk samples collected from materials located within the project areas have been analyzed for asbestos Analytical results indicate that select samples contain asbestos in the project areas Project No R 067484 001 Rev A Section 01 14 25 Designated Substances Report Page 5 Tables 1A and 1B summarize the analytical results of bulk samples collected during the site investigation Table 1A Asbestos Sample Results by PLM R H Coates Building Sample number RHC 02A RHC 02B RHC 02C Material Plaster on columns white and grey layers Location Asbestos Type Asbestos content Chrysotile white layer n d grey layer Interior office Not analyzed positive stop white layer area 3 Floor n d grey layer Not analyzed positive stop wh
150. ce mounting of two or more conduits use channels at 3 m on centre spacing 6 Provide metal brackets frames hangers clamps and related types of support structures where indicated or as required to support conduit and cable runs 7 Ensure adequate support for raceways and cables dropped vertically to equipment where there is no wall support 8 Do not use wire lashing or perforated strap to support or secure raceways or cables 9 Do not use supports or equipment installed for other trades for conduit or cable support except with permission of other trade and approval of Departmental Representative 10 Install fastenings and supports as required for each type of equipment cables and conduits and in accordance with manufacturer s installation recommendations 11 Paint cut ends of threaded rods with zinc rust inhibiting paint END Project No R 067898 002 SPLITTERS JUNCTION PULL BOXES AND CABINETS Section 26 05 31 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ RELATED SECTIONS il Section 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 1 2 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA 1 Submit shop drawings and product data for cabinets in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ SPLITTERS 1 Construction Sheet metal enclosure welded corners and formed hinged cover suitable for locking in closed position 2 Terminations Main and branch lugs to match required size and number of incoming and
151. cheteur EP067 150054 A fg340 Client Ref No N de r f du client File No N du dossier CCC No N CCC FMS No N VME 20150054 fg340EP067 150054 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SC SC01 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY GC1 6 of R2810D is deleted and replaced with the following GC1 6 Indemnification by the Contractor ds The Contractor shall indemnify and save Canada harmless from and against all claims demands losses costs damages actions suits or proceedings whether in respect to losses suffered by Canada or in respect of claims by any third party brought or prosecuted and in any manner based upon arising out of related to occasioned by or attributable to the activities of the Contractor in performing the Work provided such claims are caused by the negligent or deliberate acts or omissions of the Contractor or those for whom it is responsible at law 2 The Contractor s obligation to indemnify Canada for losses related to first party liability shall be limited to a In respect to each loss for which insurance is to be provided pursuant to the insurance requirements of the Contract the Commercial General Liability insurance limit for one occurrence as referred to in the insurance requirements of the Contract b In respect to losses for which insurance is not required to be provided in accordance with the insurance requirements of the Contract the greater of the Contract Amount or 5 000 000 but in no event shall the sum be g
152. ct Documents If defects are revealed during inspection and or testing appointed agency will request additional inspection and or testing to ascertain full degree of defect Correct defect and irregularities as advised by Departmental Representative at no cost to Departmental Representative Pay costs for retesting and reinspection ACCESS TO WORK Allow inspection testing agencies access to Work off site manufacturing and fabrication plants Co operate to provide reasonable facilities for such access PROCEDURES Notify appropriate agency and Departmental Representative in advance of requirement for tests in order that attendance arrangements can be made Submit samples and or materials required for testing as specifically requested in specifications Submit with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence to not cause delays in Work Provide labour and facilities to obtain and handle samples and materials on site Provide sufficient space to store and cure test samples Project No R 067898 002 QUALITY CONTROL Section 01 45 00 Page 2 of 3 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 REJECTED WORK Remove defective Work whether result of poor workmanship use of defective products or damage and whether incorporated in Work or not which has been rejected by Departmental Representative as failing to conform to Contract Documents Replace or re execute in accordance with Contract Documents Make good other Contractor s work da
153. ct certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics and criteria and physical requirements 5 Test Reports certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties 1 Submit testing analysis of glass under provisions of Section 01 45 00 Quality Control 2 Submit shop inspection testing for glass 6 Sustainable Design Submittals 1 Construction Waste Management 1 Submit project Waste Management Plan Waste Reduction Workplan highlighting recycling and salvage requirements 2 Submit calculations on end of project recycling rates salvage rates and landfill rates demonstrating that 75 of construction wastes were recycled or salvaged 52 Low Emitting Materials 1 Submit listing of adhesives and sealants used in building showing compliance with VOC and chemical component limits or restrictions requirements Project No R 067898 002 GLAZING Section 08 80 50 Page 3 of 6 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals Operation and Maintenance Data submit operation and maintenance data for glazing for incorporation into manual QUALITY ASSURANCE Certificates product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics and criteria and physical requirements Mock ups 1 Construct mock ups
154. ction 23 34 00 Page 2 Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled 1 5 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions 2 with manufacturer s name and address 3 Storage and Handling Requirements 1 Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in clean dry well ventilated area 2 Store and protect HVAC fans from nicks scratches and blemishes 3 Replace defective or damaged materials with new PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 Performance Requirements 1 Catalogued or published ratings for manufactured items obtained from tests carried out by manufacturer or those ordered by manufacturer from independent testing agency signifying adherence to codes and standards in force 2 Capacity flow rate total static pressure bhp efficiency revolutions per minute power model size sound power data and as indicated on schedule 3 Fans statically and dynamically balanced constructed in conformity with AMCA 99 4 Sound ratings comply with AMCA Standard 301 tested to AMCA 300 Supply unit with AMCA certified sound rating seal 5 Performance ratings based on tests performed in accordance with AMCA 210 Supply unit with AMCA certified rating seal except
155. ction of system error 128 bit encrypted communication between the control panel components and any computer Project No R 067898 002 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 5119 Page 8 of 12 ix storage of settings in non volatile memory in each networked masking device and control panel component which shall be maintained during power outages X optional external relay modules for connection to third party alarm devices or security monitoring equipment Xi exception date programming for the masking timer function N Failsafe Power Supply 1 The system shall provide as per project design a power component that i incorporates two independent power supplies designed to jointly power the system while both are in operation ii provides automatic and uninterrupted power transition in the event of a single power supply failure iii provides monitoring of power supply failure O Aesthetics 1 The system shall be aesthetically appealing in open ceiling applications including i networked masking devices and loudspeakers shall be visually appealing ii cabling shall be color matched to the networked masking devices and loudspeakers iii loudspeaker suspension shall be braided steel cable as per project design iv cabling shall be connector based V networked masking devices loudspeakers and cabling shall be available in white or charcoal as per project design 1 2 SUBMITTALS A Product Data Manufacturer s specifications and instal
156. cumentation to Departmental Representative Have Cx schedules up to date Ensure systems have been cleaned thoroughly Complete TAB procedures on systems submit TAB reports to Departmental Representative for review and approval 10 Ensure As Built system schematics are available CeINIDNRWNE Inform Departmental Representative in writing of discrepancies and deficiencies on finished works Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL COMMISSIONING CX REQUIREMENTS Section 01 91 13 Page 3 1 6 CONFLICTS 1 Report conflicts between requirements of this section and other sections to Departmental Representative before start up and obtain clarification 2 Failure to report conflict and obtain clarification will result in application of most stringent requirement 1 7 __ ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1 Submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 1 Submit no later than 4 weeks after award of Contract 1 Name of Contractor s Cx agent 2 Draft Cx documentation 3 Preliminary Cx schedule 2 Request in writing to Departmental Representative for changes to submittals and obtain written approval at least 2 weeks prior to start of Cx 3 Submit proposed Cx procedures to Departmental Representative where not specified and obtain written approval at least 2 weeks prior to start of Cx 4 Provide additional documentation relating to Cx process required by Departmental Representative 1 8 COMMISSIONING DOCU
157. d Their Accessories Installed in Air Handling Spaces 1996 FCC EN 55103 1 amp 2 Audio Video and Entertainment Lighting Control ASTM E1374 06 11 Standard Guide for Open Office Acoustics and Applicable ASTM Standards ASTM E1573 09 Standard Test Method for Evaluating Masking Sound in Open Office Using A Weighted and One Third Octave Band Sound Pressure Levels ASTM E1130 08 Standard Test Method for Objective Measurement of Speech Privacy in Open Offices Using Articulation Index ASTM E2638 Standard Test Method for Objective Measurement of Speech Privacy Provide by Closed Rooms ANSI 12 2 2008 Criteria for Evaluating Room Noise 2011 ASHRAE Handbook HVAC Applications 1 3 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A B System Architecture Sound masking systems and their components requiring communications and transfer of electronic data between them shall use wired connections and shall not use wireless Wi Fi or other telemetry based systems in any aspect of their functionality The system shall be a plenum based system independent from ceiling constructions The system shall consist of centralized control unit s and addressable and controllable masking devices distributed throughout the installation area on a given floor The addressable and controllable masking devices shall limit the number of loudspeakers assigned to each to a maximum of 3 loudspeakers Each addressable and controllable masking device
158. d ULC listed for fire services 2 Sprinkler Head Type 1 Type A upright bronze 2 Type B recessed chrome glass bulb type with ring and cup 3 Type C flush white cover PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS 1 Compliance comply with manufacturer s written recommendations or specifications including product technical bulletins handling storage and installation instructions and datasheet 3 2 _ INSTALLATION 1 Install inspect and test to acceptance in accordance with NFPA Fire 13 and NFPA Fire 25 3 3 PIPE INSTALLATION 1 Install piping straight and true to bear evenly on hangers and supports Do not hang piping from plaster ceilings 2 Keep interior and ends of new piping and existing piping thoroughly cleaned of water and foreign matter 3 Keep piping systems clean during installation by means of plugs or other approved methods When work is not in progress securely close open ends of piping to prevent entry of water and foreign matter A Inspect piping before placing into position 3 4 _ CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS 1 Notify Contracting Officer in writing at least 15 days prior to connection date 2 Use tapping or drilling machine valve and mechanical joint type sleeves for connections to be made under pressure 3 Bolt sleeves around main piping Project No R 067898 002 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Section 21 13 13 Page 5 4 Bolt valve to branch connection
159. d grounding contacts n Rp amp D Single receptacles CSA type 5 15 R 125 V 15 A U ground with following features 1 White urea moulded housing 2 Suitable for No 10 AWG for back and side wiring 3 Four back wired entrances 2 side wiring screws Other receptacles with CSA configuration ampacity and voltage as indicated Specification grade nylon face white Receptacles of one manufacturer throughout project Self contained with 15 A 120 V circuit interrupter and white duplex receptacle complete with 1 Solid state ground sensing device 2 Facility for testing and reset SPECIAL WIRING DEVICES Special wiring devices 1 Clock hanger outlets 15 A 125 V 3 wire grounding type suitable for No 10 AWG for installation in flush outlet box 2 Pilot lights as indicated with neon type 0 04 W 125 V lamp and red plastic LED type Project No R 067898 002 WIRING DEVICES Section 26 27 26 Page 3 2 Wall Mounted Motion Sensor Switches Dual technology passive infrared and ultrasonic to turn lights off after adjustable time delay Tamperproof for programming manual on and automatic off at 5 30 minute delay Automatically adjusts time delay for usage pattern Automatic audible visual alerts light sensor with adjustable sensitivity vandal resistant lense 2 4 COVER PLATES 1 Cover plates for wiring devices to CSA C22 2 No 42 1 2 Cover plates from one manufacturer throughout project 3 Sheet steel utility
160. d in Provincial apprenticeship program to perform specific tasks only if under direct supervision of qualified licensed workers Determine permitted activities and tasks by apprentices based on level of training attended and demonstration of ability to perform specific duties Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Section 01 00 10 Page 6 of 7 1 12 1 13 1 14 1 15 1 16 CLEANING Clean up as work progresses At the end of each work period and more often if ordered by the Departmental Representative remove debris from site neatly stack material for use and clean up generally Upon completion remove scaffolding temporary protection and surplus materials Make good defects noted at this stage Clean and polish glass mirrors ceramic tile aluminum chrome stainless steel baked or porcelain enamel plastic laminate and other plastic surfaces floors hardware and washroom fixtures Clean manufactured articles in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions Clean areas under contract to a condition equal to what previously existed and to approval of Departmental Representative SECURITY CHECK Personnel will be checked in daily at start of work shift and given a pass in exchange for acceptable personal identification which must be worn at all times Pass must be returned at end of work shift and personnel checked out SECURITY ESCORT All personnel employed on this project shall be escorted at
161. dations in clean dry well ventilated area 2 Store and protect air terminal units from nicks scratches and blemishes 3 Replace defective or damaged materials with new Project No R 067898 002 AIR TERMINAL UNITS Section 23 36 00 Page 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ SYSTEM DESCRIPTION el Performance Requirements 1 Catalogued or published ratings for manufactured items obtained from tests carried out by manufacturer or those ordered by manufacturer from certified ADC Air Diffusion Council testing agency signifying adherence to codes and standards 2 2 _ MANUFACTURED UNITS 1 Terminal units of the same type to be product of one manufacturer 2 3 VARIABLE VOLUME BOXES 1 Pressure independent factory reset to air flow between zero minimum and maximum air volume 2 Sizes capacities differential pressures and sound ratings as indicated on drawings Adjust VAV box maximum to suit diffuser airflow minimum to 20 of maximum 3 Differential pressure not to exceed 25 Pa at inlet air velocity of 10 m s 4 Complete with 1 Operator and controller DDC field mounted by base building Controls Contractor to match existing building standard 2 Sound attenuator 3 DDC controller to operate damper operator between maximum or minimum air volume settings 5 Minimum 35 kPa reset span 6 Adjustable reset start point 7 Operator to be field mounted and calibrated 1 Gauge taps for balancing with standard pressure gauge
162. ding special notices and Material Safety Data Sheets concerning impedances hazards and safety precautions Submit PDF electronic copy of Manufacturer s Field Reports for requirements requested in specification Sections and as requested by Departmental Representative Documentation of the testing and verification actions taken by manufacturer s representative to confirm compliance with manufacturer s standards or instructions Submit PDF electronic copy of Operation and Maintenance Data for requirements requested in specification Sections and as requested by Departmental Representative Delete information not applicable to project Supplement standard information to provide details applicable to project If upon review by Departmental Representative no errors or omissions are discovered or if only minor corrections are made reviewed marked up PDF files will be returned and fabrication and installation of Work may proceed If shop drawings are rejected noted copy will be returned and resubmission of corrected shop drawings through same procedure indicated above must be performed before fabrication and installation of Work may proceed The review of shop drawings by Public Works and Government Services Canada PWGSC is for sole purpose of ascertaining conformance with general concept 1 This review shall not mean that PWGSC approves detail design inherent in shop drawings responsibility for which shall remain with Contractor submitting sa
163. dition personnel participation use of waste tracking forms and collection of waybills receipts and invoices On site sale of salvaged materials is not permitted unless authorized in writing by Departmental Representative and provided that site safety regulations and security requirements are adhered to USE OF SITE AND FACILITIES Execute Work with minimal interference and disturbance to normal use of premises Maintain security measures established by facility and provide temporary security measures approved by Departmental Representative WASTE PROCESSING SITES Contractor is responsible to research and locate waste diversion resources and service providers Salvaged materials are to be transported off site to approved and or authorized recycling facilities or to users of material for recycling Project No R 067898 002CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT Section 01 74 21 AND DISPOSAL Page 6 of 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 10 QUALITY ASSURANCE After award of Contract a mandatory site examination will be held for this Project for Contractor and sub contractors responsible for construction renovation demolition deconstruction waste management 1 Date time and location will be arranged by Departmental Representative Waste Management Meeting Waste Management Co ordinator is to provide an update on status of waste diversion and management activities at each meeting Written monthly Waste Diversion Report summary to be
164. ditions immediately upon discovery 3 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative ERECTION Align partition tracks at floor and ceiling and secure at 600 mm on centre maximum Place studs vertically at 600 mm on centre and not more than 50 mm from abutting walls and at each side of openings and corners 1 Position studs in tracks at floor and ceiling Cross brace steel studs as required to provide rigid installation to manufacturer s instructions Erect metal studding to tolerance of 1 1000 Co ordinate simultaneous erection of studs with installation of service lines When erecting studs ensure web openings are aligned Co ordinate erection of studs with installation of door window frames and special supports or anchorage for work specified in other Sections Provide two studs extending from floor to ceiling at each side of openings wider than stud centres specified Project No R 067898 002 NON STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Section 09 22 16 Page 4 of 4 3 3 3 4 10 11 12 13 1 Secure studs together 50 mm apart using column clips or other approved means of fastening placed alongside frame anchor clips Erect track at head of door window openings and sills of sidelight window openings to accommodate intermediate studs l Secure track to studs at each end in accordance with manufacturer s in
165. e Electrical Safety Standard CAN CSA Z460 05 R2010 Control of Hazardous Energy SUBMITTALS Make submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Submit site specific Health and Safety Plan Within seven 7 working days after date of Notice to Proceed and prior to commencement of Work Health and Safety Plan must include mi Results of site specific safety hazard assessment 2 Results of safety and health risk or hazard analysis for site tasks and operation found in work plan 3 Written safe work procedures to address the known hazards Submit three 3 copies of Contractor s authorized representative s work site health and safety inspection reports to Departmental Representative weekly Submit copies of reports or directions issued by Federal and Provincial health and safety inspectors Submit copies of incident and accident reports within 24 hours after the event Submit WHMIS MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets to Departmental Representative Departmental Representative will review Contractor s site specific Health and Safety Plan and provide comments to Contractor within seven 7 working days after receipt of plan Revise plan as appropriate and resubmit plan to Departmental Representative within seven 7 working days after receipt of comments from Departmental Representative Departmental Representative s review of Contractor s final Health and Safety plan should not be construed as approval and does
166. e Prefabricated Acoustical Units Green Seal Environmental Standards GS l GS 11 11 2nd Edition Paints and Coatings Health Canada Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS 1 Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS South Coast Air Quality Management District SCAQMD California State Regulation XI Source Specific Standards 1 SCAQMD Rule 1113 A2013 Architectural Coatings Underwriter s Laboratories of Canada ULC 1 CAN ULC S 102 2007 Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for ceiling panels and ceiling suspension system and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 2 Submit 2 copies of WHMIS MSDS in accordance with Section 01 35 29 06 Health and Safety Requirements 01 35 43 Environmental Procedures Shop Drawings 1 Submit drawings stamped and signed by professional engineer registered or licensed in Province of Ontario Project No R 067898 002 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Section 09 51 99 Page 2 of 5 1 4 2 Submit stamped shop drawings for any replacement reinstatement and or alterations made to existing acoustical ceiling grid or suspension system 3 Submit reflected ceiling plans for special grid
167. e acoustical performance requirements specified in 1 3 D are maintained in each zone and between all zones Private offices and meeting rooms and other fully enclosed rooms having slab to slab partitions and or plenum barriers enclosing their plenum space Shall each be an independently controllable zone or multiple zones such that the acoustical performance requirements specified in Section 1 3 C and D are maintained Adjacent partially enclosed rooms having floor to ceiling partitions and common shared plenum space no plenum barriers A maximum of 2 adjacent and partially enclosed rooms may be included within a single zone s coverage area such that the maximum masking devices in 1 3 A and performance requirements specified in 1 3 C and D are maintained Conference and large meeting rooms and or those that make use of audio enhancement sound reinforcement systems microphones public address systems audio translation systems etc broadcasting and or similar special purpose rooms requiring high levels of speech intelligibility will require special acoustical and audio design considerations in regards to the use sound masking if used Project No R 067898 002 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 51 19 Page 3 of 12 Each speaker shall be considered a zone and in room occupant control devices shall be provided which include the minimal features listed in Section 1 3 1 Public servicing areas corridors lobbies waiting areas and o
168. e address of networked devices that are not communicating with the control panel component v verify the integrity of the system design including required components communication limits and power limits 2 The system shall provide a loudspeaker monitoring function that i detects deviations from the expected number of functioning loudspeakers connected to each networked device whether due to incorrect installation or speaker cabling malfunctions ii initiates notifications upon detecting a speaker count error iii is available over a wide range of masking settings iv be capable of being enabled disabled 3 The system shall provide continuous voltage metering that detects and reports on the availability of sufficient voltage at each networked device for ideal operation This function shall i initiate notifications when insufficient voltage is measured at a given networked device ii be capable of being enabled disabled 4 The system shall provide a function for locating loudspeakers from below the ceiling producing an audible tone burst 5 Diagnostics shall be viewable from a control panel component or computer software 6 The system shall provide as per project design monitoring notification software that is capable of monitoring the status of all networked devices including control panel components and which is also capable of i email notification of errors to departmental representative defined addresses ii email notif
169. e compliance by employees with safety requirements of Contract Documents applicable federal provincial and local statutes regulations and ordinances and with site specific Health and Safety Plan COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS Comply with the Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act R S O 1990 c 0 1 Comply with the Ontario Regulations for Construction Projects O Reg 213 91 Comply with CAN CSA Z462 12 Workplace Electrical Safety Standard Comply with CAN CSA Z460 05 R2010 Control of Hazardous Energy UNFORSEEN HAZARDS When unforeseen or peculiar safety related factor hazard or condition occur during performance of Work follow procedures in place for Employee s Right to Refuse Work in accordance with Acts and Regulations of Province having jurisdiction and advise Departmental Representative verbally and in writing HEALTH AND SAFETY CO ORDINATOR Employ and assign to Work competent and authorized representative as Health and Safety Co ordinator Health and Safety Co ordinator must 41 Have site related working experience specific to activities associated with specified Work Submit relevant experience to Departmental Representative 2 Have working knowledge of occupational safety and health regulations Project No R 067898 002 HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Section 01 35 29 06 Page 3 of 3 1 12 1 13 1 14 1 15 3 Be responsible for completing Contractor s Health and Safety Training Sessions and ensuri
170. e full contact at perimeter of light or unit Install removable stops with spacer shims inserted between glazing and applied stops at 600 mm intervals 6 mm below sight line Fill gaps between light and applied stop with sealant to depth equal to bite on glazing to uniform and level line Trim protruding tape edge 3 4 CLEANING Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions al Leave Work area clean at end of each day 1 Remove traces of primer caulking 2 Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces 3 Remove labels 4 Clean glass and mirrors using approved non abrasive cleaner in accordance with manufacturer s instructions 2 Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions Waste Management separate waste materials for reuse recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal 1 Remove recycling containers and bins from site and dispose of materials at appropriate facility 3 5 PROTECTION Protect installed products and components from damage during construction Project No R 067898 002 GLAZING Section 08 80 50 Page 6 of 6 2 After installation mark each light with an X by using removable plastic tape or paste A Do not mark heat absorbing or reflective glass units 3 Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by glazing installation END
171. e no 7471 as defined in EPA SW 846 3 Organochlorines and PCBs are to be determined by Gas Chromatography using Technique no 8081 as defined in EPA SW 846 Execution MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS Compliance comply with manufacturer s written recommendations or specifications including product technical bulletins handling storage and installation instructions and data sheet GENERAL Perform preparation and operations for interior painting in accordance with MPI Architectural Painting Specifications Manual except where specified otherwise Apply paint materials in accordance with paint manufacturer s written application instructions EXAMINATION Investigate existing substrates for problems related to proper and complete preparation of surfaces to be painted Report to Departmental Representative damages defects unsatisfactory or unfavourable conditions before proceeding with work Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR PAINTING Section 09 91 23 Page 9 of 12 3 4 Conduct moisture testing of surfaces to be painted using properly calibrated electronic moisture meter except test concrete floors for moisture using simple cover patch test Do not proceed with work until conditions fall within acceptable range as recommended by manufacturer Maximum moisture content as follows 1 Stucco plaster and gypsum board 12 2 Concrete 12 3 Clay and Concrete Block Brick 12 4 Wood 15 PREPARATION Protection
172. e parts current prices and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage Include test and balancing reports as specified in Section 01 45 00 Quality Control and 01 91 13 General Commissioning Cx Requirements Additional requirements as specified in individual specification sections MATERIALS AND FINISHES Building products applied materials and finishes include product data with catalogue number size composition and colour and texture designations 1 Provide information for re ordering custom manufactured products Instructions for cleaning agents and methods precautions against detrimental agents and methods and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance Moisture protection and weather exposed products include manufacturer s recommendations for cleaning agents and methods precautions against detrimental agents and methods and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance Additional requirements as specified in individual specifications sections MAINTENANCE MATERIALS Spare Parts a Provide spare parts in quantities specified in individual specification sections 2 Provide items of same manufacture and quality as items in Work 3 Deliver to location as directed place and store 4 Receive and catalogue items Project No R 067898 002 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Section 01 78 00 Page 5 of 7 1 10 1 11 BRB L N 1 Submit inventory listing to Departmental Representative 2 Incl
173. e stop 7 Floor Core n d Project No Section 01 14 25 R 067484 001 Designated Substances Report Rev A Page 8 Sample a Asbestos nuniber Material Location Asbestos Type content 18291 16C compound 18291 17A 18291 17B Stipple 18291 17C Not analyzed positive stop n d na th Boven Lobby n d na n d na Bold items exceed the 0 5 regulated concentration of asbestos as per O Reg 278 05 as amended MDL Method Detection Limit n d none detected n a not applicable Based on analytical sampling and limited observations noted during the survey the following asbestos containing material was identified in the project areas of the 7th Floor of the Jean Talon building e Drywall joint compound associated with perimeter and core column drywall materials throughout the project area Samples 18291 11A and 18291 16A contains 1 Chrysotile asbestos BENZENE Not Identified COKE OVEN EMISSIONS Not Identified ETHYLENE OXIDE Not Identified ISOCYANATES Not Identified LEAD Suspected Lead is a naturally occurring metal It was used primarily in paint prior to the 1980s to increase the drying process Lead in paint becomes a danger when it is old or damaged as it creates lead dust and chips Lead can also be found in soldered joints installed on piping up to the mid 1990s and in older cast iron bell and spigot joints 1 According to the Canada Consum
174. e with requirements of Contract Documents Fit Work airtight to pipes sleeves ducts conduit and other penetrations through surfaces At penetration of fire rated wall ceiling or floor construction completely seal voids with firestopping material in accordance with ULC listed firestop assemblies applicable for the existing construction provide submittals for proposed firestop assemblies prior to installation for approval by Departmental Representative Patch and make good existing construction that is cut damaged or disturbed in the course of the Work to Departmental Representative s approval Match existing material and finish texture appearance and colour Remove all traces of existing construction removed in the course of the Work Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes Refinish continuous surfaces to nearest intersection Refinish assemblies by refinishing entire unit Conceal pipes ducts and wiring in floor wall and ceiling construction of finished areas except where indicated otherwise At penetration of acoustically rated partitions completely seal voids with acoustic sealant on both sides of partition WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Separate waste materials for reuse recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management And Disposal Products NOT USED Not Used Project No R 067898 002 EXECUTION Section 01 73 00 Page 3 of 3 Part 3 3 1 Execution
175. ect to damage or movement during cutting and patching After uncovering inspect conditions affecting performance of Work Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions Provide supports to assure structural integrity of surroundings provide devices and methods to protect other portions of project from damage Provide protection from elements for areas which are to be exposed by uncovering work maintain excavations free of water EXECUTION Execute cutting fitting and patching including excavation and fill to complete Work Fit several parts together to integrate with other Work Uncover Work to install ill timed Work Project No R 067898 002 EXECUTION Section 01 73 00 Page 2 of 3 1 5 Part 2 2 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Remove and replace defective and non conforming Work Remove samples of installed Work for testing Provide openings in non structural elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical Work Execute Work by methods to avoid damage to other Work and which will provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing Employ original installer to perform cutting and patching for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements and sight exposed surfaces Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill Pneumatic or impact tools not allowed on masonry work without prior approval Restore work with new products in accordanc
176. ection 01 14 25 R 067484 001 Designated Substances Report Rev A Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 4 An investigation into the presence of designated substances for the Floor Refurbishment Project located at the R H Coates and Jean Talon Buildings 100 and 170 Tunney s Pasture Drive respectively in Ottawa Ontario was performed in order to meet the requirements of the Canada Labour Code under Part Il Section 124 that every employer shall ensure that the health and safety at work of every person employed by the employer is protected Furthermore Section 125 1 z 14 of the Canada Labour Code stipulates that the employer will take all reasonable care to ensure that all persons granted access to the work place other than the employers employees are informed of every known or foreseeable health and safety hazard to which they are likely to be exposed in the work place Also the designated substances report DSR was performed to meet the requirements of Section 30 of the Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act Revised Statutes of Ontario 1990 Chapter 0 1 By having a DSR conducted the PWGSC Departmental Representative will be able to inform his or her employees contractors and tenants of any designated substances that may be present and possibly disturbed throughout the duration of the project The informed Departmental Representative will then be able to impose appropriate health and safety precautions f
177. ed by manufacturer Sand and dust between coats to remove visible defects Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR PAINTING Section 09 91 23 Page 11 of 12 3 6 3 7 3 8 10 10 11 12 Finish surfaces both above and below sight lines as specified for surrounding surfaces including such surfaces as tops of interior cupboards and cabinets and projecting ledges Finish inside of cupboards and cabinets as specified for outside surfaces Finish closets and alcoves as specified for adjoining rooms Finish top bottom edges and cutouts of doors after fitting as specified for door surfaces MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Paint finished area exposed conduits piping hangers ductwork and other mechanical and electrical equipment with colour and finish to match adjacent surfaces except as indicated Boiler room mechanical and electrical rooms paint exposed conduits piping hangers ductwork and other mechanical and electrical equipment Other unfinished areas leave exposed conduits piping hangers ductwork and other mechanical and electrical equipment in original finish and touch up scratches and marks Touch up scratches and marks on factory painted finishes and equipment with paint as supplied by manufacturer of equipment Do not paint over nameplates Keep sprinkler heads free of paint Paint inside of ductwork where visible behind grilles registers and diffusers with primer and one coat of matt black pain
178. ed with installation of joint sealants only when 1 Ambient and substrate temperature conditions are within limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are above 4 4 degrees C 2 Joint substrates are dry 3 Conform to manufacturer s recommended temperatures relative humidity and substrate moisture content for application and curing of sealants including special conditions governing use Joint Width Conditions 1 Proceed with installation of joint sealants only where joint widths are more than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated Joint Substrate Conditions 1 Proceed with installation of joint sealants only after contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Comply with requirements of Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS regarding use handling storage and disposal of hazardous materials and regarding labelling and provision of Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS acceptable to Health Canada Ventilate area of work as directed by Departmental Representative Products SEALANT MATERIALS Do not use caulking that emits strong odours contains toxic chemicals or is not certified as mould resistant in air handling units When low toxicity caulks are not possible confine usage to areas which off gas to exterior are contained behind air barriers or are applied several months before occupancy to maximize
179. efore demolition stage for resale reuse on current project or for storage for use on future projects 2 Returning reusable items including pallets or unused products to vendors Salvage removal of structural and non structural materials from deconstruction disassembly projects for purpose of reuse or recycling Separate Condition refers to waste sorted into individual types Source Separation act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from the point they became waste Waste Audit WA detailed inventory of estimated quantities of waste materials that will be generated during construction demolition deconstruction and or renovation Involves quantifying by volume weight amounts of materials and wastes that will be reused recycled or landfilled Refer to Schedule A Waste Diversion Report detailed report of final results quantifying cumulative weights and percentages of waste materials reused recycled and landfilled over course of project Measures success against Waste Reduction Workplan WRW goals and identifies lessons learned Waste Management Co ordinator WMC contractor representative responsible for supervising waste management activities as well as co ordinating required submittal and reporting requirements Waste Reduction Workplan WRW written report which addresses opportunities for reduction reuse or recycling of materials generated by project Specifies diversion goals implementati
180. el Protect existing building surfaces and adjacent structures from paint spatters markings and other damage by suitable non staining covers or masking If damaged clean and restore surfaces as directed by Departmental Representative 2 Protect items that are permanently attached such as Fire Labels on doors and frames 3 Protect factory finished products and equipment 4 Protect building occupants and general public in and about the building Surface Preparation l Remove electrical cover plates light fixtures surface hardware on doors bath accessories and other surface mounted equipment fittings and fastenings prior to undertaking painting operations Identify and store items in secure location and re installed after painting is completed 2 Move and cover furniture and portable equipment as necessary to carry out painting operations Replace as painting operations progress 5 Place WET PAINT signs in occupied areas as painting operations progress Signs to approval of Departmental Representative Clean and prepare surfaces in accordance with MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual requirements Refer to MPI Manual in regard to specific requirements and as follows a Remove dust dirt and other surface debris by vacuuming wiping with dry clean cloths or compressed air 2 Wash surfaces with a biodegradable detergent and bleach where applicable and clean warm water using a stiff bristle brush to remove dirt oil and o
181. electrical equipment at following heights unless indicated otherwise 1 Local switches 1200 mm 2 Wall receptacles 1 General 400 mm 2 Above top of continuous baseboard heater 200 mm 3 Above top of counters or counter back splashes 175 mm 4 In mechanical rooms 1200 mm Telephone and interphone outlets 400 mm Wall mounted telephone and interphone outlets 1200 mm Fire alarm pull stations 1200 mm Television outlets 400 mm Dup 3 5 CO ORDINATION OF PROTECTIVE DEVICES 1 Ensure circuit protective devices such as overcurrent trips relays and fuses are installed to required values and settings 3 6 __ FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 Load Balance ol Measure phase current to panelboards affected by the work with normal loads lighting operating at time of acceptance adjust branch circuit connections as required to obtain best balance of current between phases for new and existing loads and record changes 52 Provide upon completion of work load balance report as directed in PART 1 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS phase and neutral currents on panelboards affected by the work operating under normal load as well as hour and date on which each load was measured and voltage at time of test 52 Conduct following tests in accordance with Section 01 45 00 Quality Control ol Power generation and distribution system including phasing voltage grounding and load balancing 2 Circuits originating from branch distri
182. ementary colored heat welding rod of complimentary composition in accordance with resilient flooring manufacturer s recommendations 2 Adhesive Material Installation Use trowel as recommended by flooring manufacturer for specific adhesive Spread at rate recommended by flooring manufacturer Installation Techniques al Install flooring before new partitions 2 Scribe cut fit flooring to butt tightly to vertical surfaces permanent fixtures and built in furniture including pipes outlets edgings thresholds nosings and cabinets 3 Extend flooring into toe spaces door reveals closets and similar openings Install flooring on covers for telephone and electrical ducts and similar items occurring within finish floor areas Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed on these covers 5 Do not install resilient flooring over expansion joints Use expansion joint covers manufactured for use with resilient flooring Refer to other specification sections for expansion joint covers 6 Adhere resilient flooring to substrate without producing open cracks voids raising and puckering at joints telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks or other surface imperfections in completed installation 1 Use adhesive applied to substrate in compliance with flooring manufacturer s recommendations including those for trowel notching adhesive mixing and adhesive open and working times 7 Roll resilient floor
183. endations for system settings as found in the User Manual CLEANING A Ensure that empty packaging is removed Please recycle B Ensure that any material waste is removed C Ensure the system components are clean and presentable where required DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING A Demonstrate operational system to customer by walking the space B Demonstrate functionality of the system to the customer or customer s representative Project No R 067898 002 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 51 19 Page 12 of 12 Provide any training to customer s representative that may be required under the terms of the contract to maintain and or operate the system or any optional devices e g in room controls Special training may be provided for sound masking systems monitoring software when operation requires monitoring for speech security requirements 3 9 TESTING AND REPORTING A The supplier shall provide the departmental representative a report including at a minimal An as installed floor plan indicating speaker layout and wiring routing between control unit and speakers The floor plan should also indicate commissioning measurement locations for each zone A listing of any identification labeling used on components speakers hubs control devices wiring and as referenced in the sound masking software to allow physically locating devices within the plenum floor plan An indication of tolerance compliance dBA and spectrum in each
184. endment issued or any allowable bid revision received before the date and time set for solicitation closing f Any amendment incorporated by mutual agreement between Canada and the Contractor before acceptance of the bid and g Any amendment or variation of the contract documents that is made in accordance with the General Conditions 2 The documents identified by title number and date above are incorporated by reference and are set out in the Standard Acquisition Clauses and Conditions SACC Manual issued by Public Works and Government Services Canada PWGSC The SACC Manual is available on the PWGSC Web site https buyandsell gc ca policy and guidelines standard acquisition clauses and conditions manual 3 The language of the contract documents is the language of the Bid and Acceptance Form submitted Page 10 of de 13 Solicitation No N de l invitation Amd No N de la modif Buyer ID Id de l acheteur EP067 150054 A fg340 Client Ref No N de r f du client File No N du dossier CCC No N CCC FMS No N VME 20150054 fg340EP067 150054 BID AND ACCEPTANCE FORM BA BAO1 IDENTIFICATION Fit up of the 11th 14th and 19th floors of the R H Coats Building at 100 Tunney s Pasture Driveway and the 7th floor of the Jean Talon Building at 170 Tunney s Pasture Driveway Ottawa BA02 BUSINESS NAME AND ADDRESS OF BIDDER Name Address Telephone Fax PBN BAO3 THE OFFER The Bidder offe
185. entation has been received reviewed for suitability and approved by Departmental Representative 2 Equipment components and systems have been commissioned 3 O amp M training has been completed NON CONFORMANCE TO PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 1 1 5 Should equipment system components and associated controls be incorrectly installed or malfunction during Cx correct deficiencies re verify equipment and components within the unfunctional system including related systems as deemed required by Departmental Representative to ensure effective performance Costs for corrective work additional tests inspections to determine acceptability and proper performance of such items to be borne by Contractor Above costs to be in form of progress payment reductions or hold back assessments PRE CX REVIEW ai Before Construction 1 Review contract documents confirm by writing to Departmental Representative 1 Adequacy of provisions for Cx 2 Aspects of design and installation pertinent to success of Cx During Construction 1 Co ordinate provision location and installation of provisions for Cx Before start of Cx Have completed Cx Plan up to date Ensure installation of related components equipment sub systems systems is complete Fully understand Cx requirements and procedures Have Cx documentation shelf ready Understand completely design criteria and intent and special features Submit complete start up do
186. entilated area with temperature range between 7 degrees C to 30 degrees C Store materials and supplies away from heat generating devices and sensitive products above minimum temperature as recommended by manufacturer Keep areas used for storage cleaning and preparation clean and orderly to approval of Departmental Representative After completion of operations return areas to clean condition to approval of Departmental Representative Remove paint materials from storage in quantities required for same day use Comply with requirements of Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS regarding use handling storage and disposal of hazardous materials Fire Safety Requirements 1 Provide one 9 kg Type ABC or dry chemical fire extinguisher as recommended by manufacturer adjacent to storage area 2 Store oily rags waste products empty containers and materials subject to spontaneous combustion in ULC approved sealed containers and remove from site daily 3 Handle store use and dispose of flammable and combustible materials in accordance with National Fire Code of Canada 2 Waste Management and Disposal ai Separate waste materials for reuse recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal Paint stain and wood preservative finishes and related materials thinners and solvents are hazardous products and are subject to regulations for disposal Information on t
187. equirements Quantity and points contents as reviewed by Departmental Representative prior to installation 3 Location of controllers as reviewed by Departmental Representative prior to installation 3 Existing systems Existing base building controls service contractor for R H Coats building is Regulvar and for Jean Talon building is Direct Energy 4 All workmanship and materials to match existing base building standard 1 6 _ ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1 Make submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Quality Control 1 Provide equipment and material from manufacturer s regular production CSA certified manufactured to 2 standard quoted plus additional specified requirements Where CSA certified equipment is not available submit such equipment to inspection authorities for special inspection and approval before delivery to site Project No R 067898 002 EMCS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 25 05 01 Page 4 Material Delivery Schedule provide Departmental Representative with schedule within 2 weeks after award 2 Remove from site and dispose of packaging materials at appropriate recycling facilities 3 Collect and separate for disposal paper plastic polystyrene corrugated cardboard packaging material in 4 Separate for reuse and recycling and place in designated containers Steel Metal Plastic waste in 5 Place materials defined as hazardous or toxic in designated containers Re
188. er DOCUMENTS Post and maintain in visible and accessible area at job site one copy of following documents 1 2 3 4 Waste Audit Schedule A Waste Reduction Workplan Schedule B Waste Source Separation Program Schedules A and B completed for project ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Prepare and submit following prior to project start up 1 2 4 1 copy and 1 electronic copy of completed Waste Audit WA Schedule A 1 copy and 1 electronic copy of completed Waste Reduction Workplan WRW Schedule B 1 copy and 1 electronic copy of Cost Revenue Analysis Workplan CRAW Schedule E 1 copy and 1 electronic copy of Waste Source Separation Program WSSP Prepare and submit on monthly basis throughout project or at intervals agreed to by Departmental Representative the following ai Receipts scale tickets waybills and or waste disposal receipts that show quantities and types of materials reused recycled or disposed of Updated Waste Materials Tracking form Schedule D Written bi weekly monthly summary report detailing cumulative amounts of waste materials reused recycled and landfilled and brief status of ongoing waste management activities Submit prior to final payment the following 1 Waste Diversion Report indicating final quantities in tones by material types salvaged for reuse recycling or disposal in landfill and
189. er Product Safety Act s Surface Coating Materials Regulations SOR 2005 109 as amended allowable concentration of lead of surface coatings is 0 009 percent by weight weight of lead to weight of paint which is equivalent to 90 parts per million ppm 2 Even at very low concentrations there may be potential for exposure to very high levels of lead depending on the activities performed that disturb the lead containing materials At low Project No R 067484 001 Rev A Section 01 14 25 Designated Substances Report Page 9 2 2 RECOMMENDATIONS lead concentrations conducting a risk assessment to assess the potential for exposure is required to determine the need to follow precautionary measures 3 All paints were observed to be in good condition As such samples of paints were not collected as sampling without matrix interference i e removing paint without also removing non paint substrate would likely prove difficult Older interior paint finishes throughout the project area are suspected to contain detectable concentrations of lead 4 Lead is expected to be present within solder on copper piping throughout the project areas MERCURY Identified Mercury is assumed present in vapour form and in the phosphor coating of T 8 fluorescent light tubes throughout the project areas SILICA Identified Free crystalline silica is assumed present in concrete plaster drywall stipple vinyl floor tiles and ce
190. er an earthquake 52 SRS acronym for Seismic Restraint System 1 3 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 This section covers design supply and installation of complete SRS for all systems equipment specified for installation on this project This includes electrical light fixtures conduit electrical equipment and systems both vibration isolated and statically supported 2 SRS to be fully integrated into compatible with d Noise and vibration controls specified elsewhere in this project specification 2 Structural mechanical electrical design of project 3 During seismic event SRS to prevent systems and equipment from causing personal injury and from moving from normal position A Design to be by Professional Engineer specializing in design of SRS and registered in Province of Ontario Division 26 to include all costs associated with this work as it relates to Division 26 installations Submit design sketches c w professional stamp prior to start of installations c w installation requirements 1 4 SUBMITTALS 1 Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 2 Submittals to include ol Full details of design criteria 3 Submit additional copy of shop drawings and product data to Structural Engineer for review of connection points to building structure 1 5 MAINTENANCE DATA 1 Provide maintenance data including monitoring requirements for incorporation into manuals
191. er s original unopened and undamaged packages with manufacturer s labels legible and intact C Inspect manufacturer s packages upon receipt D Handle packages carefully v gt 1 6 WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE A Provide a written warranty that the system components installed shall be free from defects in parts or assembly for a 5 year period from date of first use the date of system initialization 2 PART TWO PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURERS A Acceptable Manufacturers those able to meet all these specifications 2 2 SYSTEM COMPONENTS General System Overview The sound masking system shall be a networked decentralized system with complete digital central control down to individually addressable networked masking devices The system shall be comprised of a selection of a distributed primary networked masking devices b distributed secondary networked masking devices c loudspeakers d one or more control panel components e computer software f programmable keypads g cable assemblies h audio input modules i ceiling mount adaptors and j one or more power supplies A Each primary masking device shall provide A DSP based masking sound generator An individual third octave band equalizer for masking An individual volume control for masking Network communication functions An audio amplifier Overall dimensions of DOV ON i Diameter 5 1 inches 13 0 cm ii Height 1 75 inches 4 5 cm B Each secondary netw
192. eration as when would be during normally occupied time periods If it is determined by departmental representative that acoustical performance has not been achieved not as a result of existing background sound levels building conditions or departmental representative negligence they shall be corrected at the supplier s expense This may be achieved through software control and or modification to sound masking system layout and or additional replacement of components hardware or as may be required and determined by supplier within compliance of this specification and applicable codes and or regulations Project No R 067898 002 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM Section 28 31 00 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ SUMMARY 1 Section Includes 1 Materials and installation for fire alarm systems 2 New devices to be connected to an existing control panel to carry out fire alarm and protection functions including receiving alarm signals initiating general alarm supervising system continuously actuating Zone annunciators and initiating trouble signals 3 Audible signal devices 2 Related Sections ni Section 26 05 00 Common Work Results 1 2 REFERENCES 1 Health Canada Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS 1 Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS 2 National Fire Protection Agency 1 NFPA Fire 20 Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection 2013 Edition 3 Underwriter s Labora
193. eration and Maintenance manuals 11 Organization names and phone numbers of persons to call for warranty service Project No R 067898 002 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Section 01 78 00 10 11 1 12 ni 2 4 Part 2 2 1 ni Part 3 3 1 il Page 7 of 7 12 Typical response time and repair time expected for various warranted equipment 4 Contractor s plans for attendance at 4 and 9 month post construction warranty inspections 5 Procedure and status of tagging of equipment covered by extended warranties Post copies of instructions near selected pieces of equipment where operation is critical for warranty and or safety reasons Respond in timely manner to oral or written notification of required construction warranty repair work Written verification to follow oral instructions 1 Failure to respond will be cause for the Departmental Representative to proceed with action against Contractor WARRANTY TAGS Tag at time of installation each warranted item Provide durable oil and water resistant tag approved by Departmental Representative Attach tags with copper wire and spray with waterproof silicone coating Leave date of acceptance until project is accepted for occupancy Indicate following information on tag 1 Type of product material Model number Serial number Contract number Warranty period Inspector s signature NA WEB amp D Construction Contractor Products NOT USED Not Used Execution
194. erations for interior painting in accordance with MPI Maintenance Repainting Manual requirements except where otherwise specified Apply paint materials in accordance with paint manufacturer s written application instructions Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR RE PAINTING Section 09 91 23 01 Page 8 of 11 3 4 Clean and prepare interior surfaces to be repainted in accordance with MPI Maintenance Repainting Manual requirements Refer to MPI Manual in regard to specific requirements and as follows 1 Remove dust dirt and surface debris by vacuuming wiping with dry clean cloths or compressed air 2 Wash surfaces with a biodegradable detergent and bleach where applicable and clean warm water using stiff bristle brush to remove dirt oil and surface contaminants 3 Rinse scrubbed surfaces with clean water until foreign matter is flushed from surface 4 Allow surfaces to drain completely and to dry thoroughly Allow sufficient drying time and test surfaces using an electronic moisture meter before commencing work 5 Use water based cleaners in place of organic solvents where surfaces will be repainted using water based paints 6 Many water based paints cannot be removed with water once dried Minimize use of kerosene or such organic solvents to clean up water based paints Clean metal surfaces to be repainted by removing rust dirt oil grease and foreign substances in accordance with MPI requirements Remove such contamin
195. erformance Rating AMCA 300 08 Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans AMCA 301 06 Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data BRON 2 The Master Painters Institute MPI 1 Architectural Painting Specification Manual current edition l MPI 18 Primer Zinc Rich Organic 1 3 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS il Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for HVAC fans and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 3 Shop Drawings 1 Submit drawings stamped and signed by professional engineer registered or licensed in Province of Ontario Canada 2 Provide l Fan performance curves showing point of operation bhp and efficiency 2 Sound rating data at point of operation 3 Indicate l Motors sheaves bearings shaft details 2 Minimum performance achievable with variable speed controllers and variable inlet vanes as appropriate 1 4 _ MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS 1 Extra Materials 1 Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals al Furnish list of individual manufacturer s recommended spare parts for equipment include 1 Bearings and seals 2 Addresses of suppliers 3 List of specialized tools necessary for adjusting repairing or replacing Project No R 067898 002 HVAC FANS Se
196. erings 5 It is possible that designated substances are present in non accessible areas and concealed spaces i e wall and ceiling cavities or additional confined spaces No other areas outside the defined work boundaries have been assessed 6 Prior to beginning work it must be confirmed with the Departmental Representative that Project No R 067484 001 Rev A Section 01 14 25 Designated Substances Report Page 4 PART 2 DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES no additional designated substances have been brought to the project area 7 In addition the survey refers to Polychlorinated Biphenyls PCBs and Halocarbons however it does not refer to other substances that may be present in the day to day usage for specialized equipment or areas in buildings i e lead shields fume hoods chemicals etc 8 There is a possibility that materials that could not be reasonably identified within the scope of this assessment or which were not apparent during previous site visits may exist Should any designated substance be encountered in the course of demolition or renovation work must be stopped preventative measures taken and the Departmental Representative must be notified immediately Do not proceed until written instructions have been received 2 1 SURVEY RESULTS ACRYLONITRILE Not Identified ARSENIC Not Identified ASBESTOS Identified Asbestos is a naturally occurring material In general it has histori
197. erties 2 Submit test data indicating compliance with design requirements regarding sound transmission and fire hazard classification 3 Submit acoustical test data to ASTM E90 and ensure construction details and weight are provided A Certificates submit certificates signed by manufacturer certifying that materials comply with specified performance characteristics and physical properties 5 Manufacturer s Instructions submit manufacturer s installation instructions Indicate special handling criteria installation sequence cleaning procedures and 6 Manufacturer s Field Reports manufacturer s field reports specified 7 Site review and Post Installation Certification Engineer who stamped shop drawings shall provide periodic site review and reports progress billing review and reports and signed and stamped certification that the work of this Section has been performed in conformance with shop drawings vif Closeout Submittals 1 Provide operation and maintenance data for folding panel partitions for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals Project No R 067898 002 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS Section 10 22 26 33 Page 3 of 5 1 5 1 6 Part 2 2 1 2 2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Forest Certification provide operable panel partitions made from wood obtained from forests certified by FSC accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD 01 001 Site Meetings as part of Manufactu
198. es 3 Replace defective or damaged materials with new 4 Packaging Waste Management remove for reuse and return by manufacturer of pallets crates padding and packaging materials as specified in Construction Waste Management Plan Waste Reduction Workplan in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal Project No R 067898 002 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES Section 23 33 00 Page 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ GENERAL 1 Manufacture in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards 2 2 _ FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS 1 Frame galvanized sheet metal frame 10 mm thick with fabric clenched by means of double locked seams 2 Material a Fire resistant self extinguishing neoprene coated glass fabric temperature rated at minus 40 degrees C to plus 90 degrees C density of 1 3 kg m 2 3 SPIN IN COLLARS 1 Conical galvanized sheet metal spin in collars with lockable butterfly damper 2 Sheet metal thickness to co responding round duct standards PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ EXAMINATION 1 Verification of Conditions verify that conditions of substrate previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for air duct accessories installation in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions 1 Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative 52 Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery
199. escriptors is placed into appropriate point expansion field Database must provide 32 character field for each point expansion Bilingual systems to include additional point identifier expansion fields of equal capacity for each point name for second language 1 System to support use of numbers and readable characters including blanks periods or underscores to enhance user readability for each of the above strings 3 Point Object Type points fall into following object types sl AI analog input 2 AO analog output 3 DI digital input 4 DO digital output 5 Pulse inputs 4 Symbols and engineering unit abbreviations utilized in displays to ANSI ISA S5 5 1 Printouts to ANSI IEEE 260 1 1 5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 Work covered by sections referred to above consists of fully operational EMCS including but not limited to following 1 DDC VAV box actuator and temperature sensors to match existing 2 Data communications equipment necessary to effect EMCS data transmission system 3 Field control devices 4 Software Hardware complete with full documentation 5 Acceptance tests technical support during commissioning full documentation 6 Wiring interface co ordination of equipment supplied by others oh Miscellaneous work as specified in these sections and as indicated 2 Design Requirements 1 Design and provide conduit and wiring linking elements of system 2 Supply sufficient programmable controllers of types to meet project r
200. ess formal tests and approve systems before they are accepted a p D 3 6 CLEANING 1 Clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions A Remove surplus materials excess materials rubbish tools and equipment END Project No R 067898 002 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES AND SINKS Section 22 42 16 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ REFERENCES l Canadian Standards Association CSA International l CAN CSA B45 Series 02 R2013 Plumbing Fixtures 2 CAN CSA B125 3 12 Plumbing Fittings 3 CAN CSA B651 12 Accessible Design for the Built Environment 1 2 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS ni Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Provide manufacturer s printed product literature and datasheets for fixtures and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 1 3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS el Provide maintenance data in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals 2 Include 1 Description of fixtures and trim giving manufacturer s name type model year capacity 2 Details of operation servicing maintenance 3 List of recommended spare parts 14 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 Deliver store and handle in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements 2 Deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name address 3
201. eviewed and accepted samples will become standard of workmanship and material against which installed Work will be verified MOCK UPS Erect mock ups in accordance with 01 45 00 Quality Control PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION Submit electronic and hard copy of colour digital photography in jpg format fine resolution minimum weekly and as directed by Departmental Representative Project identification name and number of project and date of exposure indicated Number of viewpoints 1 Viewpoints and their location as determined by Departmental Representative Frequency of photographic documentation weekly and as directed by Departmental Representative 1 Upon completion of framing and services before concealment and as directed by Departmental Representative CERTIFICATES AND TRANSCRIPTS Immediately after award of Contract submit Workers Compensation Board status Submit transcription of insurance immediately after award of Contract Products NOT USED Not Used Project No R 067898 002 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 33 00 Page 5 of 5 Part 3 3 1 Execution NOT USED Not Used END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Section 01 35 29 06 Page 1 of 3 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 REFERENCES Occupational Health and Safety Act R S O 1990 c 0 1 and Regulations for Construction Projects O Reg 213 91 current edition CAN CSA Z462 12 Workplac
202. f manufacturer representative s review 2 Inspection and Certification 1 SRS inspected and certified by Seismic Engineer upon completion of installation 2 Provide written report to Departmental Representative with certificate of compliance 3 4 CLEANING ni Proceed in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 2 Upon completion and verification of performance of installation remove surplus materials excess materials rubbish tools and equipment END Project No R 067898 002 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Section 23 05 93 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY 1 TAB is used throughout this Section to describe the process methods and requirements of testing adjusting and balancing for HVAC 2 TAB means to test adjust and balance to perform in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents and to do other work as specified in this section 1 2 _ QUALIFICATIONS OF TAB PERSONNEL Al Submit names of personnel to perform TAB to Departmental Representative within 15 days of award of contract 2 Provide documentation confirming qualifications successful experience 3 TAB performed in accordance with the requirements of standard under which TAB Firm s qualifications are approved Associated Air Balance Council AABC National Standards for Total System Balance MN 1 2002 2 National Environmental Balancing Bureau NEBB TABES Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting
203. ficate of Insurance including advance notice of cancellation reduction in coverage Name of person authorized to sign on behalf of Insurer s Officer Agent Broker Telephone number Signature Date D M Y il Se eee CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Page 2 of 2 01 2014 R1 General The insurance policies required on page 1 of the Certificate of Insurance must be in force and must include the insurance coverages listed under the corresponding type of insurance on this page The policies must insure the Contractor and must include Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada as represented by the Minister of Public Works and Government Services as an additional Insured The insurance policies must be endorsed to provide Canada with not less than thirty 30 days notice in writing in advance of a cancellation of insurance or any reduction in coverage Without increasing the limit of liability the policies must protect all insured parties to the full extent of coverage provided Further the policies must apply to each Insured in the same manner and to the same extent as if a separate policy had been issued to each Aviation Liability The insurance coverage shall Include Bodily Injury including passenger Bodily Injury and Property Damage in an amount of not less than 5 000 000 per incident or occurrence and in the aggregate 01 2014 R1 ANNEX A Commercial General Liability The insurance cover
204. for propeller fans smaller than 300 mm diameter 2 2 FANS GENERAL 1 Motors 1 Sizes as indicated 2 Factory primed before assembly in colour standard to manufacturer 3 Scroll casing drains as indicated A Flexible connections to Section 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories 2 3 _ CENTRIFUGAL FANS 1 Fan wheels 1 Welded steel or aluminum construction 2 Maximum operating speed of centrifugal fans not more than 40 of first critical speed 3 Backward inclined blades as indicated 2 Bearings heavy duty grease lubricated ball or roller self aligning type with oil retaining dust excluding seals and a certified minimum rated life of 100 000 hours Project No R 067898 002 HVAC FANS Section 23 34 00 Page 3 2 4 _ CABINET FANS GENERAL PURPOSE 1 Fan characteristics and construction as centrifugal fans 2 Cabinet hung single or multiple wheel with DWDI centrifugal fans in factory fabricated casing complete with vibration isolators and seismic control measures motor variable speed controller 3 Fabricate casing of zinc coated or phosphate treated steel reinforced and braced for rigidity Provide removable panels for access to interior Paint uncoated steel parts with corrosion resistant paint to MPI 18 Finish inside and out over prime coat with rust resistant enamel Internally line cabinet with 25 mm thick rigid acoustic insulation pinned and cemented 4 Solid state speed controller CSA listed shipped loose for mo
205. from aluminum strip 4 Connectors anti short connectors PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ INSTALLATION OF BUILDING WIRES 1 Install wiring as follows 1 In conduit systems in accordance with Section 26 05 34 Conduits Conduit Fastenings and Conduit Fittings 2 Install minimum 12 AWG green insulated ground wire in all conduits used for power or lighting circuit END Project No R 067898 002 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Section 26 05 29 Page 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ SUPPORT CHANNELS l U shape size 41 x 41 mm 2 5 mm thick surface mounted and suspended PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ INSTALLATION 1 Secure equipment to solid masonry tile and plaster surfaces with lead anchors 2 Support equipment conduit or cables using clips spring loaded bolts cable clamps designed as accessories to basic channel members 3 Fasten exposed conduit or cables to building construction or support system using straps 1 One hole steel straps to secure surface conduits and cables 50 mm and smaller 2 Two hole steel straps for conduits and cables larger than 50 mm 3 Beam clamps to secure conduit to exposed steel work 4 Suspended support systems 1 Support individual cable or conduit runs with 6 mm diameter threaded rods and spring clips 2 Support 2 or more cables or conduits on channels supported by 6 mm diameter threaded rod hangers where direct fastening to building construction is impractical 5 For surfa
206. ge schedule without notifying Departmental Representative The Work shall comprise 4 construction phases each of which shall be 8 weeks duration Phases follow each other consecutively Allow for demobilization and remobilization between construction phases with a timeframe of 3 weeks between completion of one phase and the start of the next Return to Site as directed by Departmental Representative after construction completion off hours to make final electrical connections for systems furniture Ensure that Project Schedule includes at minimum milestone and activity types as follows for each 4 phases Award submittals permits mobilization demolition disconnect power from existing furniture poles Remove existing furniture poles by Departmental Representative new partitions 1 nr p D painting new ceilings mS tn new floors N lighting m U electrical piping a P Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Section 01 00 10 10 1 4 1 5 Page 2 of 7 15 controls 16 HVAC 17 Testing and Commissioning 18 Substantial Performance 19 Furniture installation and Client Move in 20 Final electrical connection of furniture poles dates to be provided by Departmental Representative 21 Deficiencies Total Completion Work can be performed at all times Carry out noise generating work as defined by the Departmental Representative during off hours Monda
207. gement and Disposal Project No R 067898 002 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Section 21 13 13 Page 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 1 Design automatic wet pipe fire suppression sprinkler systems in accordance with required and advisory provisions of NFPA Fire 13 by pipe schedules for light hazard occupancy or hydraulic calculations for uniform distribution of water over design area 2 Include with each system materials accessories and equipment inside and outside building to provide each system complete and ready for use 3 Design and provide each system to give full consideration to blind spaces piping electrical equipment ducts and other construction and equipment in accordance with detailed shop drawings 4 Locate sprinkler heads in consistent pattern with ceiling grid lights and air supply diffusers 55 Devices and equipment for fire protection service ULC approved for use in wet pipe sprinkler systems 6 Location of Sprinkler Heads 1 Locate heads in relation to ceiling and spacing of sprinkler heads not to exceed that permitted by NFPA Fire 13 for light hazard occupancy 2 Uniformly space sprinklers on branch 2 2 _ ABOVE GROUND PIPING SYSTEMS 2 5 Provide fittings for changes in direction of piping and for connections wl Make changes in piping sizes through tapered reducing pipe fittings bushings will not be permitted Perform welding in shop field welding will not be permitted
208. h SRS and devices for each system equipment Identification of location of devices Schedules of types of SRS equipment and devices Details of fasteners and attachments to structure anchorage loadings attachment methods Installation procedures and instructions Design calculations including restraint loads to NBC and Supplement Detailed work sheets tables Simplified Detailed work sheets tables Simplified conservative assumptions may be acceptable CeIUDKNRW Submit additional copy of shop drawings and product data to Structural Engineer for review of connection points to building structure Quality assurance submittals submit following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 1 Certificates submit certificates signed by manufacturer certifying that materials comply with specified performance characteristics and physical properties 2 Instructions submit manufacturer s installation instructions 1 Departmental Representative will make available 1 copy of systems supplier s installation instructions Closeout Submittals l Provide maintenance data including monitoring requirements for incorporation into manuals specified in Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 1 7 Health and Safety al Do construction occupational health and safety in accordance with Section 01 35 29 06 Health and Safety Requirements DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING ai Packing shipping handli
209. he need for mechanically operated parts 3 Horizontal Bottom Seals automatic operable seals providing nominal 51 mm operating clearance with an operating range of 13 mm to 38 mm which automatically drop as panels are positioned without the need for tools or cranks ACCESSORIES Provide manufacturer s standard stack jamb closure panel with lever operator OPERATION Partition is a series of paired flat panels hinged together in pairs manually operated top supported with operable floor seals Final closure horizontally expanding panel edge with removable crank Execution MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS Compliance comply with manufacturer s written recommendations or specifications including product technical bulletins handling storage and installation instructions and datasheets INSTALLATION Secure and level track Install folding partitions in accordance with manufacturer s printed instructions Touch up damaged finishes repair damage to partitions to match original finish Clean folding partition system and protect from damage Adjust and leave partitions in smooth operating condition Project No R 067898 002 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS Section 10 22 26 33 Page 5 of 5 3 3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 Site Tests 1 Acoustic field testing have field sound performance certified byindependent acoustical consultant in accordance with ASTM E336 2 Manufacturer s Field Services 1 Obtain written report from manufac
210. hese controls can be obtained from Provincial Ministries of Environment and Regional levels of Government Materials that cannot be reused must be treated as hazardous waste and disposed of in an appropriate manner Place materials defined as hazardous or toxic waste including used sealant and adhesive tubes and containers in containers or areas designated for hazardous waste To reduce the amount of contaminants entering waterways sanitary storm drain systems or into the ground the following procedures shall be strictly adhered to 1 Retain cleaning water for water based materials to allow sediments to be filtered out In no case shall equipment be cleaned using free draining water Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR RE PAINTING Section 09 91 23 01 1 7 Page 4 of 11 2 Retain cleaners thinners solvents and excess paint and place in designated containers and ensure proper disposal 3 Return solvent and oil soaked rags used during painting operations for contaminant recovery proper disposal or appropriate cleaning and laundering 4 Dispose of contaminants in an approved legal manner in accordance with hazardous waste regulations 55 Empty paint cans are to be dry prior to disposal or recycling where available 6 Close and seal tightly partly used cans of materials including sealant and adhesive containers and store protected in well ventilated fire safe area at moderate temperature 6 Where paint recycling is a
211. hinge jamb and directly opposite on strike jamb Provide 2 anchors for rebate opening heights up to 1520 mm and 1 additional anchor for each additional 760 mm of height or fraction thereof Locate anchors for frames in existing openings not more than 150 mm from top and bottom of each jambs and intermediate at 660 mm on centre maximum FRAMES WELDED TYPE Welding in accordance with CSA W59 Accurately mitre or mechanically joint frame product and securely weld on inside of profile Cope accurately and securely weld butt joints of mullions transom bars centre rails and sills Grind welded joints and corners to a flat plane fill with metallic paste and sand to uniform smooth finish Securely attach floor anchors to inside of each jamb profile Weld in 2 temporary jamb spreaders per frame to maintain proper alignment during shipment Project No R 067898 002 METAL FRAMES Section 08 11 00 Page 4 of 4 Part 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 Execution MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS Compliance comply with manufacturer s written recommendations or specifications including product technical bulletins handling storage and installation instructions and datasheets INSTALLATION GENERAL Install frames to CSDMA Installation Guide FRAME INSTALLATION Set frames plumb square level and at correct elevation Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent construction Brace frames rigidly in position while
212. hop drawings and completion of PI report forms 2 Visual inspection of quality of installation 2 Start up follow accepted start up procedures 3 Operational testing document equipment performance 4 System PV include repetition of tests after correcting deficiencies 5 Post substantial performance verification to include fine tuning 3 Correct deficiencies and obtain approval from Departmental Representative after distinct phases have been completed and before commencing next phase Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL COMMISSIONING CX REQUIREMENTS Section 01 91 13 Page 5 4 Document require tests on approved PV forms 5 Failure to follow accepted start up procedures will result in re evaluation of equipment by an independent testing agency selected by Departmental Representative If results reveal that equipment start up was not in accordance with requirements and resulted in damage to equipment implement following 1 Minor equipment systems implement corrective measures approved by Departmental Representative 2 Major equipment systems if evaluation report concludes that damage is minor implement corrective measures approved by Departmental Representative 3 If evaluation report concludes that major damage has occurred Departmental Representative shall reject equipment 1 Rejected equipment to be remove from site and replace with new 2 Subject new equipment systems to specified start up procedures 1 14 _ START UP DOCUMENTA
213. ication of all well at departmental representative defined periods L Reporting Performance 1 The system shall be capable of reporting i control panel component parameters ii the quantity and type of networked devices connected to each control panel component iii masking output settings for each networked masking device iv zone assignments V timer schedules Vi in room occupant control settings vii the networked devices serial numbers and software firmware versions including control panel components 2 The system shall be capable of generating reports in printed and editable electronic formats M Security Performance vii viii The system shall provide physical security measures including the control panel component shall be contained in a key locked metal enclosure cable connections to the control panel component shall be made inside the locked enclosure no physical output controls shall be located on the networked masking devices or loudspeakers The system shall provide electronic security measures including password protected access levels departmental representative definable access to the functions available at each level backup of all settings to an electronic storage medium continuous monitoring of communications with each networked device loudspeaker monitoring support for internal and external alarm device activation upon detection of communication error option for email notification upon dete
214. icensed labels Supply screws bolts expansion shields and other fastening devices required for satisfactory installation and operation of hardware Exposed fastening devices to match finish of hardware Use fasteners compatible with material through which they pass Project No R 067898 002 DOOR HARDWARE Section 08 71 00 Page 4 of 7 2 5 Part 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 Dn in B bb KEYING Door locks to be keyed differently and master keyed as noted in Hardware Schedule Prepare detailed keying schedule in conjunction with Departmental Representative Supply 2 keys in for every lock in this Contract Supply 3 master keys for each master key or grand master key group Stamp keying code numbers on keys and cylinders permanent cores and keys by Departmental Representative Obtain written approval of the complete keying system prior to keying of locks Execution INSTALLATION Manufacturer s Instructions comply with manufacturer s written recommendations including product technical bulletins product catalogue installation instructions product carton installation instructions and data sheets Supply metal door and frame manufacturers with complete instructions and templates for preparation of their work to receive hardware Supply manufacturers instructions for proper installation of each hardware component Install hardware to standard hardware location dimensions in accordance with CSDFMA Canadian Me
215. ide Contractors Material and Test Certificate for aboveground and underground piping and other documentation for incorporation into manual in accordance with NFPA Fire 13 1 4 _ QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Qualifications 1 Installer company or person specializing in wet sprinkler systems with documented experience 2 Supply grooved joint couplings fittings grooving tools and specialties from a single manufacturer Use date stamped castings for coupling housings fittings for quality assurance and traceability 1 5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS 1 Extra Materials 1 Provide maintenance materials in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals 52 Provide spare sprinklers and tools in accordance with NFPA Fire 13 1 6 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING il Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions 2 Delivery and Acceptance Requirements a Deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name address 3 Storage and Protection 1 Store materials indoors in dry location 2 Store and protect materials from exposure to harmful weather conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by manufacturer 4 Packaging Waste Management remove for reuse and return by manufacturer of pallets crates padding and packaging materials in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Mana
216. idity period prescribed in BA04 of the Bid and Acceptance Form Upon notification in writing from Canada Bidders shall have the option to either accept or reject the proposed extension 2 If the extension referred to in paragraph 1 of SI08 is accepted in writing by all those who submitted bids then Canada shall continue immediately with the evaluation of the bids and its approvals processes 3 If the extension referred to in paragraph 1 of SI08 is not accepted in writing by all those who submitted bids then Canada shall at its sole discretion either a continue to evaluate the bids of those who have accepted the proposed extension and seek the necessary approvals or b cancel the invitation to tender 4 The provisions expressed herein do not in any manner limit Canada s rights in law or under Gl11 of R2710T Page 6 of de 13 Solicitation No N de l invitation Amd No N de la modif Buyer ID Id de l acheteur EP067 150054 A fg340 Client Ref No N de r f du client File No N du dossier CCC No N CCC FMS No N VME 20150054 fg340EP067 150054 SI09 WEB SITES The connection to some of the Web sites in the solicitation documents is established by the use of hyperlinks The following is a list of the addresses of the Web sites Treasury Board Appendix L Acceptable Bonding Companies http www tbs sct qc ca pol doc eng aspx id 14494 amp section text appL Buy and Sell https www achatsetventes buyandsell g
217. ight uninterrupted line 2 Align luminaires mounted individually parallel or perpendicular to building grid lines 3 5 CLEANING 1 Clean fixtures housings lamps reflectors amp lenses with clean damp cloth prior to final acceptance 2 Waste Management separate waste materials for reuse and recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management END Project No R 067898 002 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS Section 27 05 28 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ RELATED SECTIONS 1 Section 26 05 34 Conduits Conduit Fastenings and Conduit Fittings 1 2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 Empty telecommunications raceways system consists of outlet boxes cover plates conduits cabletroughs pull boxes sleeves and caps fish wires service poles service fittings concrete encased ducts 1 3 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 1 Separate and recycle waste materials in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Waste Management and Disposal 2 Remove from site and dispose of all packaging materials at appropriate recycling facilities 3 Collect and separate for disposal paper plastic polystyrene corrugated cardboard packaging material in appropriate on site bins for recycling in accordance with Waste Management Plan 4 Divert unused metal conduit and wiring materials from landfill to metal recycling facility 5 Fold up metal banding flatten and place in designated area for recycling PART 2
218. iling tiles throughout the project areas VINYL CHLORIDE MONOMER Not Identified POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS PCBs Not Identified HALOCARBONS Not Identified ASBESTOS PWGSC s Departmental Policy DP 057 Asbestos Management sets policy establishes roles and responsibilities and provides a code of practice for the management of and working with asbestos containing materials All work must be done in accordance with this directive as well as all other applicable legislation Disturbance of all asbestos whether friable or non friable is regulated in Ontario by Designated Substance Asbestos on Construction Projects and in Buildings and Repair Operations O Reg 278 05 as amended which outlines the precautions required when performing work involving asbestos containing materials The regulation stipulates appropriate respiratory Project No R 067484 001 Rev A Section 01 14 25 Designated Substances Report Page 10 protection work procedures and ventilation requirements that must be utilized during the disturbance of any asbestos containing materials or materials suspected to contain asbestos In the event of conflict between DP 057 and Designated Substance Asbestos on Construction Projects and in Buildings and Repair Operations O Reg 278 05 as amended the more stringent shall apply The removal or disturbance of less than one square metre of drywall in which the joint filling compound con
219. imum of 45 degrees to structure Project No R 067898 002 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS SRS Section 23 05 49 01 TYPE P2 BUILDINGS Page 5 6 Adjust restraint cables so that they are not visibly slack but permit vibration isolation system to function normally 7 Tighten cable to reduce slack to 40 mm under thumb pressure Cable not to support weight during normal operation 3 Install SRS at least 25 mm from equipment systems services 4 Miscellaneous equipment not vibration isolated Bolt through house keeping pad to structure 5 Co ordinate connections with other disciplines 6 Vertical tanks Anchor through house keeping pad to structure 2 Provide steel bands above centre of gravity 1 Horizontal tanks a Provide at least two straps with anchor bolts fastened to structure 3 3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 Manufacturer s Field Services 1 Arrange with manufacturer s representative to review work of this Section and submit written reports to verify compliance with Contract Documents 2 Manufacturer s Field Services consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visits to review installation scheduled as follows A After delivery and storage of Products 2 After preparatory work is complete but before installation commences 3 Twice during the installation at 25 and 60 completion stages 4 Upon completion of installation 3 Submit manufacturer s reports to Departmental Representative within 3 days o
220. in accordance with Section 01 45 00 Quality Control 2 Construct mock up to include glazing 3 Mock up will be used 1 To judge quality of work substrate preparation operation of equipment and material application Locate where directed where indicated 5 Allow 24 hours for inspection of mock up before proceeding with work When accepted mock up will demonstrate minimum standard of quality required for this work Approved mock up may remain as part of finished work DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address Storage and Handling Requirements 1 Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in clean dry well ventilated area 2 Store and protect glazing and frames from nicks scratches and blemishes 3 Replace defective or damaged materials with new Develop Construction Waste Reduction Workplan related to Work of this Section Packaging Waste Management remove for reuse and return by manufacturer of pallets crates padding packaging materials as specified in Construction Waste Reduction Workplan in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal AMBIE
221. in and maintain insurance contracts b in accordance with the requirements of the Certificate of Insurance Coverage must be placed with an Insurer licensed to carry out business in Canada Compliance with the insurance requirements does not release the Contractor from or reduce its liability under the Contract The Contractor is responsible for deciding if additional insurance coverage is necessary to fulfill its obligation under the Contract and to ensure compliance with any applicable law Any additional insurance coverage is at the Contractor s expense and for its own benefit and protection Period of Insurance a b The policies required in the Certificate of Insurance must be in force from the date of contract award and be maintained throughout the duration of the Contract The Contractor must be responsible to provide and maintain coverage for Products Completed Operations hazards on its Commercial General Liability insurance policy for a period of six 6 years beyond the date of the Certificate of Substantial Performance Proof of Insurance a b Before commencement of the Work and no later than thirty 30 days after acceptance of its bid the Contractor must deposit with Canada a Certificate of Insurance on the form attached herein Upon request by Canada the Contractor must provide originals or certified true copies of all contracts of insurance maintained by the Contractor pursuant to the Certificate
222. ing as required by resilient flooring manufacturer APPLICATION BASE Lay out base to keep number of joints at minimum Clean substrate and prime with one coat of adhesive Apply adhesive to back of base Set base against wall and floor surfaces tightly by using 3 kg hand roller Install straight and level to variation of 1 1000 Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions Use premoulded end pieces at flush door frames Project No R 067898 002 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING Section 09 65 16 Page 6 of 6 10 3 6 3 7 3 8 Cope internal corners Use premoulded corner units for right angle external corners Use formed straight base material for external corners of other angles Use toeless type base where floor finish will be carpet coved type elsewhere Install toeless type base before installation of carpet on floors Heat weld base in accordance with manufacturer s printed instructions FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Manufacturer s Field Services el Provide manufacturer s field services consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visits for inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer s instructions CLEANING Proceed in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions Cleaning Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas Repair or replace damaged installed products Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer s instructions prio
223. ings in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Indicate door types and cutouts for lights sizes core construction SAMPLES Submit samples in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Submit one 300 x 300 mm corner sample of each type wood door Show door construction core glazing detail and faces Manufacturer s Instructions il Submit manufacturer s installation instructions QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Requirements Test Reports certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties Certificates product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics and criteria and physical requirements Pre installation Meetings conduct pre installation meeting to verify project requirements manufacturer s installation instructions and manufacturer s warranty requirements DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Storage and Protection 1 Protect doors from dampness Arrange for delivery after work causing abnormal humidity has been completed 2 Store doors in well ventilated room off floor in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations 3 Protect doors from scratches handling marks and other damage Wrap doors Store doors away from direct sunlight WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Remove from site and dispose of packaging materials at appropriate recycling facilities Dispose of cor
224. ion of Canada AWMAC 1 Architectural Woodwork Standards 2009 ASTM International 1 ASTM D5456 14 Standard Specification for Evaluation of Structural Composite Lumber Products Canadian General Standards Board CGSB a CAN CGSB 71 19 M88 Adhesive Contact Sprayable 2 CAN CGSB 71 20 M88 Adhesive Contact Brushable Canadian Standards Association CSA International l CSA A440 2 14 Energy Performance of Windows and Other Fenestration Systems CSA O115 M1982 R2001 Hardwood and Decorative Plywood CAN CSA 0132 2 Series 90 2003 Wood Flush Doors CAN CSA 0132 5 M1992 R1998 Stile and Rail Wood Doors CAN CSA Z808 96 A Sustainable Forest Management System Guidance Document 6 CSA Certification Program for Windows and Doors 00 wR amp D Environmental Choice Program ECP 1 CCD 045 95 Sealants and Caulking Compounds 2 CCD 046 96 Adhesives ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s printed product literature specifications and data sheet in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Submit two copies of WHMIS MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Indicate VOC s 1 For caulking materials during application and curing 2 For door materials and adhesives Shop Drawings Project No R 067898 002 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Section 08 14 16 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 BBW NM Page 2 of 4 1 Submit shop draw
225. ion requirements DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address Storage and Handling Requirements 1 Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in clean dry well ventilated area 22 Store materials inside level under cover Protect from weather damage from construction operations and other causes in accordance with manufacturer s printed instructions 3 Handle materials to prevent damage to edges or surfaces Protect metal accessories and trim from being bent or damaged Project No R 067898 002 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Section 09 51 99 Page 3 of 5 Part 2 2 1 4 Store and protect acoustic ceiling materials from nicks scratches and blemishes 5 Replace defective or damaged materials with new Develop Construction Waste Management Plan Waste Reduction Workplan related to Work of this Section Packaging Waste Management remove for reuse and return by manufacturer of pallets crates padding packaging materials as specified in Construction Waste Management Plan Waste Reduction Workplan in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal Products
226. ional Fire Protection Association NFPA 1 NFPA Fire 90A Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 2012 Edition 2 Underwriter s Laboratories UL a UL 181 Factory Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors 1 2 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1 Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for air terminal units and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 3 Shop Drawings 1 Submit drawings stamped and signed by professional engineer registered or licensed in Province of Ontario Canada 2 Indicate the following 1 Capacity 2 Pressure drop 3 Noise rating A Leakage 1 3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1 Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals 2 Operation and Maintenance Data submit operation and maintenance data for air terminal units for incorporation into manual 1 4 _ DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING il Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions 2 Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address 3 Storage and Handling Requirements 1 Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommen
227. ions of systems and emergency procedures Review of system layout equipment components and controls Equipment and system start up operation monitoring servicing maintenance and shut down procedures System operating sequences including step by step directions for starting up shut down operation of valves dampers switches adjustment of control settings and emergency procedures Maintenance and servicing Trouble shooting diagnosis Inter Action among systems during integrated operation 0 Review of O amp M documentation ABRwWNE a 3 Provide specialized training as specified in relevant Technical Sections of the construction specifications 1 8 VIDEO BASED TRAINING 1 Manufacturer s videotapes to be used as training tool with Departmental Representative s review and written approval 3 weeks prior to commencement of scheduled training 2 On Site training videos ral Videotape training sessions for use during future training 2 To be performed after systems are fully commissioned 3 Organize into several short modules to permit incorporation of changes Project No R 067898 002 COMMISSIONING TRAINING Section 01 91 41 Page 3 23 Production methods to be professional high quality PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ NOT USED il Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 NOT USED il Not Used END Project No R 067898 002 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Section 06 40 00 Page 1 of 9 Part
228. ite layer n d grey layer Interior office area Not analyzed positive RHC 02D 12 Floor stop white layer n d grey layer Interior office area Mor anaye PO anye RHC 02E 13th Floor i stop white layer n d grey layer 18291 01A n d 18291 01B i Chrysotile 1 Perimeter walls Office Areas 19 y 7 18291 01C drywall joint Floor Not analyzed positive stop 18291 01D compound Not analyzed positive stop 18291 01E Not analyzed positive stop 18291 02A SA igh n d n a 18291 02B Core drywall joint ice Areas 19 n d nj saaa compound Floor 18291 02C n d n a 18291 03A Black tar Chrysotile 10 69 18291 03B M Not analyzed positive stop ee il applied to j th Styrofoam ee 19 18291 03C panels Not analyzed positive stop perimeter of floor 18291 04A eee n d n a F x iny th 18291 04B floor tile streaked 19 Floor Kitchen n d n a 18291 04C n d n a 18291 05A Core walls n d n a 1 th 18291 05B drywall joint ilies Sie i n d n a 18291 05C compound n d n a 18291 06A n d n a 18291 06B i Chrysotile 1 Perimeter walls Office Areas 14 y 18291 06C drywalljoint Floor Not analyzed positive stop 18291 06D compound Not analyzed positive stop 18291 06E Not analyzed positive stop 1 Designated Substances Report for the Floor Refurbishment Project R H Coates and Jean Talon Buildings
229. ive papers or sprayed coatings which bond when exposed to sunlight or weather 6 Replace defective or damaged materials with new Develop Construction Waste Management Plan Waste Reduction Workplan related to Work of this Section Packaging Waste Management remove for reuse and return by manufacturer of pallets crates padding packaging materials as specified in Construction Waste Management Plan Waste Reduction Workplan in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal AMBIENT CONDITIONS Maintain temperature 10 degrees C minimum 21 degrees C maximum for 48 hours prior to and during application of gypsum boards and joint treatment and for 48 hours minimumafter completion of joint treatment Apply board and joint treatment to dry frost free surfaces Ventilation ventilate building spaces as required to remove excess moisture that would prevent drying of joint treatment material immediately after its application Products MATERIALS Standard board to ASTM C1396 C1396M Type X 16 mm thick unless otherwise indicated 1200 mm wide x maximum practical length ends square cut edges bevelled Glass mat water resistant gypsum backing board to ASTM C1178 C1178M 16 mm thick 1200 mm wide x maximum practical length Drywall furring channels 0 5 mm core thickness galvanized steel channels for screw attachment of gypsum board Resilient clips and drywall furring 0 5 mm base steel thic
230. iving PWGSC R ception des soumissions TPSGC 11 Laurier St 11 rue Laurier Place du Portage Phase IIT Core 0A1 Noyau 0A1 Gatineau Qu bec K1A 0S5 INVITATION TO TENDER APPEL D OFFRES Tender To Public Works and Government Services Canada We hereby offer to sell to Her Majesty the Queen in right of Canada in accordance with the terms and conditions set out herein referred to herein or attached hereto the goods services and construction listed herein and on any attached sheets at the price s set out therefor Soumission aux Travaux Publics et Services Gouvernementaux Canada Nous offrons par la pr sente de vendre Sa Majest la Reine du chef du Canada aux conditions nonc es ou incluses par r f rence dans la pr sente et aux annexes ci jointes les biens services et construction num r s ici et sur toute feuille ci annex e au x prix indiqu s Comments Commentaires Vendor Firm Name and Address Raison sociale et adresse du fournisseur de l entrepreneur Issuing Office Bureau de distribution Construction Services Division Division des services de construction 11 Laurier St 11 Rue Laurier 3C2 Place du Portage Phase M Gatineau Qu bec K1A 0S5 E E Canada Travaux publics et Services gouvernementaux Canada Title Sujet Fit up Am nager R H Coats Bldg Solicitation No N de l invitation Date EP067 150054 A 2014 05 13 Client Reference No N de r f rence du c
231. kness galvanized steel for resilient attachment of gypsum board Steel drill screws to ASTM C1002 Casing beads corner beads control joints drywall reveal trim edge trim to ASTM C1047 zinc coated by hot dip process 0 5 mm base thickness perforated flanges one piece length per location Sealants in accordance with Section 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 1 VOC limit 250 g L maximum to SCAQMD Rule 1168 2 Acoustic sealant in accordance with Section 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Noise stop foam seal continuous 3 mm thick x 45 mm wide with self sticking permanent adhesive on one face lengths as required Joint compound to ASTM C475 asbestos free Project No R 067898 002 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Section 09 21 16 Page 4 of 7 Part 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 10 11 12 13 Execution EXAMINATION Verification of Conditions verify conditions of substrates previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for gypsum board assemblies installation in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions 1 Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative 2 Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery 3 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative ERECTION Do application and finishing of gypsum board to ASTM C840
232. l watchman service is defined as an individual conversant with Fire Emergency Procedures performing fire picket duty within an unprotected and unoccupied no workers area once per hour Retain services of manufacturer for fire protection systems on daily basis or as approved by Departmental Representative to isolate and protect all devices relating to 1 modification of fire alarms fire suppression extinguishing or protection systems and or 52 cutting welding soldering or other construction activities that might activate fire protection systems Immediately upon completion of work restore fire protection systems to normal operation and verify that all devices are fully operational Inform fire alarm system monitoring agency and local Fire Department immediately prior to isolation and immediately upon restoration of normal operation HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 1 Hazardous Materials product substance or organism that may cause adverse impact to environment or adversely affect health of persons animals or plant life when released into the environment 2 Comply with the requirements of the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS regarding use handling storage and disposal of hazardous materials and regarding labelling and the provision of Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Section 01 00 10 Page 4 of 7 1 7 1 8 For work in occupied buildings
233. l CSA C22 1 12 Canadian Electrical Code Part 1 22nd Edition Safety Standard for Electrical Installations 2 Electrical and Electronic Manufacturer s Association of Canada EEMAC 1 EEMAC 2Y 1 Light Gray Colour for Indoor Switch Gear 3 Institute of Electrical and Electronics IEEE National Electrical Safety Code Product Line NESC l IEEE SP1122 The Authoritative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms 7th Edition 4 Underwriters Laboratories of Canada ULC 1 CAN ULC S 537 04 Verification of Fire Alarm Systems 1 3 _ DEFINITIONS 1 Electrical and electronic terms unless otherwise specified or indicated terms used in these specifications and on drawings are those defined by IEEE SP1122 1 4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 1 Operating voltages to CAN3 C235 2 Motors electric heating control and distribution devices and equipment to operate satisfactorily at 60 Hz within normal operating limits established by above standard 1 Equipment to operate in extreme operating conditions established in above standard without damage to equipment 3 Language operating requirements provide identification nameplates and labels for control items in English and French 4 Use one nameplate or label for each language 5 Coordinate work with mechanical contractor to avoid interference Project No R 067898 002 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Section 26 05 00 Page 2 1 5 SUBMITTALS il Submittals in accordance with Sectio
234. l Representative 4 Pay costs to repeat TAB as required to satisfaction of Departmental Representative SETTINGS 1 17 1 After TAB is completed to satisfaction of Departmental Representative replace drive guards close access doors lock devices in set positions ensure sensors are at required settings 2 Permanently mark settings to allow restoration at any time during life of facility Do not eradicate or cover markings COMPLETION OF TAB 1 TAB considered complete when final TAB Report received and approved by Departmental Representative AIR SYSTEMS ni Standard TAB to most stringent of this section or TAB standards of AABC NEBB SMACNA amp ASHRAE 2 Do TAB of systems equipment components controls specified Division 23 3 Qualifications personnel performing TAB current member in good standing of AABC or NEBB A Quality assurance perform TAB under direction of supervisor qualified to standards of AABC or NEBB 55 Measurements to include as appropriate for systems equipment components controls air velocity static pressure flow rate pressure drop or loss temperatures dry bulb wet bulb dewpoint duct cross sectional area RPM electrical power voltage noise vibration Project No R 067898 002 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Section 23 05 93 Page 5 6 Locations of equipment measurements to include as appropriate 1 Inlet and outlet of dampers filter coil humidifie
235. l pipes ducts and wiring in floors walls and ceilings except where indicated otherwise Project No R 067898 002 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Section 01 61 00 Page 3 of 4 1 9 1 11 1 12 1 13 Before installation inform Departmental Representative if there is interference Install as directed by Departmental Representative REMEDIAL WORK Perform remedial work required to repair or replace parts or portions of Work identified as defective or unacceptable Co ordinate adjacent affected Work as required Perform remedial work by specialists familiar with materials affected Perform in a manner to neither damage nor put at risk any portion of Work LOCATION OF FIXTURES Consider location of fixtures outlets and mechanical and electrical items indicated as approximate and subject to relocation prior to installation within a radius of up to 3000mm from the location shown to suit site conditions interferences or other conditions determined by the Departmental Representative Inform Departmental Representative of conflicting installation Install as directed FASTENINGS Provide metal fastenings and accessories in same texture colour and finish as adjacent materials unless indicated otherwise Prevent electrolytic action between dissimilar metals and materials Use non corrosive hot dip galvanized steel fasteners and anchors for securing exterior work unless stainless steel or other material is specifically requested in
236. lation B Ensure that facility is constructed according to plans including wall locations ceiling types and plenum barriers C Ensure that the plenum height is appropriate as per manufacturer s recommendations and as per plan D Ensure power requirements have been provided as per plan E Ensure sufficient space for centrally located components is available as per plan and manufacturer s specifications F Ensure any third party components required to be interfaced with the system have been provided PERMITS A Obtain necessary permits for installation work INSTALLATION A Follow all applicable codes for the area B Follow manufacturer s recommendations regarding installation C Follow the system design for location of loudspeakers and wiring D Record any necessary changes to the system design on the plan E Ensure that supplementary materials used meet applicable safety standards FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Ensure that plenum heights meet the minimum recommended by the manufacturer for the loudspeakers Ensure that the distance between the top of the loudspeaker and the deck meets manufacturer s minimum specifications Ensure that loudspeakers are suspended in a level manner Minimize obstructions to loudspeakers to the extent possible Ensure cables are properly supported in the ceiling Ensure cables are securely terminated w mmo SYSTEM CONFIGURATION AND ADJUSTMENT A Follow manufacturer s recomm
237. lation instructions B System Design Schematics of the system showing quantity and location of components related cabling and accessories C Warranty Documents Warranty documents covering the system components 1 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A System Design Performed by an approved manufacturer representative B Installer Qualifications Approved by manufacturer representative and are trained with the specified components or have demonstrated experience with the installation of similar products to those specified C System Adjustment Done by an approved manufacturer representative or trained contractor 1 4 REGULATORY TESTING AND CERTIFICATIONS A The relevant system components shall conform to B Canada Safety and Electrical i IEC 60065 Standard for Audio Video and Similar Electronic Apparatus Safety Requirements Products shall be labelled accordingly 2 Electromagnetic Interference EMI i ICES 003 Industry Canada Interference Causing Equipment Standard 3 Cabling i UL CL3P CMP 75C Products shall be labeled accordingly 4 Heavy Metals i RoHS Restriction of Hazardous Substances voluntary 5 Low Voltage Power Supplies le UL1310 Standard for Class 2 Power Units Products shall be labeled accordingly e 1 5 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Project No R 067898 002 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 275119 Page 9 of 12 Protect from moisture during shipping storage and handling Deliver in manufactur
238. lation sequence cleaning procedures 1 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Qualifications 1 Installer specialist in performing work of this section qualified to standards member of TIAC 14 _ DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 Deliver store and handle in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements 2 Deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name address and ULC markings 3 Packaging Waste Management remove for reuse and return by manufacturer of pallets crates padding and packaging materials in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ FIRE AND SMOKE RATING 1 To CAN ULC S102 ol Maximum flame spread rating 25 2 Maximum smoke developed rating 50 2 2 INSULATION 1 Mineral fibre as specified includes glass fibre rock wool slag wool 2 Thermal conductivity k factor not to exceed specified values at 24 degrees C mean temperature when tested in accordance with ASTM C335 3 TIAC Code C 1 Rigid mineral fibre board to ASTM C612 with factory applied vapour retarder jacket to CGSB 51 GP 52Ma as scheduled in PART 3 of this Section A TIAC Code C 2 Mineral fibre blanket to ASTM C553 faced with factory applied vapour retarder jacket to CGSB 51 GP 52Ma as scheduled in PART 3 of this section l Mineral fibre to ASTM C553 2 Jacket to CGSB 51 GP 52Ma 3 Maximum k factor to ASTM
239. le Forest Management Forest Stewardship Council FSC 1 FSC STD 01 001 2004 FSC Principle and Criteria for Forest Stewardship NA A Ww Green Seal Environmental Standards GS 1 GS 11 11 Paints and Coatings Project No R 067898 002 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Section 06 40 00 Page 2 of 9 1 3 10 11 12 13 14 2 GS 36 13 Commercial Adhesives Health Canada Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS 1 Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS International Organization for Standardization ISO 1 ISO 14040 2006 Environmental Management Life Cycle Assessment Principles and Framework 2 ISO 14041 98 Environmental Management Life Cycle Assessment Goal and Scope Definition and Inventory Analysis National Electrical Manufacturers Association NEMA 1 ANSI NEMA LD 3 05 High Pressure Decorative Laminates HPDL National Hardwood Lumber Association NHLA 1 Rules for the Measurement and Inspection of Hardwood and Cypress 2011 National Lumber Grades Authority NLGA 1 Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber 2010 South Coast Air Quality Management District SCAQMD California State Regulation XI Source Specific Standards 1 SCAQMD Rule 1113 A2013 Architectural Coatings 2 SCAQMD Rule 1168 A2005 Adhesives and Sealants Applications Sustainable Forestry Initiative SFI wl SFI 2010 2014 Standard ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with Section 0
240. lean at end of each day 2 Clean adjacent surfaces immediately Project No R 067898 002 JOINT SEALANTS Section 07 92 00 Page 6 of 6 3 Remove excess and droppings using recommended cleaners as work progresses 4 Remove masking tape after initial set of sealant 2 Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 3 Waste Management separate waste materials for reuse recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal a Remove recycling containers and bins from site and dispose of materials at appropriate facility 3 8 PROTECTION wl Protect installed products and components from damage during construction 2 Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by joint sealants installation END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 METAL FRAMES Section 08 11 00 Page 1 of 4 Part 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 General RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors Section 08 71 00 Door Hardware Section 08 80 50 Glazing REFERENCES American Society for Testing and Materials International ASTM l ASTM A653 A653M 09 Specification for Steel Sheet Zinc Coated Galvanized or Zinc Iron Alloy Coated Galvannealed by the Hot Dip Process Canadian General Standards Board CGSB 1 CAN CGSB 1 181 99 Ready Mixed Organic Zinc Rich Coating Canadian Standards
241. less than 2 rows per surface and not more than 425 mm on centres to compress duct liner sufficiently to hold it firmly in place Project No R 067898 002 DUCT LINERS Section 23 33 53 Page 4 2 In systems where air velocities exceeds 20 3 m s install galvanized sheet metal noising to leading edges of duct liner 3 4 JOINTS 1 Seal butt joints exposed edges weld pin and clip penetrations and damaged areas of liner with joint tape and sealer Install joint tape in accordance with manufacturer s written recommendations and as follows ol Bed tape in sealer 2 Apply 2 coats of sealer over tape 2 Replace damaged areas of liner at discretion of Departmental Representative 3 Protect leading and trailing edges of duct sections with sheet metal nosing having 15 mm overlap and fastened to duct 3 5 CLEANING 1 Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions vl Leave Work area clean at end of each day 2 Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions END Project No R 067898 002 HVAC FANS Section 23 34 00 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ RELATED REQUIREMENTS il Section 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories 1 2 REFERENCES wl Air Movement and Control Association AMCA AMCA 99 10 Standards Handbook AMCA 210 07 Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic P
242. lied by single manufacturer 2 Audible signal devices to CAN ULC S525 2 2 EXISTING SYSTEM OPERATION 1 Two stage operation Operation to actuation following Manual station Heat detector Smoke detector Automatic fire sprinkler system Fire extinguishing system Fire standpipe system DAUuURWNH Project No R 067898 002 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM Section 28 31 00 Page 3 2 Actuation of two operation device to initiate following 1 Building evacuation alarm devices to operate continuously 2 Transmit signal to fire department via monitoring station 3 Zone of alarm device to be indicated on control panel and remote annunciators 4 Ventilating fans to shut down or to function so as to provide required control of smoke movement 5 Fire doors and smoke control doors if normally held open to close automatically 6 Electro magnetic door holders to de energize 7 Operations to remain in alarm mode except alarm notification appliances if manually silenced until system is manually restored to normal 2 3 CONTROL PANEL al Existing fire alarm in Jean Talon Building is a Simplex system model 2500 NDU Command Centre Existing fire alarm in R H Coats Building is a Siemens model MXLV system 2 4 AUDIBLE SIGNAL DEVICES l Audible device s l Speakers 24 V dc 200 mm white 2 Do not exceed 80 percent of listed rating in amperes of notification appliance circuit Provide additional circuits above those show
243. lient GETS Ref No N de r f de SEAG 20150054 PW FG 340 65101 File No N de dossier CCC No N CCC FMS No N VME fg340 EP067 150054 Solicitation Closes L invitation prend fin Lees se at k 02 00 PM useau horaire on le 2014 06 05 F O B F A B Plant Usine Destination Other Autre Address Enquiries to Adresser toutes questions Buyer ld Id de l acheteur Brouillet Richard fg340 Telephone No N de t l phone FAX No N de FAX 819 956 0457 819 956 8335 Destination of Goods Services and Construction Destination des biens services et construction PUBLIC WORKS AND GOVERNMENT SERVICES CANADA R H COATS AND JEAN TALON BUILDINGS 100 amp 170 TUNNEY S PASTURE DRIVEWAY OTTAWA ON KIA 0T6 Eastern Daylight Saving Time EDT Instructions See Herein Instructions Voir aux pr sentes Delivery Required Livraison exig e Delivery Offered Livraison propos e See Herein Vendor Firm Name and Address Raison sociale et adresse du fournisseur de l entrepreneur Telephone No N de t l phone Facsimile No N de t l copieur Name and title of person authorized to sign on behalf of Vendor Firm type or print Nom et titre de la personne autoris e a signer au nom du fournisseur de l entrepreneur taper ou crire en caract res d imprimerie Signature Page 1 of de 13 Solicitation No N de l invitation Amd No N
244. list of instruments used together with serial numbers 2 Calibrate in accordance with requirements of most stringent of referenced standard for either applicable system or HVAC system 3 Calibrate within 3 months of TAB Provide certificate of calibration to Departmental Representative 1 12 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1 Submit prior to commencement of TAB 2 Proposed methodology and procedures for performing TAB if different from referenced standard 1 13 PRELIMINARY TAB REPORT 1 Submit for checking and approval of Departmental Representative prior to submission of formal TAB report sample of rough TAB sheets Include 1 Details of instruments used 2 Details of TAB procedures employed 3 Calculations procedures 4 Summaries Project No R 067898 002 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC Section 23 05 93 Page 4 1 14 TAB REPORT 1 15 ni Format in accordance with referenced standard 2 TAB report to show results in SI units and to include l Project record drawings 2 System schematics 3 Submit 6 copies of TAB Report to Departmental Representative for verification and approval in English in D ring binders complete with index tabs VERIFICATION 1 16 1 Reported results subject to verification by Departmental Representative 2 Provide personnel and instrumentation to verify up to 30 of reported results 3 Number and location of verified results as directed by Departmenta
245. low Opportunities page Description Trade Agreement Agreement on Internal Trade AIT Tendering Procedures All interested suppliers may submit a bid Attachment None Competitive Procurement Strategy Lowest Lower Bid file P In Progress Coats Building Fit up R H Coats Building J ean Talon Building EP067 150054 A Procurement Information on Buyandsell_gc_ca htm 5 14 2014 1 01 26 PM Fit up R H Coats Building J ean Talon Building EP067 150054 A Procurement Information on Buyandsell gc ca Phase III Comprehensive Land Claim Agreement No Gatineau Qu bec K1A 0S5 Nature of Requirements PROJECT IDENTIFICATION R 067898 002 Project description Refurbishment to implement Workplace 2 0 designs on the 11th 14th and 19th floors of the R H Coats Building at 100 Tunney s Pasture Driveway and the 7th floor of the Jean Talon Building at 170 Tunney s Pasture Driveway Ottawa Work is to be completed within forty two 42 weeks after contract award The estimated cost for this opportunity is within the following category 1 000 001 00 5 000 000 00 OPTIONAL SITE VISIT There will be a site visit on May 21 2014 at 10am Interested bidders shall meet at the security desk of the Main Stats Building 150 Tunney s Pasture Ottawa ON ENQUIRIES All enquiries are to be submitted to the Contractual Authority Richard Brouillet Tel 819 956 0457 facsimile 819 956 8335 or by email at richard brouillet tpsgc pwgsc gc ca
246. ly with applicable regulations END OF SECTION 13 Project No R 067898 002 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 33 00 Page 1 of 5 Part 1 1 1 1 2 10 General ADMINISTRATIVE Submit to Departmental Representative submittals listed for review Submit promptly and in orderly sequence to not cause delay in Work Failure to submit in ample time is not considered sufficient reason for extension of Contract Time and no claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed Do not proceed with Work affected by submittal until review is complete Present shop drawings product data samples and mock ups in SI Metric units Where items or information is not produced in SI Metric units converted values are acceptable Review submittals prior to submission to Departmental Representative This review represents that necessary requirements have been determined and verified or will be and that each submittal has been checked and co ordinated with requirements of Work and Contract Documents Submittals not stamped signed dated and identified as to specific project will be returned without being examined and considered rejected Notify Departmental Representative in writing at time of submission identifying deviations from requirements of Contract Documents stating reasons for deviations Verify field measurements and affected adjacent Work are co ordinated Contractor s responsibility for errors and omissions in submis
247. m 3 Class A circuits al Test each conductor on circuits for capability of providing alarm signal on each side of single open circuit fault condition imposed near midmost point of circuit Reset control unit after each alarm function and correct imposed fault after completion of each test 2 Test each conductor on circuits for capability of providing alarm signal during ground fault condition imposed near midmost point of circuit Reset control unit after each alarm function and correct imposed fault after completion of each test 4 Class B circuits 1 Test each conductor on circuits for capability of providing alarm signal on line side of single open circuit fault condition imposed at electrically most remote device on circuit Reset control unit after each alarm function and correct imposed fault after completion of each test 2 Test each conductor on circuits for capability of providing alarm signal during ground fault condition imposed at electrically most remote device on circuit Reset control unit after each alarm function and correct imposed fault after completion of each test 2 Manufacturer s Field Services 1 Obtain written report from manufacturer verifying compliance of Work in handling installing applying protecting and cleaning of product and submit Manufacturer s Field Reports as described in PART 1 SUBMITTALS Project No R 067898 002 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM Section 28 31 00 Page 5 2 Provide manufacturer s
248. m Board Finish 97 Green Seal Environmental Standards GS l GS 11 11 2nd Edition Paints and Coatings South Coast Air Quality Management District SCAQMD California State Regulation XI Source Specific Standards 1 SCAQMD Rule 1113 A2013 Architectural Coatings 2 SCAQMD Rule 1168 A2005 Adhesives and Sealants Applications Underwriters Laboratories of Canada ULC 1 CAN ULC S 102 07 Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies Project No R 067898 002 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Section 09 21 16 Page 2 of 7 1 3 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for gypsum board assemblies and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations Samples 1 Submit for review and acceptance of each unit 2 Samples will be returned for inclusion into work 3 Submit duplicate 300 mm long samples of corner and casing beads shadow mould cornice cap insulating strip Sustainable Design Submittals 1 Construction Waste Management 1 Submit project Waste Management Plan Waste Reduction Workplan highlighting recycling and salvage requirements 2 Submit calculations on end of project recycling rates salvage rates and landfill rates demonstrating that 75 of construction wastes were
249. maged by such removals or replacements promptly If in opinion of Departmental Representative it is not expedient to correct defective Work or Work not performed in accordance with Contract Documents Departmental Representative will deduct from Contract Price difference in value between Work performed and that called for by Contract Documents amount of which will be determined by Departmental Representative REPORTS Submit 4 copies of inspection and test reports to Departmental Representative Provide copies to subcontractor of work being inspected or tested manufacturer or fabricator of material being inspected or tested TESTS AND MIX DESIGNS Furnish test results and mix designs as requested Cost of tests beyond those called for in Contract Documents or beyond those required by law of Place of Work will be appraised by Departmental Representative and may be authorized as recoverable MOCK UPS Prepare mock ups for Work specifically requested in specifications Include for Work of Sections required to provide mock ups Construct in locations as specified in specific Section acceptable to Departmental Representative Prepare mock ups for Departmental Representative with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence to not cause delays in Work Failure to prepare mock ups in ample time is not considered sufficient reason for extension of Contract Time and no claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed If req
250. material and equipment supplied by Canada at the site of the project to be incorporated into and form part of the finished Work If the value of the Work is changed the policy must be changed to reflect the revised contract value The policy must provide that the proceeds thereof are payable to Canada or as Canada may direct in accordance with GC10 2 Insurance Proceeds https buyandsell gc ca policy and guidelines standard acquisition clauses and conditions manual 5 R R2900D 2 Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Section 01 00 10 Page 1 of 7 1 1 1 2 1 3 TAXES Pay all taxes properly levied by law including Federal Provincial and Municipal FEES PERMITS and CERTIFICATES Pay all fees and obtain all permits Provide authorities with plans and information for acceptance certificates Provide inspection certificates as evidence that work conforms to requirements of Authority having jurisdiction CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Schedule and execute work with least possible interference or disturbance to the normal use of premises On award of contract submit bar chart construction schedule for work indicating anticipated progress stages within time of completion When the Departmental Representative has reviewed schedule incorporate corrections issue revised baseline schedule for approval or further correction and take necessary measures to complete work within scheduled time Do not chan
251. materials at appropriate facility PROTECTION Protect installed products and components from damage during construction Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by non structural metal framing application END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 CERAMIC TILING Section 09 30 13 Page 1 of 4 Part 1 1 1 1 2 General RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies REFERENCES American National Standards Institute ANSD Ceramic Tile Institute CTT 1 ANSI A108 1 99 Specification for the Installation of Ceramic Tile Includes ANSI A108 1A C 108 4 13 A118 1 10 ANSI A136 1 2 CTI A118 3 92 Specification for Chemical Resistant Water Cleanable Tile Setting and Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive included in ANSI A108 1 3 CTI A118 4 92 Specification for Latex Cement Mortar included in ANSI A108 1 4 CTI A118 5 92 Specification for Chemical Resistant Furan Resin Mortars and Grouts for Tile Installation included in ANSI A108 1 5 CTI A118 6 92 Specification for Ceramic Tile Grouts included in ANSI A108 1 American Society for Testing and Materials International ASTM 1 ASTM C144 04 Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar 2 ASTM C207 06 Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes 3 ASTM C847 06 Specification for Metal Lath 4 ASTM C979 05 Specification for Pigments for Integrally Coloured Concrete Canadian General Standard
252. me and such review shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in shop drawings or of responsibility for meeting requirements of construction and Contract Documents 2 Without restricting generality of foregoing Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at job site for information that pertains solely to fabrication processes or to techniques of construction and installation and for co ordination of Work of sub trades Provide paper copies of submittals as requested by Departmental Representative Project No R 067898 002 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 33 00 Page 4 of 5 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 Part 2 2 1 SAMPLES Submit for review samples in duplicate as requested in respective specification Sections Label samples with origin and intended use Deliver samples prepaid to address es provided by Departmental Representative Notify Departmental Representative in writing at time of submission of deviations in samples from requirements of Contract Documents Where colour pattern or texture is criterion submit full range of samples Adjustments made on samples by Departmental Representative are not intended to change Contract Price If adjustments affect value of Work state such in writing to Departmental Representative prior to proceeding with Work Make changes in samples which Departmental Representative may require consistent with Contract Documents R
253. ments 103 Enquiries during the Solicitation Period 104 Optional Site Visit SI05 Revision of Bid SI06 Bid Results SI07 Insufficient Funding SI08 Bid Validity Period SI09 Web Sites R2710T GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS CONSTRUCTION SERVICES BID SECURITY REQUIREMENTS GI 2014 03 01 The following Gl s are included by reference and are available at the following Web Site https buyandsell gc ca policy and guidelines standard acquisition clauses and conditions manual 5 R GI01 Integrity Provisions Bid Gl02 Completion of Bid GI03 Identity or Legal Capacity of the Bidder GI04 Applicable Taxes GI05 Capital Development and Redevelopment Charges GI06 Registry and Pre qualification of Floating Plant GI07 Listing of Subcontractors and Suppliers GI08 Bid Security Requirements GI09 Submission of Bid GI10 Revision of Bid Gl11 Rejection of Bid GI12 Bid Costs GI13 Procurement Business Number GI14 Compliance With Applicable Laws GI15 Approval of Alternative Materials Gl16 Performance Evaluation GI17 Conflict of Interest Unfair Advantage SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SC SC01 Limitation of Liability SC02 Insurance Terms BID AND ACCEPTANCE FORM BA BA01 Identification BA02 Business Name and Address of Bidder BA03 The Offer BA04 Bid Validity Period BA05 Acceptance and Contract BA06 Construction Time BAO7 Bid Security BAO8 Signature Page 3 of de 13 Solicitation No N de l invitation Amd No N de la m
254. n 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Shop drawings 1 Submit shop drawings with contractor s stamp to indicate acceptance and conformance to installation requirements 2 Submit wiring diagrams and installation details of equipment indicating proposed location layout and arrangement control panels accessories piping ductwork and other items that must be shown to ensure co ordinated installation 3 Identify on wiring diagrams circuit terminals and indicate internal wiring for each item of equipment and interconnection between each item of equipment A Indicate of drawings clearances for operation maintenance and replacement of operating equipment devices 9 Submit shop drawings and product data electronically to Departmental Representative for review of conformance to design intent 6 If changes are required notify Departmental Represenative of these changes before they are made 3 Quality Control in accordance with Section 01 45 00 Quality Control 1 Provide CSA certified equipment and material 2 Where CSA certified equipment and material is not available submit such equipment and material to inspection authorities for special approval before delivery to site 3 Submit test results of installed electrical systems and instrumentation 4 Permits and fees in accordance with General Conditions of contract 5 Submit shop drawings and product data electronically to Departmental Representative for review of conformance to design inte
255. n if required to meet this requirement 3 For surface mounting provide appliance manufacturer s approved back box Back box finish to match appliance finish 2 5 CONDUIT x Electrical Metallic Tubing EMT 2 6 WIRING 1 Wire for 120 V circuits No 12 AWG minimum solid copper conductor 2 Wire for low voltage DC circuits No 14 AWG minimum solid copper conductor 3 Insulation 75 degrees C minimum with nylon jacket 4 Colour code wiring Project No R 067898 002 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM Section 28 31 00 Page 4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS 1 Compliance comply with manufacturer s written recommendations or specifications including product technical bulletins handling storage and installation instructions and datasheet 3 2 _ INSTALLATION 1 Install systems in accordance with CAN ULC S524 and TB OSH Chapter 3 04 2 Install new modules as required to existing main control panel 3 Connect alarm circuits to main control panel 4 Locate and install signal and connect to signalling circuits 5 Connect signalling circuits to main control panel 3 3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 Site Tests 1 Perform tests in accordance with Section 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical and CAN ULC S537 2 Fire alarm system 1 Check annunciator panels to ensure zones are shown correctly 2 Simulate grounds and breaks on alarm and signalling circuits to ensure proper operation of syste
256. n instructions and datasheets SITE VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS Ensure concrete floors are clean and dry by using test methods recommended by flooring manufacturer PREPARATION Remove existing carpet Remove or treat old adhesives to prevent residual old flooring adhesives from bleeding through to new flooring and or interfering with the bonding of new adhesives Clean floor and apply filler trowel and float to leave smooth flat hard surface Prohibit traffic until filler cured and dry Remove sub floor ridges and bumps Fill low spots cracks joints holes and other defects with sub floor filler Prime Seal concrete slab to resilient flooring manufacturer s printed instructions Project No R 067898 002 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING Section 09 65 16 Page 5 of 6 3 4 3 5 DA uBR amp D APPLICATION FLOORING Adhesive Flooring Installation Cut required length of linoleum flooring from roll allowing enough material to extend up the wall 4 to 6 inches at either end Layout and position sheet flooring so that any seams will fall at least 6 inches from underlayment joints or saw cuts in concrete substrate Scribe and cut flooring material to shape of vertical surfaces including walls and partitions Apply adhesive and lay sheet flooring into wet adhesive and roll with a 50 kg roller Install sheet flooring square with room axis 1 Adhesive Seamless Flooring Installation Rout out seams and heat weld together with compl
257. nated Glazing Reference Manual 2009 South Coast Air Quality Management District SCAQMD California State Regulation XI Source Specific Standards 1 SCAQMD Rule 1168 A2005 Adhesives and Sealants Applications Project No R 067898 002 GLAZING Section 08 80 50 Page 2 of 6 1 3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS ol Pre Installation Meetings 1 Convene pre installation meeting 1 week prior to beginning work of this Section on site installation with Contractor s Representative and Departmental Representative to 1 Verify project requirements 2 Review installation and substrate conditions 3 Co ordination with other building subtrades 4 Review manufacturer s written installation instructions and warranty requirements 2 Arrange for site visit with Departmental Representative prior to start of Work to examine existing site conditions adjacent to demolition Work 1 4 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS l Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for glass sealants and glazing accessories and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 3 Samples 1 Submit for review and acceptance of each unit 2 Samples will be returned for inclusion into work 3 Submit duplicate samples of setting blocks glazing tape and sealant material 4 Certificates submit produ
258. nd Disposal separate waste materials for reuse and recycling in accordance with Waste Management Plan 1 8 SYSTEM STARTUP 1 Instruct Departmental Represenative and operating personnel in operation care and maintenance of systems system equipment and components 1 9 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 1 Provide for each system and principal item of equipment as specified in technical sections for use by operation and maintenance personnel 2 Operating instructions to include following od Wiring diagrams control diagrams and control sequence for each principal system and item of equipment Start up proper adjustment operating lubrication and shutdown procedures Safety precautions Procedures to be followed in event of equipment failure Other items of instruction as recommended by manufacturer of each system or item of equipment tn amp D 1 10 MODIFICATIONS TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 1 Where work requires modifications to or interruption of fire alarms systems sl Retain services of building fire alarm maintenance contractor Jean Talon Building Simplex and R H Coats Building Siemens for fire alarm systems on a daily basis to isolate and protect all devices relating to a modification of fire alarms systems and or 2 cutting welding soldering or other construction activities which might activate fire alarm system 2 Immediately upon completion of work restore fire alarm systems to normal operation and verify that all de
259. nd other common areas 47 dBA In room occupant controls when used shall be set not to exceed 42 dBA The target sound masking frequency spectrum to be used shall be that provided in 1 3 0 5 Table 1 Developed by National Research Council of Canada NRC and denoted as NRC Optimal Sound Masking Spectrum nominal 45 dBA The frequency contour provided shall be maintained at different dBA target levels by equally applying the positive or negative difference between the nominal 45 dBA level and the target dBA level to each of the one third octave frequency band s dB level so as to equally shift the entire contour e g A target level of 42 dBA will required shifting the entire 45 dBA spectrum down equally by 3 dB in each of the 1 3 octave frequency bands All zones shall conform to the overall dBA the sound and the one third octave spectrum dB levels defined in 1 3 D 5 Table 1 to within the tolerances provided below Overall dBA levels measured within zones and between adjacent zones of the same office type shall be within 41 0 dBA of the specified target level Spectrum uniformity measured within zones or between adjacent zones of the same office type shall vary no more than two 2 dB from the 1 3 octave band contour levels indicated in Table 1 as adjusted to meet the overall dBA target level as indicated in 1 3 D 4 Table 1 NRC Optimal Sound Masking Spectrum Project No R 067898 002 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 511
260. nd other documents to prove conformance with noted MPI requirements when requested by Departmental Representative RESTORATION Clean and re install hardware items removed before undertaken painting operations Remove protective coverings and warning signs as soon as practical after operations cease Remove paint splashings on exposed surfaces that were not painted Remove smears and spatter immediately as operations progress using compatible solvent Protect freshly completed surfaces from paint droppings and dust to approval of Departmental Representative Avoid scuffing newly applied paint Restore areas used for storage cleaning mixing and handling of paint to clean condition as approved by Departmental Representative END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR RE PAINTING Section 09 91 23 01 Page 1 of 11 Part 1 1 1 1 2 General REFERENCES The Master Painters Institute MPI wl Maintenance Repainting Manual current edition Master Painters Institute MPI including Identifiers Evaluation Systems Preparation and Approved Product List Environmental Protection Agency EPA 1 Test Method for Measuring Total Volatile Organic Compound Content of Consumer Products Method 24 for Surface Coatings Health Canada Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS 1 Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS South Coast Air Quality Management District SCAQMD California State 1 SCAQMD Rule 111
261. ng 2 Prime and touch up marred finished paintwork to match original 3 Restore to new condition finishes which have been damaged 3 3 CLEANING 1 Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions a Leave Work area clean at end of each day 2 Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 3 4 PROTECTION 1 Protect equipment and systems openings from dirt dust and other foreign materials with materials appropriate to system END Project No R 067898 002 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Section 21 13 13 Page 1 PARTI GENERAL 1 1 REFERENCES 1 National Fire Prevention Association NFPA 1 NFPA Fire 13 Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems 2007 Edition 2 NFPA Fire 20 Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection 2003 Edition 1 2 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS ni Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Provide manufacturer s printed product literature and data sheets and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 3 Shop Drawings 1 Submit drawings stamped and signed by professional engineer registered or licensed in Province of Ontario Canada 2 Indicate Materials Finishes Method of anchorage Number
262. ng and buckling in axial direction 3 Hanger rods to withstand compressive loading and buckling 2 4 SRS FOR VIBRATION ISOLATED EQUIPMENT 1 Floor mounted equipment systems 1 Use one or combination of following methods 1 Vibration isolators with built in snubbers 2 Vibration isolators and separate snubbers Project No R 067898 002 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS SRS TYPE P2 Section 26 05 40 Page 3 3 Built up snubber system approved by Engineer consisting of structural elements and elastomeric layer 2 SRS to resist complete isolator unloading 3 SRS not to jeopardize noise and vibration isolation systems Provide 4 8 mm clearance between seismic restraint snubbers and equipment during normal operation of equipment and systems A Cushioning action to be gentle and steady by utilizing elastomeric material or other means in order to avoid high impact loads 2 Suspended equipment systems 1 Use one or combination of following methods 1 Slack cable restraint system 2 Brace back to structure via vibration isolators and snubbers PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ INSTALLATION 1 Attachment points and fasteners ni To withstand same maximum load that seismic restraint is to resist and in all directions 2 Install SRS at least 25 mm from all other equipment systems services 3 Miscellaneous equipment not vibration isolated a Bolt through house keeping pad to structure 4 Co ordinate connections with all disciplines
263. ng and unloading 1 Deliver store and handle in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements 2 Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions Waste Management and Disposal 1 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal separate waste materials for reuse and recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal Project No R 067898 002 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS SRS Section 23 05 49 01 TYPE P2 BUILDINGS Page 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 SRS MANUFACTURER 1 SRS from one manufacturer regularly engaged in SRS production 2 2 GENERAL 1 SRS to provide gentle and steady cushioning action and avoid high impact loads 2 SRS to restrain seismic forces in every direction 3 Fasteners and attachment points to resist same load as seismic restraints 4 SRS of Piping systems compatible with 1 Expansion anchoring and guiding requirements 2 Equipment vibration isolation and equipment SRS 5 SRS utilizing cast iron threaded pipe other brittle materials not permitted 6 Attachments to RC structure 1 Use high strength mechanical expansion anchors 2 Drilled or power driven anchors not permitted 7 Wet pipe sprinkler systems refer to Section 21 13 13 Wet Pipe Sprinkler Systems 8 Seismic control measures not to interfere with integrity of firestopping 2 3 SRS FOR STATIC EQUIPMENT SYSTEMS 1 Floor mo
264. ng showing selected colours gloss sheen textures and workmanship to MPI Maintenance Repainting Manual standards for review and approval Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR RE PAINTING Section 09 91 23 01 Page 2 of 11 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 3 When approved repainted room surface and or item shall become acceptable standard of finish quality and workmanship for similar on site interior repainting work PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Environmental Performance Requirements 1 Provide paint products meeting MPI Environmentally Friendly E2 or E3 ratings based on VOC EPA Method 24 content levels SCHEDULING Submit work schedule for various stages of painting to Departmental Representative for approval Paint occupied facilities in accordance with approved schedule Schedule operations to approval of Departmental Representative such that painted surfaces will have dried and cured sufficiently before occupants are affected Obtain written authorization from Departmental Representative for changes in work schedule Schedule repainting operations to prevent disruption by other trades if applicable and by occupants in and about building ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Provide product data and manufacturer s installation application instructions for each paint and coating product to be used in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Provide samples in accordance with Section 01 33
265. ng that personnel not successfully completing required training are not permitted to enter site to perform Work 4 Be responsible for implementing enforcing daily and monitoring site specific Contractor s Health and Safety Plan 5 Be on site during execution of Work POSTING OF DOCUMENTS Ensure applicable items articles notices and orders are posted in conspicuous location on site in accordance with Acts and Regulations of Province having jurisdiction and in consultation with Departmental Representative CORRECTION OF NON COMPLIANCE Immediately address health and safety non compliance issues identified by authority having jurisdiction or by Departmental Representative Provide Departmental Representative with written report of action taken to correct non compliance of health and safety issues identified Departmental Representative may stop Work if non compliance of health and safety regulations is not corrected BLASTING Blasting or other use of explosives is not permitted POWDER ACTUATED DEVICES Use powder actuated devices only after receipt of written permission from Departmental Representative WORK STOPPAGE Give precedence to safety and health of public and site personnel and protection of environment over cost and schedule considerations for Work END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 QUALITY CONTROL Section 01 45 00 Page 1 of 3 Part 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 General INSPECTION Allo
266. ngers ductwork and other mechanical and electrical equipment in original finish Keep sprinkler heads free of paint Do not paint interior transformers and substation equipment Standard of Acceptance when viewed using natural prevailing sunlight at peak period of day mid day on surface viewed surfaces to indicate following 1 Walls no defects visible from distance of 1000 mm at 90 degrees to surface 2 Soffits no defects visible from grade at 45 degrees to surface 3 Final coat to exhibit uniformity of colour and sheen across full surface area FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspection Advise Departmental Representative when each surface and applied coating is ready for inspection Do not proceed with subsequent coats until previous coat has been approved CLEANING Proceed in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions supplemented as follows 1 Remove paint where spilled splashed splattered or sprayed as work progresses using means and materials that are not detrimental to affected surfaces Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR RE PAINTING Section 09 91 23 01 Page 11 of 11 3 10 6 Keep work area free from unnecessary accumulation of tools equipment surplus materials and debris Remove combustible rubbish materials and empty paint cans each day and safely dispose of same in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction Clean equipment and dispose of wash water used for water borne
267. nges to CAN CGSB 69 25 M90 ANSI BHMA A156 9 1982 concealed brushed chrome finishes BO1601 Two 2 per door up to 915 mm three 3 per door up to 1500 mm Door and drawer pulls wire D pulls 100 mm centres 8mm diameter brushed stainless steel finish Execution EXAMINATION Verification of Conditions verify conditions of substrates previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for architectural woodwork installation in accordance with manufacturer s instructions 1 Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative 2 Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery 3 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative Project No R 067898 002 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Section 06 40 00 Page 8 of 9 3 2 INSTALLATION 1 Do architectural woodwork to AWMAC Custom Grade 2 Install prefinished millwork at locations shown on drawings 1 Position accurately level plumb straight 3 Fasten and anchor millwork securely 1 Supply and install heavy duty fixture attachments for wall mounted cabinets 4 Use draw bolts in countertop joints Scribe and cut as required to fit abutting walls and to fit properly into recesses and to accommodate piping columns fixtures outlets or other projecting intersecting or penetrating objects 6 At junction
268. ni Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for metal ducts and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 3 Shop Drawings 1 Submit drawings stamped and signed by professional engineer registered or licensed in Province of Ontario Canada 4 Test and Evaluation Reports 1 Certification of Ratings 1 Catalogue or published ratings to be those obtained from tests carried out by manufacturer or independent testing agency signifying adherence to codes and standards 1 3 _ DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions 2 Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address 3 Storage and Handling Requirements A Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in clean dry well ventilated area 2 Store and protect metal ducts from nicks scratches and blemishes 3 Replace defective or damaged materials with new Project No R 067898 002 METAL DUCTS LOW PRESSURE TO 500 PA Section 23 31 13 01 Page 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 SEAL CLASSIFICATION 2 2 ni Classification
269. nnealed steel wire 3 6 mm diameter for access tile ceilings 6 Hanger inserts purpose made 7 Carrying channels 38 mm channel galvanized steel thickness to be determined by engineered shop drawings 8 Accessories splices clips wire ties retainers and wall moulding flush reveal to complement suspension system components as recommended by system manufacturer Performance Design Criteria 1 Maximum deflection 1 360th of span to ASTM C635 deflection test ACCESSORIES Touch up paint in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations for surface conditions 1 Paint VOC limit 250 g L maximum to GS 11 SCAQMD Rule 1113 Execution EXAMINATION Verification of Conditions verify conditions of substrates previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions prior to acoustical ceiling installation 1 Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative 2 Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery 3 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative INSTALLATION Installation in accordance with ASTM C636 except where specified otherwise Suspension System 1 Erect ceiling suspension system after work above ceiling has been inspected by Departmental Repre
270. not reduce the Contractor s overall responsibility for construction Health and Safety On site Contingency and Emergency Response Plan address standard operating procedures to be implemented during emergency situations FILING OF NOTICE File Notice of Project with Provincial authorities prior to beginning of Work SAFETY ASSESSMENT Perform site specific safety hazard assessment related to project Project No R 067898 002 HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Section 01 35 29 06 Page 2 of 3 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 BBW D MEETINGS Schedule and administer Health and Safety meeting with Departmental Representative prior to commencement of Work GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Develop written site specific Health and Safety Plan based on hazard assessment prior to beginning site Work and continue to implement maintain and enforce plan until final demobilization from site Health and Safety Plan must address project specifications Departmental Representative may respond in writing where deficiencies or concerns are noted and may request re submission with correction of deficiencies or concerns RESPONSIBILITY Be responsible and assume the role of Constructor as described in the Ontario Occupational Health amp Safety Act and Regulations for Construction Projects Assume responsibility for health and safety of all other contractors present on site under the prescriptions of the present section Comply with and enforc
271. nstallation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative 3 2 _ GENERAL ni Do work in accordance with ASHRAE amp SMACNA as indicated 32 Do not break continuity of insulation vapour barrier with hangers or rods 1 Insulate strap hangers 100 mm beyond insulated duct Ensure diffuser is fully seated 3 Support risers in accordance with ASHRAE amp SMACNA Project No R 067898 002 METAL DUCTS LOW PRESSURE TO 500 PA Section 23 31 13 01 Page 4 4 Install breakaway joints in ductwork on sides of fire separation 5 Install proprietary manufactured flanged duct joints in accordance with manufacturer s instructions 6 Manufacture duct in lengths and diameter to accommodate installation of acoustic duct lining 3 3 HANGERS 1 Strap hangers install in accordance with SMACNA 2 Angle hangers complete with locking nuts and washers 3 Hanger spacing in accordance with ASHRAE amp SMACNA as follows Duct Size Spacing mm mm to 1500 3000 1501 and over 2500 3 4 SEALING AND TAPING 1 Apply sealant in accordance with SMACNA and to manufacturer s recommendations 2 Bed tape in sealant and recoat with minimum of 1 coat of sealant to manufacturers recommendations 3 5 CLEANING 1 Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 1 Leave Work area clean at end of each day 2 Fin
272. nstallation sequence cleaning procedures and 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Provide one initial in standalone of every fixture type for review on site of mounting details orientation aiming and lamping prior to continuing with balance of fixture installation Provide power to fixture for initial installation 1 5 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Pal Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with project schedule 2 Deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name address 3 Packaging Waste Management remove for reuse and return by manufacturer of pallets crates paddling and packaging materials in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Waste Management and Disposal A Divert unused metal materials from landfill to metal recycling facility 55 Disposal and recycling of fluorescent lamps as per local regulations 6 Disposal of old PCB filled ballasts Project No R 067898 002 LIGHTING Section 26 50 00 Page 2 1 6 PROOF OF ORDER al Contractor to provide a proof of order via copy of purchase order or other suitable document from supplier within 4 weeks of approval of shop drawings PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 _ LAMPS l Standard fluorescent lamps to be T8 medium bi pin mercury free 4100 K 30 000 hour lamp life 2900 initial lumens CRI 85 or as indicated 2 2 BALLASTS gs luorescent ballast CBM and CSA certified energy efficient type Rating 3
273. nt 6 Submit certificate of acceptance from authority having jurisdiction upon completion of Work to Departmental Represenative 4 Manufacturer s Field Reports submit to Departmental Represenative s written report within 3 days of review verifying compliance of Work and electrical system and instrumentation testing as described in PART 3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 16 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Quality Assurance in accordance with Section 01 45 00 Quality Control 2 Qualifications electrical Work to be carried out by qualified licensed electricians who hold valid Master Electrical Contractor license or apprentices as per the conditions of Provincial Act respecting manpower vocational training and qualification 1 Employees registered in provincial apprentices program permitted under direct supervision of qualified licensed electrician to perform specific tasks 2 Permitted activities determined based on training level attained and demonstration of ability to perform specific duties 3 Health and Safety Requirements do construction occupational health and safety in accordance with Section 01 35 29 06 Health and Safety Requirements Project No R 067898 002 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Section 26 05 00 Page 3 1 7 _ _ DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 Material Delivery Schedule provide Departmental Represenative with schedule within 2 weeks after award of Contract 2 Construction Demolition Waste Management a
274. nt surfaces are dry and frost free Prepare surfaces in accordance with manufacturer s directions PRIMING Where necessary to prevent staining mask adjacent surfaces prior to priming and caulking Prime sides of joints in accordance with sealant manufacturer s instructions immediately prior to caulking BACKUP MATERIAL Apply bond breaker tape where required to manufacturer s instructions Install joint filler to achieve correct joint depth and shape with approximately 30 compression MIXING Mix materials in strict accordance with sealant manufacturer s instructions APPLICATION Sealant 1 Apply sealant in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions 2 Mask edges of joint where irregular surface or sensitive joint border exists to provide neat joint 3 Apply sealant in continuous beads 4 Apply sealant using gun with proper size nozzle 5 Use sufficient pressure to fill voids and joints solid 6 Form surface of sealant with full bead smooth free from ridges wrinkles sags air pockets embedded impurities 7 Tool exposed surfaces before skinning begins to give slightly concave shape 8 Remove excess compound promptly as work progresses and upon completion Curing 1 Cure sealants in accordance with sealant manufacturer s instructions 2 Do not cover up sealants until proper curing has taken place CLEANING Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 74 11 Cleaning 1 Leave Work area c
275. nt system 2 Brace back to structure via vibration isolators and snubbers 2 5 SLACK CABLE RESTRAINT SYSTEM SCS 1 Use elastomer materials or similar to avoid high impact loads and provide gentle and steady cushioning action i2 SCS to prevent sway in horizontal plane rocking in vertical plane sliding and buckling in axial direction 3 Hanger rods to withstand compressive loading and buckling PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS 1 Compliance comply with manufacturer s written recommendations or specifications including product technical bulletins handling storage and installation instructions and datasheet 3 2 _ INSTALLATION 1 Attachment points and fasteners zl To withstand same maximum load that seismic restraint is to resist and in every direction 2 ae Cable Systems SCS Connect to suspended equipment so that axial projection of wire passes through centre of gravity of equipment 2 Use appropriate grommets shackles other hardware to ensure alignment of restraints and to avoid bending of cables at connection points 3 Piping systems provide transverse SCS at 10 m spacing maximum longitudinal SCS at 20 m maximum or as limited by anchor slack cable performance 4 Small pipes may be rigidly secured to larger pipes for restraint purposes but not reverse 5 Orient restraint wires on ceiling hung equipment at approximately 90 degrees to each other in plan tie back to structure at max
276. ntal Representative No advertising will be permitted on this project 3 Maintain approved signs and notices in good condition for duration of project and dispose of off site on completion of project or earlier as directed by Departmental Representative Parking il Parking on site is not available TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES Protection Protect existing construction infrastructure and adjacent areas from damage Protect work against damage until take over 3 Protect adjacent areas and floors against the spread of dust and dirt beyond the work areas 4 Protect operatives and other users of site from all hazards The contractor shall agree to install proper site separation and identification in order to maintain Time and Space at all times throughout the life of the project When Building Operations staff requires access to equipment in order to operate the building proper coordination and communication must exist between all parties involved EXAMINATION and PREPARATION Examine site and conditions likely to affect work and be familiar and conversant with existing conditions Before commencing work establish location and extent of services lines in area of work and notify Departmental Representative of findings FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Carry out Work using qualified licensed workers or apprentices in accordance with Provincial Act respecting manpower vocational training and qualification Permit employees registere
277. ntal representative shall provide qualifying suppliers tendering information which includes scaled fit up drawings of overall floor plans and or specifications indicating open office areas fully and partially enclosed rooms public lobbies corridors and waiting areas fully and partially enclosed rooms partition types e g slab to slab slab to ceiling plenum barriers the ceiling type s heights plenum structural architectural mechanical electrical or other design details limiting or restricting access to plenum space and proper installation of sound masking system components e g primary air duct routing wiring routing requirements e g conduit sleeves if required for slab to slab walls rooms requiring in room occupant controls speech security zones and specific requirements for rooms requiring speech privacy security protection to be provided by sound masking including communication monitoring and alerting requirements as determined by departmental representatives security acoustical and communications specialist Any other details related to supplier s design installation and material costing requirements Sound masking zone area shall be defined by the independently addressable and controllable masking devices and associated loudspeakers and comply with Section 1 3 A Open Office Areas common shared plenum Shall consist of multiple individual zones each zone shall be limited to a maximum of 3 loud speakers such that th
278. ntity provide one one four litre can of each type and colour of primer and paint Identify colour and paint type in relation to established colour schedule and finish system Delivery storage and protection comply with Departmental Representative requirements for delivery and storage of extra materials DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Packing Shipping Handling and Unloading 1 Pack ship handle and unload materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and manufacturer s written instructions Acceptance at Site 1 Identify products and materials with labels indicating 1 Manufacturer s name and address 2 Type of paint or coating 3 Compliance with applicable standard Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR PAINTING Section 09 91 23 Page 4 of 12 4 Colour number in accordance with established colour schedule Remove damaged opened and rejected materials from site 4 Storage and Protection 1 2 3 Provide and maintain dry temperature controlled secure storage Store materials and supplies away from heat generating devices Store materials and equipment in well ventilated area with temperature range 7 degrees C to 30 degrees C 5 Store temperature sensitive products above minimum temperature as recommended by manufacturer 6 Keep areas used for storage cleaning and preparation clean and orderly After completion of operations return areas to clean condition 7 Remove
279. nyl Chloride Designated Substances O Reg 490 09 as amended 3 All contractors requesting tenders from subcontractors shall furnish this report to subcontractors 1 2 VALIDITY DATE 1 DST Consulting Engineers Inc DST conducted the on site survey for this report on February 5 2014 At the request of PWGSC DST returned to the R H Coates project areas on March 27 2014 to collect additional bulk drywall joint compound samples in order to delineate drywall materials adjacent or in proximity to confirmed asbestos containing perimeter exterior wall drywall materials 2 DST staff completed a visual evaluation of building materials in select areas of both buildings for the presence of suspected designated substances on February 5 2014 and March 27 2014 DST did not complete a full building designated substances survey As such the DSR for this project specifically included the following floors hereafter referred to as the project areas 11th 14th and 19th Floors of the R H Coates building located at 100 Tunney s Pasture Drive and 7th Floor of the Jean Talon Building located at 170 Tunney s Pasture Drive Project No Section 01 14 25 R 067484 001 Designated Substances Report Rev A Page 3 Prior to the site survey DST reviewed and utilized information present in the following past designated substance survey e Designated Substances Report for the Floor Refurbishment Project R H Coates and Jean
280. ocations 1 Particleboard 19mm thick plastic laminate all faces and edges Drawers wl Fabricate drawers to AWMAC custom grade supplemented as follows 2 Backs I Hardwood plywood 1 Thickness 12 7mm 2 Number of plies 7 3 Plastic laminate liner sheet all faces and edges 3 Bottoms 1 Hardboard type 2 6 mm thick 4 Fronts 1 Particleboard 19mm thick plastic laminate all faces and edges 5 Sides 1 Manufactured metal drawer side and slide system that includes attachment provisions for back and bottom and hardware mounting brackets for drawer face that facilitates tool free drawer face attachment and removal Casework Doors wl Fabricate doors to AWMAC custom grade supplemented as follows 2 Particleboard 19mm thick plastic laminate all faces and edges Countertops al Fabricate countertops to AWMAC custom grade supplemented as follows 2 Laminated Plastic for flatwork on front surface front edge and all edges of interior openings 3 Hardwood plywood Thickness 19 mm Number of plies 7 Core veneer Bond Type II Shop sanded exterior grade DAUR D HE Laminated plastic backing sheet on back surface FABRICATION Fabricate to AWMAC Custom grade Cabinet style flush overlay Set nails and countersink screws apply plain wood filler to indentations sand smooth and leave ready to receive finish Shop install cabinet hardware for doors shelves and drawers Recess shelf standards unless noted otherwise P
281. odate insulation thickness A Inside and outside nylon bronze end bearings 5 Channel frame of same material as adjacent duct complete with angle stop PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION 1 Verification of Conditions verify that conditions of substrate previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for damper installation in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions wl Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative 2 Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery 3 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative 3 2 _ INSTALLATION 1 Install where indicated 2 Install in accordance with recommendations of SMACNA and in accordance with manufacturer s instructions 3 Locate balancing dampers in each branch duct for supply return and exhaust systems 4 Runouts to registers and diffusers install single blade damper located as close as possible to main ducts 5 Dampers vibration free 6 Ensure damper operators are observable and accessible 7 Corrections and adjustments conducted by Departmental Representative Project No R 067898 002 DAMPERS BALANCING Section 23 33 14 Page 3 3 3 CLEANING 1 Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions ral Leave Work area cle
282. odif Buyer ID Id de l acheteur EP067 150054 A fg340 Client Ref No N de r f du client File No N du dossier CCC No N CCC FMS No N VME 20150054 fg340EP067 150054 APPENDIX 1 COMPLETE LIST OF EACH INDIVIDUAL WHO ARE CURRENTLY DIRECTORS AND OR OWNERS OF THE BIDDER ANNEX A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FORM Page 4 of de 13 Solicitation No N de l invitation Amd No N de la modif Buyer ID Id de l acheteur EP067 150054 A fg340 Client Ref No N de r f du client File No N du dossier CCC No N CCC FMS No N VME 20150054 fg340EP067 150054 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SI SI01 INTEGRITY PROVISIONS ASSOCIATED INFORMATION By submitting a bid the Bidder certifies that the Bidder and its Affiliates are in compliance with the provisions as stated in Section 01 Integrity Provisions Bid of General Instructions Construction Services R2410T General Instructions Construction Services Bid Security Requirements The associated information required within the Integrity Provisions will assist Canada in confirming that the certifications are true SI02 BID DOCUMENTS a The following are the bid documents a Invitation to Tender Page 1 b Special Instructions to Bidders c General Instructions Construction Services Bid Security Requirements R2710T 2014 03 01 d Clauses amp Conditions identified in Contract Documents e Drawings and Specifications f Bid and Accep
283. of 6 Part 1 1 1 1 2 General RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 08 11 00 Metal Frames Section 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors REFERENCES ASTM International 1 ASTM C542 05 2011 Standard Specification for Lock Strip Gaskets 2 ASTM D790 10 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials 3 ASTM D1003 11 Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of Plastics A ASTM D1929 10 Standard Test Method for Determining Ignition Temperature of Plastics 5 ASTM D2240 05 2010 Standard Test Method for Rubber Property Durometer Hardness 6 ASTM E84 10 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 7 ASTM E330 02 Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows Doors Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 8 ASTM F1233 08 Standard Test Method for Security Glazing Materials and Systems Canadian General Standards Board CGSB 1 CAN CGSB 12 1 M90 Tempered or Laminated Safety Glass 2 CAN CGSB 12 2 M91 Flat Clear Sheet Glass 3 CAN CGSB 12 3 M91 Flat Clear Float Glass 4 CAN CGSB 12 8 97 Insulating Glass Units 5 CAN CGSB 12 8 97 Amendment Insulating Glass Units Environmental Choice Program ECP 1 CCD 045 95 R2005 Sealants and Caulking Compounds Glass Association of North American GANA 1 GANA Glazing Manual 2008 2 GANA Lami
284. of Insurance Insurance Proceeds In the event of a claim the Contractor must without delay do such things and execute such documents as are necessary to effect payment of the proceeds Deductible The payment of monies up to the deductible amount made in satisfaction of a claim must be borne by the Contractor Page 9 of de 13 Solicitation No N de l invitation Amd No N de la modif Buyer ID Id de l acheteur EP067 150054 A fg340 Client Ref No N de r f du client File No N du dossier CCC No N CCC FMS No N VME 20150054 fg340EP067 150054 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CD 1 The following are the contract documents a Contract Page when signed by Canada b Duly completed Bid and Acceptance Form and any Appendices attached thereto c Drawings and Specifications d General Conditions and clauses GC1 General Provisions Construction Services R2810D 2014 03 01 GC2 Administration of the Contract R2820D 2012 07 16 GC3 Execution and Control of the Work R2830D 2014 03 01 GC4 Protective Measures R2840D 2008 05 12 GC5 Terms of Payment R2850D 2010 01 11 GC6 Delays and Changes in the Work R2860D 2013 04 25 GC7 Default Suspension or Termination of Contract R2870D 2008 05 12 GC8 Dispute Resolution R2880D 2012 07 16 GC9 Contract Security R2890D 2012 07 16 GC10 Insurance R2900D 2008 05 12 Supplementary Conditions Allowable Costs for Contract Changes Under GC6 4 1 R2950D 2007 05 25 e Any am
285. of anchors Supports Reinforcement Assembly details Accessories oanu 4 Samples 1 Submit samples of following 1 Each type of sprinkler head 2 Signs 5 Test reports 1 Submit certified test reports for wet pipe fire protection sprinkler systems from approved independent testing laboratories indicating compliance with specifications for specified performance characteristics and physical properties 6 Certificates 1 Submit certificates signed by manufacturer certifying that materials comply with specified performance characteristics and physical properties iI Manufacturers Instructions ni Provide manufacturer s installation instructions 8 Field Quality Control Submittals a Manufacturer s Field Reports manufacturer s field reports specified Project No R 067898 002 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Section 21 13 13 Page 2 1 3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1 Provide operation maintenance and engineering data for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals in accordance with NFPA Fire 20 2 Manufacturer s Catalog Data including specific model type and size for 1 Pipe and fittings 2 Sprinkler heads 3 Pipe hangers and supports A Mechanical couplings 3 Records A As built drawings of each system al After completion but before final acceptance submit complete set of as built drawings of each system for record purposes 4 Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1 Prov
286. of leachable lead must be determined for waste materials with elevated lead contents following the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure TCLP Lead sheeting can be recycled as scrap metal waste MERCURY 4 Mercury is governed by Designated Substances O Reg 490 09 as amended under the Occupational Health and Safety Act The regulation provides requirements for allowable exposure levels 2 In addition mercury waste is considered a hazardous waste under General Waste Management O Reg 347 90 as amended of the Ontario Environmental Protection Act Fluorescent lamp tubes are considered hazardous material and should be recycled if removed from service For information regarding the collection of fluorescent lamp tubes please consult the PWGSC Departmental Representative SILICA 1 Silica occurs as crystalline material in cement Crystalline silica is regulated under Designated Substances O Reg 490 09 as amended of the 12 Project No R 067484 001 Rev A Section 01 14 25 Designated Substances Report Page 13 Occupational Health and Safety Act as a Designated Substance 2 Silica dust can be generated through such processes as blasting grinding crushing and sandblasting silica containing material Since silica is presumed present in concrete plaster drywall stipple vinyl floor tiles and ceiling tiles within the project areas appropriate respiratory protection and ventilation must be
287. of plastic laminate counter back splash and adjacent wall finish apply small bead of sealant in accordance with Section 07 92 00 Joint Sealants op Apply water resistant building paper over wood framing members in contact with masonry or cementitious construction 8 Fit hardware accurately and securely in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions 9 Site apply laminated plastic to units as indicated l Adhere laminated plastic over entire surface 2 Make corners with hairline joints 3 Use full sized laminate sheets A Make joints only where indicated or approved by Departmental Representative 5 Slightly bevel arises 10 For site application offset joints in plastic laminate facing from joints in core 3 3 CLEANING 1 Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 1 Leave Work area clean at end of each day 2 Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions l Clean millwork cabinet work outside surfaces inside cupboards drawers 2 Remove excess glue from surfaces 3 Waste Management separate waste materials for reuse recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal 1 Remove recycling containers and bins from site and dispose of materials at appropriate facility 3 4 PROTECTION 1 Protect millwork cabinet work from damage until final inspection
288. ol software to Allow control of all system adjustments from a computer including System setup Sound masking volume and equalization Sound masking timer programs In room occupant control setup Allow the reporting of all system settings Perform system diagnostics Monitoring notification software to Provide email notification of errors to departmental representative defined addresses Provide email notification of all well at departmental representative defined periods Each programmable keypad shall provide Function selection and volume adjustments An interface for controlling volume increase decrease mute An enclosure capable of being installed in a single gang box Cable assemblies to Provide power and control signals over a single cable assembly Provide over molded micro connectors with positive locking mechanisms Meet air handing plenum standards UL CMP 75C or CSA 75C TYPE CMP FT 6 Ceiling mount adaptors to Attach on site to convert plenum loudspeakers to ceiling plate loudspeakers Power supplies to Project No R 067898 002 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 5119 Page 11 of 12 1 Power the networked devices and control panel components 3 PART THREE EXECUTION 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 SYSTEM DESIGN A Design system according to manufacturer s specifications EXAMINATION A Ensure that facility build out is at a stage suitable for the system instal
289. on and reporting procedures anticipated results and responsibilities Waste Reduction Workplan Schedule B information acquired from Waste Audit 2 Reference Standards 1 Ontario Ministry of Environment 1 Ontario 3 R s Regulations regulation 102 94 for waste management programs applicable to construction and demolition projects greater than 2 000 m 2 Ontario Environmental Protection Act EPA wl Regulation 102 94 Waste Audits and Waste Reduction Workplans 2 Regulation 103 94 Source Separation Programs 3 Canadian Construction Association CCA wl CCA 81 2001 A Best Practices Guide to Solid Waste Reduction 4 Public Works and Government Services Canada PWGSC 1 2002 National Construction Renovation and Demolition Non Hazardous Solid Waste Management Protocol 2 CRD Waste Management Market Research Report available from PWGSC s Environmental Services 9 Sustainable Development Strategy 2007 2009 Target 2 1 Environmentally Sustainable Use of Natural Resources Project No R 067898 002CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT Section 01 74 21 AND DISPOSAL Page 3 of 10 1 3 1 4 1 Real Property projects over 1 million and in communities where industrial recycling is supported implementation of CRD waste management practices will be completed with waste materials being reused or recycled 2 Contractually ensure resources used in construction or maintenance are consumed and recovered in a sustainable mann
290. onal Engineer licensed in the province of Ontario where prescribed 3 Additions or modifications to scaffolding must be approved by Professional Engineer in writing Designated elevators to be used by construction personnel and transporting of materials al Co ordinate with Departmental Representative 2 Protect from damage safety hazards and overloading of existing equipment 3 Freight elevator must be booked 24 hours in advance Site Storage 1 Storage will be allowed within the area of Work only no other storage will be available Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment 3 Move stored products or equipment that interfere with operations of Departmental Representative or other contractors Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations 5 Do not load or permit to load any part of work with weight or force that will endanger work Where security is reduced by work provide temporary means to maintain security Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Section 01 00 10 Page 5 of 7 1 9 1 10 1 11 Sanitary facilities the sanitary facilities on the floor of the Work may be used Keep facilities clean Signage wl Provide common use signs related to traffic control information instruction use of equipment public safety devices etcetera in both official languages or by the use of commonly understood graphic symbols and to approval of the Departme
291. or all applicable personnel as required 2 The designated substances identified in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and its corresponding regulations are 1 Acrylonitrile Designated Substances O Reg 490 09 as amended 2 Arsenic Designated Substances O Reg 490 09 as amended 3 Asbestos 1 Designated Substances O Reg 490 09 as amended 2 General Waste Management O Reg 347 90 as amended 3 Designated Substance Asbestos on Construction Projects and in Buildings and Repair Operations O Reg 278 05 as amended 4 PWGSC Departmental Policy DP 057 Asbestos Management 4 Benzene Designated Substances O Reg 490 09 as amended 5 Coke Oven Emissions Designated Substances O Reg 490 09 as amended 6 Ethylene Oxide Designated Substances O Reg 490 09 as amended Section 01 14 25 Project No R 067484 001 Designated Substances Report Rev A Page 2 T isocyanates Designated Substances O Reg 490 09 as amended 8 Lead 1 Designated Substances O Reg 490 09 as amended 2 General Waste Management O Reg 347 90 as amended 3 Canada Consumer Product Safety Acts Surface Coating Materials Regulations SOR 2005 109 2011 9 Mercury 1 Designated Substances O Reg 490 09 as amended 2 General Waste Management O Reg 347 90 as amended 10 Silica Designated Substances O Reg 490 09 as amended 11 Vi
292. or each door cited in references e Cylinders are Multi Lock and the permanent keying will be done by the Departmental Representative GROUP 02 702 1 703 1 704 1 705 1 706 1 708 1 709 1 711 1 711 2 712 1 1101 1 1102 1 1103 1 1108 1 1118 1 1401 1 1402 1 1404 1 1405 1 1406 1 1406 2 1407 1 1408 1 1901 1 1902 1 1903 1 1905 1 1906 1 1906 2 QTE DESCRIPTION FINI MANUFACTURIER Wood Door Hollow Metal Frame 3 Ball bearing hinges 652 A8112 4 5x4 1 Bored lock passage function grade 1 626 F75 x 1 Dome floor door stop 626 LO2141 Note e The quantities stated are the unit amounts required for each door cited in references Project No R 067898 002 DOOR HARDWARE Section 08 71 00 Page 7 of 7 GROUP 03 700 1 700 2 700 3 700 4 700 5 700 6 700 7 700 8 700 9 700 10 700 11 700 12 700 13 714 1 715 1 716 1 717 1 718 1 719 1 1100 1 1100 2 1100 3 1100 4 1100 5 1100 6 1100 7 1100 8 1100 9 1100 10 1112 1 1113 1 1115 1 1116 1 1400 1 1400 2 1400 3 1400 4 1400 5 1400 6 1400 7 1400 8 1400 9 1400 10 1900 1 1900 2 1900 4 1900 5 1900 6 1900 7 1900 8 1900 9 1900 10 1907 1 1908 1 QTE DESCRIPTION FINI MANUFACTURIER EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN Note e The quantities stated are the unit amounts required for each door cited in references END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 GLAZING Section 08 80 50 Page 1
293. or marks and numbers relating to numbering on drawings and door schedule 3 Submit test and engineering data and installation instructions Provide samples in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Submit one 300 x 300 mm corner sample of each type of frame st Show butt cutout glazing stops snap on trim with clips 300 mm long removable mullion connection DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements Waste Management and Disposal 1 Separate waste materials for reuse recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal Products MATERIALS Hot dipped galvanized steel sheet to ASTM A653M ZF75 minimum base steel thickness in accordance with CSDMA Table 1 Thickness for Component Parts Reinforcement channel to CSA G40 20 G40 21 Type 44W coating designation to ASTM A653M ZF75 PRIMER Touch up prime CAN CGSB 1 181 1 Maximum VOC limit 50 g L to GC 03 PAINT Field paint steel frames in accordance with Sections 09 91 23 Interior Painting Protect weatherstrips from paint Provide final finish free of scratches or other blemishes ACCESSORIES Door silencers single stud rubber neoprene type Fabricate glazing stops as formed channel minimum 16 mm height accurately fitted butted at corners and fastened to frame sections with counter sunk oval head sheet metal
294. orked masking device shall provide A loudspeaker connection Signal connections to from other primary secondary networked masking devices Overall dimensions of CoN i Diameter 5 1 inches 13 0 cm ii Height 1 75 inches 4 5 cm C Each loudspeaker shall provide e A connection to masking devices 2 A suspension chain at least 20 inches 51 cm in length and tool less length adjustment clip An acoustically damped enclosure Tool less on site adjustment of upward downward loudspeaker orientation Overall dimensions of OV 00 i Diameter 6 5 inches 16 5 cm ii Height 3 5 inches 9 0 cm Project No R 067898 002 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 5119 Page 10 of 12 D J 6 k DOr R on po D SD A loudspeaker driver with iii iv V vi Diameter 4 0 inches 10 0 cm Power Rating 25 Watts RMS Sensitivity 87 dBA 1W 1m Frequency Response 100 10 000 Hz 6 dB Impedance 16 Ohms Magnet Structure Weight 17 6 oz 500g Each control panel component shall provide Network communication components Network control electronics for masking and timer functions Connections to networked devices additional control panel components and a computer Serial connection for third party control systems optional model Ethernet connection and IP addressability Overall dimensions of Height 9 4 inches 23 8 cm Width 11 0 inches 28 0 cm Depth 3 2 inches 8 0 cm System contr
295. ot as indicated in tender documents 1 8 MAINTENANCE 1 Extra Materials 2 Submit maintenance materials in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals 3 Submit one four litre can of each type and colour of finish coating Identify type and colour in relation to established colour schedule and finish system Part 2 Products 2 1 MATERIALS 1 Paint materials listed in latest edition of MPI Approved Product List APL are acceptable for use on this project 2 Where required by authorities having jurisdiction paints and coatings to provide a fire resistant rating Paint materials for repaint systems to be products of single manufacturer 4 Only qualified products with MPI Environmentally Friendly E2 or E3 rating are acceptable for use on this project 2 2 COLOURS 1 Departmental Representative will provide colour schedule after contract award 2 Colour schedule will be based upon selection of up to 11 colours 3 Selection of colours from manufacturers full range of colours A Where specific products are available in restricted range of colours selection based on limited range Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR RE PAINTING Section 09 91 23 01 Page 6 of 11 5 First coat in two coat Premium repaint system to be tinted slightly lighter colour than top coat to show visible difference between coats 2 3 MIXING AND TINTING 1 Perform colour tinting operations prior to delivery of paint to site On site tinting of painting ma
296. oth and free of tool marks and ridges Finish corner beads control joints and trim as required with two coats of joint compound and one coat of taping compound feathered out onto panel faces Fill screw head depressions with joint and taping compounds to bring flush with adjacent surface of gypsum board so as to be invisible after surface finish is completed Sand lightly to remove burred edges and other imperfections Avoid sanding adjacent surface of board Completed installation to be smooth level or plumb free from waves and other defects and ready for surface finish Mix joint compound slightly thinner than for joint taping Apply thin coat to entire surface using trowel or drywall broad knife to fill surface texture differences variations or tool marks Allow skim coat to dry completely Remove ridges by light sanding or wiping with damp cloth CLEANING Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 1 Leave Work area clean at end of each day 2 Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions Project No R 067898 002 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Section 09 21 16 Page 7 of 7 2 Waste Management separate waste materials for reuse recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal 1 Remove recycling containers and bins from
297. pecifications install or erect products in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Do not rely on labels or enclosures provided with products Obtain written instructions directly from manufacturers Notify Departmental Representative in writing of conflicts between specifications and manufacturer s instructions so that Departmental Representative will establish course of action Improper installation or erection of products due to failure in complying with these requirements authorizes Departmental Representative to require removal and re installation at no increase in Contract Price or Contract Time QUALITY OF WORK Ensure Quality of Work is of highest standard executed by workers experienced and skilled in respective duties for which they are employed Immediately notify Departmental Representative if required Work is such as to make it impractical to produce required results Do not employ anyone unskilled in their required duties Departmental Representative reserves right to require dismissal from site workers deemed incompetent or careless Decisions as to standard or fitness of Quality of Work in cases of dispute rest solely with Departmental Representative whose decision is final CO ORDINATION Ensure co operation of workers in laying out Work Maintain efficient and continuous supervision Be responsible for coordination and placement of openings sleeves and accessories CONCEALMENT In finished areas concea
298. prior to start of Cx Start Cx after elements of building affecting start up and performance verification of systems have been completed INSTRUMENTS EQUIPMENT ai 2 Submit to Departmental Representative for review and approval 1 Complete list of instruments proposed to be used D Listed data including serial number current calibration certificate calibration date calibration expiry date and calibration accuracy Provide the following equipment as required sl 2 way radios 2 Ladders 3 Equipment as required to complete work 1 19 COMMISSIONING PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION 1 Carry out Cx 1 Under actual accepted simulated operating conditions over entire operating range in all modes 2 On independent systems and interacting systems Cx procedures to be repeatable and reported results are to be verifiable Follow equipment manufacturer s operating instructions EMCS trending to be available as supporting documentation for performance verification 1 20 WITNESSING COMMISSIONING ai 1 21 Departmental Representative to witness activities and verify results AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION Where specified start up testing or commissioning procedures duplicate verification requirements of authority having jurisdiction arrange for authority to witness procedures so as to avoid duplication of tests and to facilitate expedient acceptance of facility Obtain certificates of approval acceptance
299. r fan other equipment causing changes in conditions 2 At controllers controlled device 1 Locations of systems measurements to include as appropriate main ducts main branch sub branch run out or grille register or diffuser PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 NOT USED ni Not used PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 __ NOT USED il Not used END Project No R 067898 002 DUCT INSULATION Section 23 07 13 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ REFERENCES al Definitions 1 For purposes of this section 1 CONCEALED insulated mechanical services and equipment in suspended ceilings and non accessible chases and furred in spaces 2 EXPOSED means not concealed as previously defined 3 Insulation systems insulation material fasteners jackets and other accessories 2 TIAC Codes l CRD Code Round Ductwork 2 CRF Code Rectangular Finish 2 Reference Standards 1 American Society of Heating Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers ASHRAE 1 ASHRAE IESNA 90 1 2010 Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low Rise Residential Buildings 2 ASTM International Inc 1 ASTM C335 C335M 10e1 Standard Test Method for Steady State Heat Transfer Properties of Pipe Insulation 2 ASTM C553 11 Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications 3 ASTM C612 10 Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation 3 Canadian General Standards
300. r foreign substances in accordance with MPI requirements Remove traces of blast products from surfaces pockets and corners to be painted by brushing with clean brushes blowing with clean dry compressed air and or vacuum cleaning Touch up of shop primers with primer as specified Do not apply paint until prepared surfaces have been accepted by Departmental Representative APPLICATION Method of application to be as approved by Departmental Representative Apply paint by brush or roller Conform to manufacturer s application instructions unless specified otherwise Brush and Roller Application 1 Apply paint in uniform layer using brush and or roller type suitable for application Work paint into cracks crevices and corners 3 Paint surfaces and corners not accessible to brush using daubers and or sheepskins Paint surfaces and corners not accessible to roller using brush daubers or sheepskins A Brush and or roll out runs and sags and over lap marks Rolled surfaces free of roller tracking and heavy stipple 5 Remove runs sags and brush marks from finished work and repaint Use dipping sheepskins or daubers only when no other method is practical in places of difficult access Apply coats of paint continuous film of uniform thickness Repaint thin spots or bare areas before next coat of paint is applied Allow surfaces to dry and properly cure after cleaning and between subsequent coats for minimum time period as recommend
301. r to Departmental Representative s acceptance Remove construction debris from project site and legally dispose of debris al Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaning methods recommended by floor manufacturer 2 Sweep and vacuum floor after installation 3 Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by flooring manufacturer 4 Damp mop flooring to remove black marks and soil PROTECTION Protect new floors from time of final set of adhesive until final inspection Prohibit traffic on floor for 48 hours after installation Use only water based coating for linoleum END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR PAINTING Section 09 91 23 Page 1 of 12 Part 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 General SUMMARY Related Requirements l Section 08 11 00 Metal Frames 2 Section 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors 3 Section 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies REFERENCES Department of Justice Canada Jus A Canadian Environmental Protection Act CEPA 1999 c 33 Environmental Protection Agency EPA 1 EPA Test Method for Measuring Total Volatile Organic Compound Content of Consumer Products Method 24 1995 for Surface Coatings Health Canada Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS l Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS Master Painters Institute MPI 1 MPI Architectural Painting Specifications Manual Current Edition National Fire Code of Canada 2010 Society for Pro
302. re acceptable to Painting Subcontractor and Inspection Agency Degree of surface deterioration DSD to be assessed using MPI Identifiers and Assessment criteria indicated in MPI Maintenance Repainting Manual MPI DSD ratings and descriptions are as follows Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR RE PAINTING Section 09 91 23 01 Page 9 of 11 Condition Description DSD 0 Sound Surface includes visual aesthetic defects that do not affect film s protective properties DSD 1 Slightly Deteriorated Surface indicating fading gloss reduction slight surface contamination minor pin holes scratches DSD 2 Moderately Deteriorated Surface small areas of peeling flaking slight cracking and staining DSD 3 Severely Deteriorated Surface heavy peeling flaking cracking checking scratches scuffs abrasion small holes and gouges DSD 4 Substrate Damage repair or replacement of surface required 3 5 3 6 in PR amp N PROTECTION Protect existing surfaces and adjacent fixtures and furnishings from paint spatters markings and other damage by suitable non staining covers or masking If damaged clean and restore such surfaces as directed by Departmental Representative Protect items that are permanently attached such as Fire Labels on doors and frames Protect factory finished products and equipment Protect general public and building occupants in and about building
303. reak action 5 ON OFF switch position indication on switch enclosure cover 2 2 EQUIPMENT 1 Provide equipment identification in accordance with Section 26 05 00 Common IDENTIFICATION Work Results for Electrical 2 Indicate name of load controlled on size 4 nameplate PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION 1 Install disconnect switches as shown END Project No R 067898 002 LIGHTING Section 26 50 00 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ RELATED REQUIREMENTS ni Section 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 1 2 REFERENCES 1 Canadian Standards Association CSA 2 Underwriters Laboratories of Canada ULC 1 3 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS il Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Provide manufacturer s printed product literature specifications and datasheet and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 2 Provide complete photometric data prepared by independent testing laboratory for luminaires where specified for review by Departmental Representative 3 Photometric data to include spacing criterion coefficient of utilization table luminaire efficient 3 Quality assurance submittals provide following in accordance with Section 01 45 00 Quality Control A Manufacturer s instructions provide manufacturer s written installation instructions and special handling criteria i
304. reater than 20 000 000 The limitation of this obligation shall be exclusive of interest and all legal costs and shall not apply to any infringement of intellectual property rights or any breach of warranty obligations 3 The Contractor s obligation to indemnify Canada for losses related to third party liability shall have no limitation and shall include the complete costs of defending any legal action by a third party If requested by Canada the Contractor shall defend Canada against any third party claims 4 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and patent fees required for the performance of the Contract and at the Contractor s expense shall defend all claims actions or proceedings against Canada charging or claiming that the Work or any part thereof provided or furnished by the Contractor to Canada infringes any patent industrial design copyright trademark trade secret or other proprietary right enforceable in Canada 5 Notice in writing of a claim shall be given within a reasonable time after the facts upon which such claim is based became known Page 8 of de 13 Solicitation No N de l invitation Amd No N de la modif Buyer ID Id de l acheteur EP067 150054 A fg340 Client Ref No N de r f du client File No N du dossier CCC No N CCC FMS No N VME 20150054 fg340EP067 150054 C02 INSURANCE TERMS 1 5 Insurance Contracts a The Contractor must at the Contractor s expense obta
305. recycling centres re use depots landfills and other waste processors that received waste materials See Schedule C Provide receipts scale tickets waybills waste disposal receipts that confirm quantities and types of materials reused recycled or disposed of and destination Project No R 067898 002CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT Section 01 74 21 AND DISPOSAL Page 4 of 10 1 5 1 6 WASTE AUDIT WA Departmental Representative will prepare WA prior to project start up WA will be provided with bid documentation see Schedule A WA provides detailed inventory estimated quantities and types of waste materials that will be generated as well as their potential to be reused and or recycled and project s waste diversion goals and objectives After award of contract contractor to review WA and confirm that anticipated quantities of waste generated are accurate and goals achievable If after review contractor determines that indicated quantities or opportunities in WA are not accurate or achievable contractor to provide written details of discrepancies and revised quantities for areas of concern Contractor to meet with Departmental Representative to review and justify revisions Post on site WA where contractor and sub contractors are able to review content WASTE REDUCTION WORKPLAN WRW Prepare and submit WRW Schedule B at least 5 days prior to project start up WRW identifies strategies to optimize diver
306. requirements 2 Submit calculations on end of project recycling rates salvage rates and landfill rates demonstrating that 75 of construction wastes were recycled or salvaged 2 Wood Certification submit vendor s Chain of Custody Certificate number for FSC certified wood 1 Submit manufacturer s FSC Chain of Custody Certificate number 3 Low Emitting Materials 1 Submit listing of adhesives and sealants paints and coatings used in building comply with VOC and chemical component limits or restrictions requirements 2 Submit listing of composite wood products used in building stating that they contain no added urea formaldehyde resins laminate adhesives used in building stating that they contain no urea formaldehyde QUALITY ASSURANCE Lumber by grade stamp of an agency certified by Canadian Lumber Standards Accreditation Board Sustainable Standards Certification 1 Certified Wood submit listing of wood products and materials used in accordance with CAN CSA Z809 or FSC or SFI Plywood particleboard OSB and wood based composite panels to CSA and ANSI standards DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address 1 Protect millwork against dampness and dam
307. rer s Services described in PART 3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL schedule site visits to review Work at stages listed 1 After delivery and storage of products and when preparatory Work is complete but before installation begins Twice during progress of Work at 25 and 60 complete 3 Upon completion of Work after cleaning is carried out WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Separate waste materials for reuse recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal Products MATERIALS Panel Construction 1 Panel Core Nominal 76 mm thick panels in manufacturer s standard 1220 mm widths All panel horizontal and vertical framing members fabricated from minimum 1 2 mm formed steel with overlapped and welded corners for rigidity Top channel is reinforced to support suspension system components Frame is designed so that full vertical edges of panels are of formed steel and provide concealed protection of the edges of the panel skin 2 Panel Skin 13 mm tackable moisture resistant gypsum board class A rated single material or composite layers continuously bonded to panel frame Acoustical ratings of panels with this construction 45 STC 3 Panel Finishes 1 Panel Trim exposed panel trim of one consistent colour from Manufacturer s standard range 2 Panel face finish shall be reinforced vinyl with woven backing weighing not less than 648 g per lineal metre colour to Departmental Representative
308. res 3 Substrate and ambient air temperatures are not expected to fall within MPI or paint manufacturer s prescribed limits Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR PAINTING Section 09 91 23 Page 6 of 12 Part 2 2 1 A The relative humidity is under 85 or when the dew point is more than 3 degrees C variance between the air surface temperature Paint should not be applied if the dew point is less than 3 degrees C below the ambient or surface temperature Use sling psychrometer to establish the relative humidity before beginning paint work 5 Ensure that conditions are within specified limits during drying or curing process until newly applied coating can itself withstand normal adverse environmental factors 2 Perform painting work when maximum moisture content of the substrate is below 1 Allow new concrete and masonry to cure minimum of 28 days 2 15 for wood 3 12 for plaster and gypsum board 3 Test for moisture using calibrated electronic Moisture Meter Test concrete floors for moisture using cover patch test 4 Test concrete masonry and plaster surfaces for alkalinity as required Surface and Environmental Conditions 1 Apply paint finish in areas where dust is no longer being generated by related construction operations or when wind or ventilation conditions are such that airborne particles will not affect quality of finished surface 2 Apply paint to adequately prepared surfaces and to surfaces within mois
309. res that are required to be incorporated in a building during construction 2 The National Fire Code NFC Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS Section 01 00 10 1 6 1 Page 3 of 7 1 The on going maintenance and use of the fire safety and fire protection features incorporated in buildings 2 The conduct of activities that might cause fire hazards in and around buildings 3 Limitations on hazardous contents in and around buildings A The establishment of fire safety plans 5 Fire safety at construction and demolition sites 2 Welding and cutting At least 48 hours prior to commencing cutting welding or soldering procedure provide to Departmental Representative l Notice of intent indicating devices affected time and duration of isolation or bypass 2 Completed welding permit as defined by Departmental Representative 3 Return welding permit to Departmental Representative immediately upon completion of procedures for which permit was issued Before welding soldering grinding and or cutting work obtain a permit from the Real property Service Provider as directed by the Departmental Representative No hot work is shall be undertaken unless authorized by the Real property Service Provider 3 Where work requires interruption or cause activation of fire alarms or fire suppression extinguishing or protection systems ai Provide Watchman Service as required by Departmental Representative In genera
310. rial collections site as approved by Departmental Representative Paint stain and wood preservative finishes and related materials thinners and solvents are regarded as hazardous products and are subject to regulations for disposal Information on these controls can be obtained from Provincial Ministries of Environment and Regional levels of Government Material which cannot be reused must be treated as hazardous waste and disposed of in an appropriate manner Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR PAINTING Section 09 91 23 Page 5 of 12 1 8 11 12 13 14 Place materials defined as hazardous or toxic waste including used sealant and adhesive tubes and containers in containers or areas designated for hazardous waste To reduce the amount of contaminants entering waterways sanitary storm drain systems or into ground follow these procedures 1 Retain cleaning water for water based materials to allow sediments to be filtered out 2 Retain cleaners thinners solvents and excess paint and place in designated containers and ensure proper disposal 3 Return solvent and oil soaked rags used during painting operations for contaminant recovery proper disposal or appropriate cleaning and laundering 4 Dispose of contaminants in approved legal manner in accordance with hazardous waste regulations 5 Empty paint cans are to be dry prior to disposal or recycling where available Where paint recycling is available
311. rial Safety Data Sheets MSDS South Coast Air Quality Management District SCAQMD California State Regulation XI Source Specific Standards 1 SCAQMD Rule 1168 A2005 Adhesives and Sealants Applications ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for joint sealants and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 2 Manufacturer s product to describe 1 Caulking compound 2 Primers Project No R 067898 002 JOINT SEALANTS Section 07 92 00 Page 2 of 6 1 4 1 5 3 Sealing compound each type including compatibility when different sealants are in contact with each other 53 Submit 2 copies of WHMIS MSDS in accordance with Section 01 35 29 06 Health and Safety Requirements Samples 1 Submit 2 samples of each type of material and colour 2 Cured samples of exposed sealants for each colour where required to match adjacent material Manufacturer s Instructions al Submit instructions to include installation instructions for each product used Sustainable Design Submittals 1 2 Construction Waste Management 1 Submit project Waste Management Plan Waste Reduction Workplan highlighting recycling and salvage requirements 2 Submit calculations on end of project recycling rates salvage rates and landfill rates
312. roduct characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations 2 Submit two copies WHMIS MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 3 Provide shop drawings 4 Quality control submittals submit following in accordance with Section 01 45 00 Quality Control I Manufacturer s Instructions submit manufacturer s installation instructions and special handling criteria installation sequence cleaning procedures and 2 Manufacturer s Field Reports submit manufacturer s written reports within 3 days of review verifying compliance of Work as described in PART 3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 5 Closeout Submittals 1 Provide operation and maintenance data for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals 1 3 _ DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING a Packing shipping handling and unloading l Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements 2 Waste Management and Disposal 1 Separate waste materials for reuse and recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal Project No R 067898 002 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND SAFETY BLANKETS Section 10 44 16 19 Page 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ MULTI PURPOSE DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHERS 1 Cartridge operated type or Stored pressure rechargeable type with hose and shut off nozzle ULC labelled
313. rofessional engineer licensed in the Province of Ontario Canada 2 Indicate framing for partitions below and above existing ceilings as well as lateral support framing required to support partitions independant of existing suspended ceiling system to which the partition assembly will not be fastened Indicate member design thickness exclusive of coatings connection and bracing details screw sizing and spacing and anchors 3 Indicate locations dimensions openings and requirements of related work Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for metal framing and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations Samples Project No R 067898 002 NON STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Section 09 22 16 1 4 1 5 Page 2 of 4 1 Submit duplicate 300 mm long samples of non structural metal framing Sustainable Design Submittals 1 Construction Waste Management 1 Submit project Waste Management Plan Waste Reduction Workplan highlighting recycling and salvage requirements 2 Submit calculations on end of project recycling rates salvage rates and landfill rates demonstrating that 75 of construction wastes were recycled or salvaged 3 Recycled Content 1 Submit listing of recycled content products used including details of required percentages or recycled content materials and products showing their costs and percentages of post consumer
314. roject No R 067898 002 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Section 06 40 00 Page 7 of 9 2 4 Part 3 3 1 10 11 12 13 Shelving to cabinetwork to be adjustable unless otherwise noted Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures inserts appliances outlet boxes and other fixtures Shop assemble work for delivery to site in size easily handled and to ensure passage through building openings Obtain governing dimensions before fabricating items which are to accommodate or abut appliances equipment and other materials Ensure adjacent parts of continuous laminate work match in colour and pattern Veneer laminated plastic to core material in accordance with adhesive manufacturer s instructions Ensure core and laminate profiles coincide to provide continuous support and bond over entire surface Use continuous lengths up to 2400 mm Keep joints 600 mm from sink cutouts Use straight self edging laminate strip for flatwork to cover exposed edge of core material Chamfer exposed edges uniformly at approximately 20 degrees Do not mitre laminate edges Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of core of plastic laminate work Apply laminated plastic liner sheet to interior of cabinetry and where indicated CABINET HARDWARE Shelf rests to CAN CGSB 69 25 M90 ANSI BHMA A156 9 1982 brushed chrome finish BO4081 Adjustable recessed shelf standards to CAN CGSB 69 25 M90 ANSI BHMA A156 9 1982 brushed chrome finish B04071 Cabinet hi
315. rranty management plan to contain information relevant to Warranties Submit warranty management plan 30 days before planned pre warranty conference to Departmental Representative approval Warranty management plan to include required actions and documents to assure that Departmental Representative receives warranties to which it is entitled Provide plan in narrative form and contain sufficient detail to make it suitable for use by future maintenance and repair personnel Submit warranty information made available during construction phase to Departmental Representative for approval prior to each monthly pay estimate Project No R 067898 002 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Section 01 78 00 Page 6 of 7 6 Assemble approved information in binder submit upon acceptance of work and organize binder as follows 1 Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to Table of Contents listing 2 List subcontractor supplier and manufacturer with name address and telephone number of responsible principal 3 Obtain warranties and bonds executed in duplicate by subcontractors suppliers and manufacturers within ten days after completion of applicable item of work A Verify that documents are in proper form contain full information and are notarized 5 Co execute submittals when required 6 Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal 7 Except for items put into use with Departmental Representative s permission
316. rs shall meet at the security desk of the Main Stats Building 150 Tunney s Pasture Ottawa ON Page 5 of de 13 Solicitation No N de l invitation Amd No N de la modif Buyer ID Id de l acheteur EP067 150054 A fe340 Client Ref No N de r f du client File No N du dossier CCC No N CCC FMS No N VME 20150054 fg340EP067 150054 SI05 REVISION OF BID A bid may be revised by letter or facsimile in accordance with G110 of R2710T The facsimile number for receipt of revisions is 819 956 1459 S106 1 S107 BID RESULTS A public bid opening will be held in the office designated on the Front Page Invitation to Tender for the receipt of bids shortly after the time set for solicitation closing Following solicitation closing bid results may be obtained by faxing at No 819 956 1459 INSUFFICIENT FUNDING In the event that the lowest compliant bid exceeds the amount of funding allocated for the Work Canada in its sole discretion may a cancel the solicitation or b obtain additional funding and award the Contract to the Bidder submitting the lowest compliant bid and or C negotiate a reduction in the bid price and or scope of work of not more than 15 with the Bidder submitting the lowest compliant bid Should an agreement satisfactory to Canada not be reached Canada shall exercise option a or b SI08 BID VALIDITY PERIOD 1 Canada reserves the right to seek an extension to the bid val
317. rs to Canada to perform and complete the Work for the above named project in accordance with the Bid Documents for the Total Bid Amount of excluding applicable taxe s amount in numbers BA04 BID VALIDITY PERIOD The bid shall not be withdrawn for a period of thirty 30 days following the date of solicitation closing BA05 ACCEPTANCE AND CONTRACT Upon acceptance of the Contractor s offer by Canada a binding Contract shall be formed between Canada and the Contractor The documents forming the Contract shall be the contract documents identified in Contract Documents CD BA06 CONSTRUCTION TIME The Contractor shall perform and complete the Work within Forty two 42 weeks from the date of notification of acceptance of the offer BAO7 BID SECURITY The Bidder is enclosing bid security with its bid in accordance with G108 Bid Security Requirements of R2710T General Instructions Construction Services Bid Security Requirements BA08 SIGNATURE Name and title of person authorized to sign on behalf of Bidder Type or print Signature Date Page 11 of de 13 Solicitation No N de l invitation Amd No N de la modif Buyer ID Id de l acheteur EP067 150054 A fg340 Client Ref No N de r f du client File No N du dossier CCC No N CCC FMS No N VME 20150054 fg340EP067 150054 APPENDIX 1 COMPLETE LIST OF EACH INDIVIDUALS WHO ARE CURRENTLY DIRECTORS AND OR OWNERS OF THE BIDDER NOTE
318. rugated cardboard polystyrene plastic packaging material in appropriate on site bin for recycling in accordance with site waste management program Unused or damaged glazing materials are not recyclable and must not be diverted to municipal recycling programs Divert unused adhesive material from landfill to official hazardous material collections site approved by Departmental Representative Do not dispose of unused paint materials into sewer systems into lakes streams onto ground or in locations where it will pose health or environmental hazard Project No R 067898 002 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Section 08 14 16 Part 2 2 1 2 2 Part 3 3 1 3 2 Page 3 of 4 Products WOOD FLUSH DOORS Solid core to CAN CSA 0132 2 1 1 Construction particle core ultra heavy duty anti warping construction 2 Stiles 3 mm thick veneer longitudinally laminated by hot pressing with type 1 structural glue as per ASTM D5456 93 LVL FSC including a 22 mm piece of hardwood matched with faces for a total width of 107 mm 3 Top and bottom rails 3 mm thick veneer longitudinally laminated by hot pressing with type 1 structural glue as per ASTM D5456 93 LVL FSC or laminated strand lumber LSL for a total width of 85 mm A Core Solid particleboard Density of 0 45 0 50 metric ton per cubic metre Complies with CSA 0188 and ANSI A208 1 standards LD 1 LD 2 Available NAUF FSC LD 2 5 Faces Oak veneer 2 ply plywood Available NAUF
319. s 1 5 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements and with manufacturer s written instructions 2 Delivery and Acceptance Requirements deliver materials to site in original factory packaging labelled with manufacturer s name and address 3 Storage and Handling Requirements 1 Store materials off ground indoors in dry location and in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations in clean dry well ventilated area 2 Store and protect from nicks scratches and blemishes 3 Replace defective or damaged materials with new PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 NOT USED 1 Not used Project No R 067898 002 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Section 21 05 01 Page 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ EXAMINATION 1 Verification of Conditions verify that conditions of substrate previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for installation in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions 1 Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative 2 Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery 3 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative 3 2 PAINTING REPAIRS AND RESTORATION 1 Do painting in accordance with Section 09 91 23 Interior Painti
320. s 3 17 mm Project No R 067898 002 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING Section 09 65 16 Page 4 of 6 Part 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 4 Height 152 mm 5 Lengths cut lengths minimum 2400 mm 6 Colour colour selected by Departmental Representative Primers and adhesives of types recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for specific material on applicable substrate above on or below grade 1 Rubber floor adhesives 1 Adhesive maximum VOC limit 60 g L to SCAQMD Rule 1168 2 Cove base adhesives 1 Adhesive maximum VOC limit 50 g L to SCAQMD Rule 1168 Sub floor filler and leveller white premix latex requiring water only to produce cementitious paste 2 part latex type filler requiring no water or as recommended by flooring manufacturer for use with their product Metal edge strips 1 Brushed stainless steel with lips to extend under new floor finih and over edge of existing adjacent carpet External corner protectors stainless steel type recommended by flooring manufacturer Edging to floor penetrations stainless steel type recommended by flooring manufacturer Sealer and wax type recommended by resilient flooring material manufacturer for material type and location 1 Sealer maximum VOC limit 100 g L to SCAQMD Rule 1113 Execution MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS Compliance comply with manufacturer s written recommendations or specifications including product technical bulletins handling storage and installatio
321. s under all conditions Effective on going inspection measurements of system performance Proper preventive maintenance diagnosis and trouble shooting Ability to update documentation Ability to operate equipment and systems under emergency conditions until appropriate qualified assistance arrives tn amp D 1 5 TRAINING MATERIALS 1 Instructors to be responsible for content and quality 2 Training materials to include 1 As Built Contract Documents 2 Operating Manual Project No R 067898 002 COMMISSIONING TRAINING Section 01 91 41 Page 2 3 Maintenance Manual A Management Manual 5 TAB and PV Reports 3 Department Representative and Commissioning Manager will review training manuals 4 Training materials to be in a format that permits future training procedures to same degree of detail 5 Supplement training materials 1 Transparencies for overhead projectors Multimedia presentations 2 3 Manufacturer s training videos A Equipment models 1 6 SCHEDULING 1 Include in Commissioning Schedule time for training 2 Deliver training during regular working hours training sessions to be 3 hours in length 3 Training to be completed prior to acceptance of facility 1 7 _ TRAINING CONTENT 1 Training to include demonstrations by Instructors using the installed equipment and systems 2 Content includes Review of facility and occupancy profile Functional requirements System philosophy limitat
322. s Board CGSB 1 CAN CGSB 51 34 M86 R1988 Vapour Barrier Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction 2 CGSB 71 GP 22M 78 AMEND Adhesive Organic for Installation of Ceramic Wall Tile 3 CAN CGSB 75 1 M88 Tile Ceramic 4 CAN CGSB 25 20 95 Surface Sealer for Floors Canadian Standards Association CSA International 1 CAN CSA A3000 03 R2006 Cementitious Materials Compendium Consists of A3001 A3002 A3003 A3004 and A3005 South Coast Air Quality Management District SCAQMD California State 1 SCAQMD Rule 1168 05 Adhesives and Sealants Applications Terrazzo Tile and Marble Association of Canada TTMAC 1 Tile Specification Guide 09 30 00 2006 2007 Tile Installation Manual 2 Tile Maintenance Guide 2000 Project No R 067898 002 CERAMIC TILING Section 09 30 13 Page 2 of 4 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Provide product data in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 1 Include manufacturer s information on 1 Ceramic tile marked to show each type size and shape required Chemical resistant mortar and grout Epoxy and Furan Cementitious backer unit Dry set cement mortar and grout Divider strip Elastomeric membrane and bond coat Reinforcing tape Levelling compound 1 bn BR amp bb Latex cement mortar and grout Commercial cement grout
323. s and equipment barriers END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 DOOR HARDWARE Section 08 71 00 Page 1 of 7 Part 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 General RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 08 14 16 Wood Doors REFERENCES American National Standards Institute ANST Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association BHMA 1 ANSI BHMA A156 1 2000 American National Standard for Butts and Hinges ANSI BHMA A156 2 2003 Bored and Preassembled Locks and Latches ANSI BHMA A156 6 2005 Architectural Door Trim ANSI BHMA A156 13 2002 Mortise Locks and Latches Series 1000 ANSI BHMA A156 18 2006 Materials and Finishes wR amp D CAN CSA B651 12 Accessible Design for the Built Environment Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers Association CSDMA 1 CSDMA Recommended Dimensional Standards for Commercial Steel Doors and Frames 2000 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s instructions printed product literature and data sheets for door hardware and include product characteristics performance criteria physical size finish and limitations Samples 1 Submit for review and acceptance of each unit 2 Samples will be returned for inclusion into work 3 Identify each sample by label indicating applicable specification paragraph number brand name and number finish and hardware package number A After approval samples
324. s selection from standard colour range COMPONENTS Overhead suspension system 1 Suspension Tracks Minimum 3 mm roll formed steel track suitable for either direct mounting to a wood header or supported by adjustable steel hanger brackets supporting the load bearing surface of the track connected to structural support by pairs of 9 5 mm diameter threaded rods Aluminum track is not acceptable Exposed track soffit Steel integral to track and pre painted off white 3 Carriers One all steel trolley with steel tired ball bearing wheels per panel except hinged panels Non steel tires are not acceptable Project No R 067898 002 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS Section 10 22 26 33 Page 4 of 5 2 3 2 4 Part 3 3 1 3 2 n BR L D Hardware nl Equip partition with manufacturer s standard hardware Hardware finish selected from manufacturer s standard finishes 22 Install standard latch Hinges al Full leaf butt hinges attached directly to panel frame with welded hinge anchor plates within panel Sound seals 1 Vertical Interlocking Sound Seals between panels Roll formed steel astragals with reversible tongue and groove configuration in each panel edge for universal panel operation Rigid plastic astragals or astragals in only one panel edge are not acceptable 2 Horizontal Top Seals Continuous contact extruded vinyl bulb shape with pairs of non contacting vinyl fingers to prevent distortion without t
325. s square external angles rounded bullnosed Install divider strips at junction of tile flooring and dissimilar materials Allow minimum 24 hours after installation of tiles before grouting Clean installed tile surfaces after installation and grouting cured WALL TILE Install in accordance with TTMAC FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Manufacturer s Field Services 1 Provide manufacturer s field services consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visits for inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer s instructions CLEANING Proceed in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Section 09 51 99 Page 1 of 5 Part 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 General RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies Section 09 22 16 Non Structural Metal Framing REFERENCES ASTM International l ASTM C635 C635M 13a Standard Specifications for the Manufacture Performance and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay In Panel Ceilings 2 ASTM C636 C636M 13 Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay In Panels 3 ASTM E1477 98a 2013 Standard Test Method for Luminous Reflectance Factor of Acoustical Materials by Use of Integrating Sphere Reflectometers Canadian General Standards Board CGSB 1 CAN CGSB 92 1 M89 Sound Absorptiv
326. sentative Secure hangers to overhead structure using attachment methods as indicated acceptable to Departmental Representative 2 Install hangers spaced at maximum 1200 mm centres and within 150 mm from ends of main tees 3 Lay out centreline of ceiling both ways to provide balanced borders at room perimeter with border units not less than 50 of standard unit width system according to reflected ceiling plan A Install wall moulding to provide correct ceiling height Project No R 067898 002 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Section 09 51 99 3 3 3 4 Page 5 of 5 5 Completed suspension system to support super imposed loads such as lighting fixtures diffusers grilles and speakers 6 Support at light fixtures diffusers with additional ceiling suspension hangers within 150 mm of each corner and at maximum 600 mm around perimeter of fixture Interlock cross member to main runner to provide rigid assembly 8 Ensure finished ceiling system is square with adjoining walls and level within 1 1000 Acoustic Panels 1 Install acoustical panels and tiles in ceiling suspension system 2 Co ordinate ceiling work with work of other sections such as interior lighting fire protection communication and intrusion and detection systems CLEANING Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 1 Leave Work area clean at end of each day Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and
327. sion is not relieved by Departmental Representative s review of submittals Contractor s responsibility for deviations in submission from requirements of Contract Documents is not relieved by Departmental Representative review Keep one reviewed copy of each submission on site SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA The term shop drawings means drawings diagrams illustrations schedules performance charts brochures and other data which are to be provided by Contractor to illustrate details of a portion of Work Submit drawings stamped and signed by professional engineer registered or licensed in Province of Ontario Indicate materials methods of construction and attachment or anchorage erection diagrams connections explanatory notes and other information necessary for completion of Work Where articles or equipment attach or connect to other articles or equipment indicate that such items have been co ordinated regardless of Section under which adjacent items will be supplied and installed Indicate cross references to design drawings and specifications Allow 5 days for Departmental Representative s review of each submission Adjustments made on shop drawings by Departmental Representative are not intended to change Contract Price If adjustments affect value of Work state such in writing to Departmental Representative prior to proceeding with Work Project No R 067898 002 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01 33 00 Page 2 of 5
328. sion through reduction reuse and recycling of materials and comply with applicable regulations based on information acquired from WA WRW should include but not limited to 1 Applicable regulations 2 Specific goals for waste reduction identify existing barriers and develop strategies to overcome them 3 Destination of materials identified 4 Deconstruction disassembly techniques and schedules 5 Methods to collect separate and reduce generated wastes 6 Location of waste bins on site 7 Security of on site stock piles and waste bins 8 Protection of personnel sub contractors 9 Clear labelling of storage areas 10 Training plan for contractor and sub contractors 11 Methods to track and report results reliably Schedule D 12 Details on materials handling and removal procedures 13 Recycler and reclaimer requirements 14 Quantities of materials to be salvaged for reuse or recycled and materials sent to landfill 15 Requirements for monitoring on site wastes management activities Structure WRW to prioritize actions and follow 3R s hierarchy with Reduction as first priority followed by Reuse then Recycle Post WRW or summary where workers at site are able to review content Project No R 067898 002CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT Section 01 74 21 AND DISPOSAL Page 5 of 10 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 10 Monitor and report on waste reduction by documenting total volume in tonnes and co
329. site and dispose of materials at appropriate facility 3 6 PROTECTION 1 Protect installed products and components from damage during construction 2 Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by gypsum board assemblies installation END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 NON STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Section 09 22 16 Page 1 of 4 Part 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 General RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies REFERENCES ASTM International 1 ASTM C645 13 Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members 2 ASTM C754 11 Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Panel Products Environmental Choice Program ECP 1 CCD 047 98 R2005 Architectural Surface Coatings 2 CCD 048 95 R2006 Surface Coatings Recycled Water Borne Health Canada Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS 1 Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS The Master Painters Institute MPI 1 Architectural Painting Specification Manual current edition wl MPI 26 Primer Galvanized Metal Cementitious South Coast Air Quality Management District SCAQMD California State Regulation XI Source Specific Standards 1 SCAQMD Rule 1168 A2005 Adhesives and Sealants Applications ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Shop Drawings 1 Submit drawings stamped and signed by a p
330. smaller a Two hole steel straps for conduits larger than 50 mm 2 Beam clamps to secure conduits to exposed steel work 3 Channel type supports for two or more conduits at 3 m on centre 4 Threaded rods 6 mm diameter to support suspended channels 2 3 _ CONDUIT FITTINGS 1 Fittings to CAN CSA C22 2 No 18 manufactured for use with conduit specified Coating same as conduit 2 Ensure factory ells where 90 degrees bends for 25 mm and larger conduits 3 Steel connectors and couplings for EMT Project No R 067898 002 CONDUITS CONDUIT FASTENINGS AND CONDUIT Section 26 05 34 FITTINGS Page 2 2 4 FISH CORD Polypropylene PART 3 EXECUTION Compliance comply with manufacturer s written recommendations or specifications including product technical bulletins handling storage and installation instructions and datasheets Install conduits to conserve headroom in exposed locations and cause minimum interference in spaces Conceal conduits except in mechanical and electrical service rooms Use electrical metallic tubing EMT except whre otherwise indicated Use flexible metal conduit for connection to motors in dry areas Use liquid tight flexible metal conduit for connection to motors or vibrating equipment in damp wet or 1 Replace conduit if kinked or flattened more than 1 10th of its original diameter Field threads on rigid conduit must be of sufficient length to draw conduits up tight
331. specified in Section 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical Project No R 067898 002 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS SRS TYPE P2 Section 26 05 40 Page 2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 SRS MANUFACTURER 1 SRS to be from one manufacturer regularly engaged in production of same 2 2 GENERAL 1 SRS to provide gentle and steady cushioning action and avoid high impact loads 2 SRS to restrain seismic forces in all directions 3 Fasteners and attachment points to resist same load as seismic restraints 4 SRS of conduit systems to be compatible with 1 Expansion anchoring and guiding requirements 2 Equipment vibration isolation and equipment SRS 5 SRS utilizing cast iron threaded pipe other brittle materials not permitted 6 Attachments to RC structure 1 Use high strength mechanical expansion anchors 2 Drilled or power driven anchors not permitted 7 Seismic control measures not to interfere with integrity of firestopping 2 3 SRS FOR STATIC EQUIPMENT SYSTEMS 1 Floor mounted equipment systems 1 Anchor equipment to equipment supports 2 Anchor equipment supports to structure 3 Use size of bolts scheduled in approved shop drawings 2 Suspended equipment systems Use one or combination of following methods 1 Install tight to structure 2 Cross brace in all directions 3 Brace back to structure 4 Slack cable restraint system 52 SRS to prevent sway in horizontal plane rocking in vertical plane slidi
332. st of actual waste removed from project Schedule D COST REVENUE ANALYSIS WORKPLAN CRAW Prepare CRAW see Schedule E and include the following 1 Cost of current waste management practices 2 Implementation cost of waste diversion program 3 Savings and benefits resulting from waste diversion program WASTE SOURCE SEPARATION PROGRAM WSSP As part of Waste Reduction Workplan prepare WSSP prior to project start up WSSP will detail methodology and planned on site activities for separation of reusable and recyclable materials from waste intended for landfill Provide list and drawings of locations that will be made available for sorting collection handling and storage of anticipated quantities of reusable and recyclable materials Provide sufficient on site facilities and containers for collection handling and storage of anticipated quantities of reusable and recyclable materials Locate containers to facilitate deposit of materials without hindering daily operations Provide training for workers in handling and separation of materials for reuse and or recycling Locate separated materials in areas which minimizes material damage Clearly and securely label containers to identify types conditions of materials accepted and assist workers in separating materials accordingly Monitor on site waste management activities by conducting periodic site inspections to verify state of signage contamination levels bin locations and con
333. start up check lists are acceptable for use As deemed necessary by Departmental Representative supplemental additional data lists will be required for specific project conditions 3 Use check lists for equipment installation Document check list verifying checks have been made indicate deficiencies and corrective action taken 4 Installer to sign check lists upon completion certifying stated checks and inspections have been performed Return completed check lists to Departmental Representative Check lists will be required during Commissioning and will be included in Building Maintenance Manual BMM at completion of project 5 Use of check lists will not be considered part of commissioning process but will be stringently used for equipment pre start and start up procedures 1 3 PRODUCT INFORMATION PI REPORT FORMS 1 Product Information PI forms compiles gathered data on items of equipment produced by equipment manufacturer includes nameplate information parts list operating instructions maintenance guidelines and pertinent technical data and recommended checks that is necessary to prepare for start up and functional testing and used during operation and maintenance of equipment This documentation is included in the BMM at completion of work 2 Prior to Performance Verification PV of systems complete items on PI forms related to systems and obtain Departmental Representative s approval 1 4 _ PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PV FORM
334. ste Reduction Workplan related to Work of this Section Packaging Waste Management remove for reuse and return by manufacturer of pallets crates padding packaging materials as specified in Construction Waste Reduction Workplan in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal Products HARDWARE ITEMS Use one manufacturer s products only for similar items All hardware to be finish 626 satin chrome unless otherwise indicated DOOR HARDWARE Locks and latches al Bored and preassembled locks and latches to ANSI BHMA A156 2 grade 1 designed for function and keyed as stated in Hardware Schedule 2 Lever handles plain design 3 Roses round A Normal strikes box type lip projection not beyond jamb 5 Cylinders key into keying system as directed Butts and hinges 1 Butts and hinges to ANSI BHMA A156 1 designated by letter A and numeral identifiers followed by size and finish listed in Hardware Schedule Auxiliary hardware to ANSI BHMA A156 16 designated by letter L and numeral identifiers listed in Hardware Schedule as listed below finish to match leverset 1 stop floor mounted MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE Indexed key control system to ANSI BHMA A156 5 designated by letter E and numeral identifiers paint finish to Departmental Representative s selection FASTENINGS Use only fasteners provided by manufacturer Failure to comply may void warranties and applicable l
335. ste materials for reuse recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal a Remove recycling containers and bins from site and dispose of materials at appropriate facility 2 Source separate materials to be reused recycled into specified sort areas DIVERSION OF MATERIALS From following list separate materials from general waste stream and stockpile in separate piles or containers as reviewed by Departmental Representative and consistent with applicable fire regulations cl Mark containers or stockpile areas 2 Provide instruction on disposal practices Project No R 067898 002CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT Section 01 74 21 AND DISPOSAL Page 8 of 10 2 On site sale of salvaged recovered reusable recyclable materials is not permitted 3 4 WASTE DIVERSION REPORT l At completion of Project prepare written Waste Diversion Report indicating quantities of materials reused recycled or disposed of as well as the following 1 Identify final diversion results and measure success against goals from Waste Reduction Workplan 2 Compare final quantities percentages diverted with initial projections in Waste Audit and Waste Reduction Workplan and explain variances l Supporting documentation 2 Waybills and tracking forms 3 Description of issues resolutions and lessons learned 3 5 WASTE AUDIT WA
336. stos containing plaster materials were identified at structural columns as containing 3 Chrysotile asbestos Sample RHC 02A Concealed plaster materials may be present at structural columns throughout the project areas Encountered plaster materials should be considered asbestos containing where present e Based on historic observations in the building as part of a separate refit project for the 3rd 12th and 13th Floors of the R H Coates building asbestos containing pipe fitting insulation may be present in concealed areas of the project area associated with perimeter radiators Table 1B Asbestos Sample Results by PLM Jean Talon Building Sample n mber Material Location Asbestos Type 18291 11A Chrysotile 18291 11B Perimeter walls Not analyzed positive stop 18291 11C drywall joint 7 Floor Not analyzed positive stop 18291 11D compound Not analyzed positive stop 18291 11E Not analyzed positive stop 18291 12A Grey caulking n d n a 18291 12B applied to n d n a perimeter metal 7 Floor 18291 12C wall above ceiling n d n a tiles 18291 13A n d n a 18291 13B 2 x4 Ceiling Tiles 7 Floor n d n a 18291 13C n d n a 18291 14A n d n a 18291148 121P ae 7 Floor n d n a 18291 14C n d n a 18291 15A n d 18291 15B Plaster 18291 15C 18291 16A Core columns Chrysotile moe qu i 7 Floor i 18291 16B drywall joint Not analyzed positiv
337. structions 2 Install intermediate studs above and below openings in same manner and spacing as wall studs Frame openings and around built in equipment cabinets access panels on four sides Extend framing into reveals Check clearances with equipment suppliers Provide 40 mm stud or furring channel secured between studs for attachment of fixtures behind lavatory basins toilet and bathroom accessories and other fixtures including grab bars and towel rails attached to steel stud partitions Install steel studs or furring channel between studs for attaching electrical and other boxes Extend partitions to ceiling height except where noted otherwise on drawings Maintain clearance under beams and structural slabs to avoid transmission of structural loads to studs ul Use 50 mm leg ceiling tracks Use double track slip joint as required Install insulating strip under studs and tracks around perimeter of sound control partitions CLEANING Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 1 Leave Work area clean at end of each day Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions Waste Management separate waste materials for reuse recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal 1 Remove recycling containers and bins from site and dispose of
338. systems troubleshooting and making adjustments as required 1 Systems to be operated at full capacity under various modes to determine if they function correctly and consistently at peak efficiency Systems to be interactively with each other as intended in accordance with Contract Documents and design criteria During these checks adjustments to be made to enhance performance to meet environmental or user requirements 3 Design Criteria as per Department Representative s requirements To meet Project functional and operational requirements 1 3 COMMISSIONING OVERVIEW l Section 01 91 31 Commissioning Cx Plan 2 Cx to be a line item of Contractor s cost breakdown 3 Cx activities supplement field quality and testing procedures described in relevant technical sections Project No R 067898 002 GENERAL COMMISSIONING CX REQUIREMENTS Section 01 91 13 Page 2 1 4 Cx is conducted in concert with activities performed during stage of project delivery Cx identifies issues in Planning and Design stages which are addressed during Construction and Cx stages to ensure the built facility is constructed and proven to operate satisfactorily under weather environmental and occupancy conditions to meet functional and operational requirements Cx activities includes transfer of critical knowledge to facility operational personnel Departmental Representative will issue Interim Acceptance Certificate when 1 Completed Cx docum
339. t Paint fire protection piping red Paint disconnect switches for fire alarm system and exit light systems in red enamel Paint natural gas piping yellow Paint both sides and edges of backboards for telephone and electrical equipment before installation Leave equipment in original finish except for touch up as required and paint conduits mounting accessories and other unfinished items Do not paint interior transformers and substation equipment SITE TOLERANCES Walls no defects visible from a distance of 1000 mm at 90 degrees to surface Ceilings no defects visible from floor at 45 degrees to surface when viewed using final lighting source Final coat to exhibit uniformity of colour and uniformity of sheen across full surface area FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Standard of Acceptance 1 Walls no defects visible from a distance of 1000 mm at 90 degreesto surface 2 Ceilings no defects visible from floor at 45 degrees degrees to surface when viewed using final lighting source 3 Final coat to exhibit uniformity of colour and uniformity of sheen across full surface area Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR PAINTING Section 09 91 23 Page 12 of 12 3 9 Advise Departmental Representative when surfaces and applied coating is ready for inspection Do not proceed with subsequent coats until previous coat has been approved Cooperate with inspection firm and provide access to areas of work Retain purchase orders invoices a
340. t site for Departmental Representative one record copy of Contract Drawings Specifications Addenda Site Instructions Change Orders and other modifications to Contract Reviewed shop drawings product data and samples Field test records Inspection certificates 1 nr BR WHE Manufacturer s certificates Site Instructions Store record documents and samples in field office apart from documents used for construction ni Provide files racks and secure storage Label record documents and file in accordance with Section number listings in List of Contents of this Project Manual 1 Label each document PROJECT RECORD in neat large printed letters Maintain record documents in clean dry and legible condition 1 Do not use record documents for construction purposes Project No R 067898 002 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Section 01 78 00 Page 3 of 7 1 6 1 7 Keep record documents and samples available for inspection by Departmental Representative RECORDING INFORMATION ON PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Record information on set of black line opaque drawings and in copy of Project Manual provided by Departmental Representative Use felt tip marking pens maintaining separate colours for each major system for recording information Record information concurrently with construction progress 1 Do not conceal Work until required information is recorded Contract Drawings and shop drawings mark
341. tact name Brouillet Richard 819 956 0457 819 956 8335 11 Laurier St 11 Rue Laurier 3C2 Place du Portage Contact phone Contact fax Contact address Access and terms of use Government of Canada GC tender notices and awards solicitation documents and tender attachments are available free of charge and without registration on Buyandsell gc ca tenders the authoritative location for GC tenders You may have received this tender notice or award through a third party distributor The Government of Canada is not responsible for any tender notices and or related documents and attachments not accessed directly through Buyandsell gc ca tenders This Government of Canada tender notice or tender award carries an Open Government Licence Canada that governs its use Related solicitation documents and or tender attachments are copyright protected Please refer to the section about Commercial Reproduction in the Buyandsell gc ca Terms and Conditions for more information Activity The following statistics are only for the English page and are current as of 2014 05 14 09 49 Eastern Daylight Time EDT To calculate the total statistics for a tender notice you will need to add the English and French statistics Page views 4 English page Unique page views 4 English page Tender Notice feed Get notifications for this search result using a web feed or ATOMS For more information on notifications visit the Fol
342. tains asbestos must be conducted using a minimum of Type 1 asbestos work procedures The removal or disturbance of one square metre or more of drywall in which the joint filling compounds are asbestos containing must be conducted using a minimum Type 2 asbestos work procedures Where encountered asbestos containing plaster is considered a non friable material in good condition i e intact However should the removal or disturbance of the asbestos containing plaster be required the material shall be treated as a friable material and should thus be removed in accordance with appropriate precautionary measures stipulated in O Reg 278 05 as amended The removal or disturbance of one square metre or less of asbestos containing plaster must be conducted using a minimum of Type 2 asbestos work procedures The removal or disturbance of more than one square metre of asbestos containing plaster must be conducted using Type 3 asbestos work procedures Should Type 3 asbestos abatement procedures be performed in occupied federal buildings daily asbestos air monitoring outside of each asbestos work area is required as per PWGSC DP 057 Note that it would be impractical to distinguish white from grey layers in an abatement situation and thus any disturbance of this plaster as a whole should be treated as an asbestos disturbance The removal or disturbance of one square metre or less of friable asbestos containing materials where encountered gre
343. tance Form and related Appendix s and g Any amendment issued prior to solicitation closing Submission of a bid constitutes acknowledgement that the Bidder has read and agrees to be bound by these documents 2 General Instructions Construction Services Bid Security Requirements R2710T is incorporated by reference and is set out in the Standard Acquisition Clauses and Conditions SACC Manual issued by Public Works and Government Services Canada PWGSC The SACC Manual is available on the PWGSC Web site https buyandsell gc ca policy and guidelines standard acquisition clauses and conditions manual 5 R SI03 ENQUIRIES DURING THE SOLICITATION PERIOD 1 Enquiries regarding this bid must be submitted in writing to the Contracting Officer named on the Invitation to Tender Page 1 as early as possible within the solicitation period Except for the approval of alternative materials as described in GI15 of R2710T enquiries should be received no later than five 5 calendar days prior to the date set for solicitation closing to allow sufficient time to provide a response Enquiries received after that time may not result in an answer being provided 2 To ensure consistency and quality of the information provided to Bidders the Contracting Officer shall examine the content of the enquiry and shall decide whether or not to issue an amendment SI04 OPTIONAL SITE VISIT There will be a site visit on May 21 2014 at 10am Interested bidde
344. tective Coatings SSPC 1 SSPC Painting Manual Volume Two 8th Edition Systems and Specifications Manual Transport Canada TC l Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act TDGA 1992 c 34 QUALITY ASSURANCE Mock Ups 1 Construct mock ups in accordance with Section 01 45 00 Quality Control 1 Provide one room mock up Prepare and paint designated room in each colour scheme to specified requirements with specified paint or coating showing selected colours gloss sheen textures 2 Mock up will be used 1 To judge workmanship substrate preparation operation of equipment and material application and workmanship to MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual standards 3 Locate where directed A Allow 24 hours for inspection of mock up before proceeding with work Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR PAINTING Section 09 91 23 Page 2 of 12 5 When accepted mock up will demonstrate minimum standard of quality required for this work Approved mock up may remain as part of finished work 2 Pre Installation Meeting wl Convene pre installation meeting one week prior to beginning work of this Section 1 Verify project requirements 2 Review installation and substrate conditions 3 Coordination with other building subtrades 4 Review manufacturer s installation instructions and warranty requirements 3 Health and Safety wl Do construction occupational health and safety in accordance with Section 01 35 29 06 Health
345. terials is allowed with Departmental Representative s written permission 2 Mix paste powder or catalyzed paint mixes in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions 3 Where thinner is used addition not to exceed paint manufacturer s recommendations Do not use kerosene or such organic solvents to thin water based paints A Thin paint for spraying in accordance with paint manufacturer instructions If directions are not on container obtain instructions in writing from manufacturer and provide copy of instructions to Departmental Representative 5 Re mix paint in containers prior to and during application to ensure break up of lumps complete dispersion of settled pigment and colour and gloss uniformity 2 4 GLOSS SHEEN RATINGS 1 Paint gloss defined as sheen rating of applied paint in accordance with following MPI gloss sheen standard values Gloss Level Category Units 60 Degrees Units 85 Degrees G1 matte finish 0 to 5 maximum 10 G2 velvet finish 0 to 10 10 to 35 G3 eggshell finish 10 to 25 10 to 35 G4 satin finish 20 to 35 minimum 35 G5 semi gloss finish 35 to 70 G6 gloss finish 70 to 85 G7 high gloss finish 85 2 Gloss level ratings of repainted surfaces shall be as specified herein as noted on Finish Schedule 2 5 INTERIOR PAINTING SYSTEMS wl RIN 4 2 Concrete Masonry Units Concrete Block and Concrete Brick wl RIN 4 2K High Performance Architectural Latex Premium
346. th Air Diffusion Council test procedure 7 Complete with 1 Sound attenuator 2 Fan section 1 CSA certified 2 Forward curved centrifugal direct drive permanently lubricated ECM motor internally suspended and isolated from casing on rubber in shear isolators complete with access panel 3 Fan controls sealed from primary air flow A Electrical characteristics as per schedule PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION 1 Verification of Conditions verify that conditions of substrate previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for air terminal units installation in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions a Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative 2 Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery 3 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative 3 2 _ INSTALLATION ni Install in accordance with manufacturers recommendations 52 Support independently of ductwork 3 Install with at least 1000 mm of flexible inlet ducting and minimum of four duct diameters of straight inlet duct same size as inlet A Locate controls dampers and access panels for easy access 3 3 CLEANING 1 Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 1 Leave Work area clean at end of each day
347. ther public and common areas Shall meet the zonal requirements 1 3 A and acoustical and operational performance requirements in Section 1 3 C and D Speech Security Zones It is assumed that the level of speech security protection required and zones have been defined by the appropriate security procedures and appropriate acoustical expertise has been retained to provide the rooms required design and construction details determine the sound masking system s operational requirements in conjunction with the supplier verify speech security performance has been achieved upon commissioning When sound masking is integral to meeting the speech security protection requirements the following specifications must be met Within a Speech Security Zones SSZ each speaker and its associated devices shall be considered as an independent zone with the central control unit setup for monitoring and logging operational status in real time The supplier shall setup and enable the central control units communications interface to allow it to facilitate direct and or remote communications with departmental representatives monitoring system and or to provide automated alerts of its operational status in real time Minimal operation requirements to meet speech security requirements are provided in Sections 1 3 E F M N The supplier must provide departmental representative with detailed technical manuals including the communication protocols and materials req
348. ther surface contaminants 3 Rinse scrubbed surfaces with clean water until foreign matter is flushed from surface Allow surfaces to drain completely and allow to dry thoroughly 5 Prepare surfaces for water based painting water based cleaners should be used in place of organic solvents 6 Use trigger operated spray nozzles for water hoses Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR PAINTING Section 09 91 23 Page 10 of 12 3 5 7 Many water based paints cannot be removed with water once dried Minimize use of mineral spirits or organic solvents to clean up water based paints Prevent contamination of cleaned surfaces by salts acids alkalis other corrosive chemicals grease oil and solvents before prime coat is applied and between applications of remaining coats Apply primer paint or pretreatment as soon as possible after cleaning and before deterioration occurs Where possible prime non exposed surfaces of new wood surfaces before installation Use same primers as specified for exposed surfaces 1 Apply vinyl sealer to MPI 36 over knots pitch sap and resinous areas 2 Apply wood filler to nail holes and cracks 3 Tint filler to match stains for stained woodwork Sand and dust between coats as required to provide adequate adhesion for next coat and to remove defects visible from a distance up to 1000 mm Clean metal surfaces to be painted by removing rust loose mill scale welding slag dirt oil grease and othe
349. tic JOINT CLEANER Non corrosive and non staining type compatible with joint forming materials and sealant in accordance with sealant manufacturer s written recommendations Primer in accordance with sealant manufacturer s written recommendations Execution EXAMINATION Verification of Conditions verify that conditions of substrate previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for joint sealants installation in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions 1 Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative 2 Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery 3 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative SURFACE PREPARATION Examine joint sizes and conditions to establish correct depth to width relationship for installation of backup materials and sealants Project No R 067898 002 JOINT SEALANTS Section 07 92 00 Page 5 of 6 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 Clean bonding joint surfaces of harmful matter substances including dust rust oil grease and other matter which may impair Work Do not apply sealants to joint surfaces treated with sealer curing compound water repellent or other coatings unless tests have been performed to ensure compatibility of materials Remove coatings as required Ensure joi
350. tion testing as follows Specify testing i e moisture tests bond test pH test etc DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver store and handle materials in accordance with Section 01 61 00 Common Product Requirements Waste Management and Disposal 1 Separate waste materials for reuse recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal AMBIENT CONDITIONS Environmental Requirements Conditions In accordance with manufacturer s recommendations areas to receive flooring should be clean fully enclosed and weathertight The permanent HVAC must be fully operational controlled and set at a minimum of 200 C for a minimum of seven days prior to during and seven days after the installation The flooring material should be conditioned in the same manner for at least 48 hours prior to the installation Areas to receive flooring shall be adequately lighted to allow for proper inspection of the substrate installation and seaming of the flooring and for final inspection Project No R 067898 002 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING Section 09 65 16 Page 3 of 6 1 6 Part 2 2 1 Temperature Requirements Maintain air temperature in spaces where products will be installed for time period before during and after installation as recommended by manufacturer 1 Temperature Conditions 20 C for a minimum of seven days prior to during and seven days after the installation MAINTENANCE
351. to be taken in event of equipment failure 3 Maintenance data to include 1 Servicing maintenance operation and trouble shooting instructions for each item of equipment iD Data to include schedules of tasks frequency tools required and task time Project No R 067898 002 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR MECHANICAL Section 21 05 01 Page 2 A Performance data to include a Equipment manufacturer s performance datasheets with point of operation as left after commissioning is complete 2 Equipment performance verification test results 3 Special performance data as specified A Testing adjusting and balancing reports as specified in Section 23 05 93 Testing Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC 5 Approvals 1 Submit 2 copies of draft Operation and Maintenance Manual to Departmental Representative for approval Submission of individual data will not be accepted unless directed by Departmental Representative 2 Make changes as required and re submit as directed by Departmental Representative 6 Additional data al Prepare and insert into operation and maintenance manual additional data when need for it becomes apparent during specified demonstrations and instructions 7 Submit copies of as built drawings for inclusion in final TAB report 1 4 _ MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS 1 Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals 2 Provide one set of special tools required to service equipment as recommended by manufacturer
352. tories of Canada ULC l CAN ULC 524 06 AMI Standard for the Installation of Fire Alarm Systems Includes Amendment 1 Feb 2011 2 CAN ULC S525 07 Audible Signal Devices for Fire Alarm Systems Including Accessories 3 CAN ULC S527 11 Standard for Control Units for Fire Alarm Systems 1 3 _ SUBMITTALS 1 Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s printed product literature specifications and datasheet in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 1 Submit two copies of Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Shop Drawings 1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 1 Shop drawings stamped and signed by professional engineer registered or licensed in Province of Ontario Canada 2 Include 1 Layout of equipment 2 Zoning 3 Complete wiring diagram including schematics of modules 3 Quality assurance submittals submit following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 1 Certificates submit certificates signed by manufacturer certifying that materials comply with specified performance characteristics and physical properties Project No R 067898 002 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM Section 28 31 00 Page 2 2 Instructions submit manufacturer s installation instructions 3 Manufacturer s Field Reports manufacturer s field reports specified 4
353. treated open weave fiberglass membrane 50 mm wide 2 5 _ _ SEALER 1 Meet requirements of NFPA Fire 90A and NFPA Fire 90B 2 Flame spread rating shall not exceed 25 Smoke development rating shall not exceed 50 Temperature range minus 68 degrees C to plus 93 degrees C PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION 1 Verification of Conditions verify that conditions of substrate previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for duct liner installation in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions wl Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative 2 Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery 3 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative 3 2 GENERAL l Do work in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard NAIMA AH116 and as indicated except as specified otherwise 2 Line inside of ducts where indicated 3 Duct dimensions as indicated are clear inside duct lining 3 3 DUCT LINER l Install in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations and as follows 1 Fasten to interior sheet metal surface with 100 coverage of adhesive to ASTM C916 1 Exposed leading edges and transverse joints to be factory coated or coated with adhesive during fabrication 2 In addition to adhesive install weld pins not
354. tric Guide for Steel Doors and Frames Modular Construction Where door stop contacts door pulls mount stop to strike bottom of pull Install key control cabinet Use only manufacturer s supplied fasteners 1 Use of quick type fasteners unless specifically supplied by manufacturer is unacceptable Remove construction cores locks when directed by Departmental Representative 1 Install permanent cores and ensure locks operate correctly ADJUSTING Adjust door hardware operators closures and controls for optimum smooth operating condition safety and for weather tight closure Lubricate hardware operating equipment and other moving parts Adjust door hardware to ensure tight fit at contact points with frames CLEANING Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 1 Leave Work area clean at end of each day 2 Clean hardware with damp rag and approved non abrasive cleaner and polish hardware in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Project No R 067898 002 DOOR HARDWARE Section 08 71 00 Page 5 of 7 3 4 3 5 3 Remove protective material from hardware items where present A Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions Waste Management separate waste materials for reuse recycling in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management
355. ts and complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts Panel board circuit directories provide electrical service characteristics controls and communications Include installed colour coded wiring diagrams Project No R 067898 002 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Section 01 78 00 Page 4 of 7 1 8 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Operating Procedures include start up break in and routine normal operating instructions and sequences 1 Include regulation control stopping shut down and emergency instructions 2 Include summer winter and any special operating instructions Maintenance Requirements include routine procedures and guide for trouble shooting disassembly repair and reassembly instructions and alignment adjusting balancing and checking instructions Provide servicing and lubrication schedule and list of lubricants required Include manufacturer s printed operation and maintenance instructions Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer Provide original manufacturer s parts list illustrations assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance Provide installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer Provide Contractor s co ordination drawings with installed colour coded piping diagrams Provide charts of valve tag numbers with location and function of each valve keyed to flow and control diagrams Provide list of original manufacturer s spar
356. ture limits 3 Apply paint when previous coat of paint is dry or adequately cured Additional interior application requirements wl Apply paint finishes when temperature at location of installation can be satisfactorily maintained within manufacturer s recommendations 2 Schedule operations to approval of Departmental Representative such that painted surfaces will have dried and cured sufficiently before occupants are affected Products MATERIALS Paint materials listed in the MPI Approved Products List APL are acceptable for use on this project Provide paint materials for paint systems from single manufacturer Only qualified products with E2 or E3 Environmentally Friendly rating are acceptable for use on this project Conform to latest MPI requirements for interior painting work including preparation and priming Materials primers paints coatings varnishes stains lacquers fillers thinners solvents etc in accordance with MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual Approved Product listing Project No R 067898 002 INTERIOR PAINTING Section 09 91 23 Page 7 of 12 6 Linseed oil shellac and turpentine highest quality product from approved manufacturer listed in MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual compatible with other coating materials as required 7 Flash point 61 0 degrees C or greater for water borne surface coatings and recycled water borne surf
357. turer verifying compliance of Work in handling installing applying protecting and cleaning of product and submit Manufacturer s Field Reports as described in PART 1 SUBMITTALS 2 Provide manufacturer s field services consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visits for inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer s instructions 3 Schedule site visits to review Work as directed in PART 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 4 CLEANING wl Proceed in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions 2 On completion and verification of performance of installation remove surplus materials excess materials rubbish tools and equipment END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND SAFETY BLANKETS Section 10 44 16 19 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ REFERENCES 1 Health Canada Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS 1 Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS 2 National Fire Protection Association NFPA A NFPA Fire 10 Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers 2007 Edition 3 Underwriters Laboratories of Canada ULC 1 CAN ULC S508 02 Standard for the Rating and Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishers Including Amendments 1 and 2 1 2 ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Al Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 2 Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s printed product literature and datasheet and include p
358. turn by manufacturer of pallets crates padding packaging materials as specified in Construction Waste Management Plan Waste Reduction Workplan in accordance with Section 01 74 21 Construction Demolition Waste Management and Disposal Project No R 067898 002 NON STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Section 09 22 16 Page 3 of 4 Part 2 2 1 Part 3 3 1 3 2 Products MATERIALS Non load bearing channel stud framing to ASTM C645 92 mm stud size unless otherwise indicated thickness as required by engineered shop drawings roll formed hot dipped galvanized steel sheet for screw attachment of gypsum board il Knock out service holes at 460 mm centres Floor and ceiling tracks to ASTM C645 in widths to suit stud sizes 32 mm flange height Metal channel stiffener 1 4 mm thick cold rolled steel coated with rust inhibitive coating Acoustical sealant in accordance with Section 07 92 00 Joint Sealants Noise stop foam seal continuous 3 mm thick x 45 mm wide with self sticking permanent adhesive on one face lengths as required Execution EXAMINATION Verification of Conditions verify that conditions of substrate previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for non structural metal framing application in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions 1 Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative 2 Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable con
359. ude approved listings in Maintenance Manual 5 Obtain receipt for delivered products and submit prior to final payment Extra Stock Materials 4 Provide maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification sections Provide items of same manufacture and quality as items in Work 3 Deliver to site location as directed place and store Receive and catalogue items sl Submit inventory listing to Departmental Representative 2 Include approved listings in Maintenance Manual 5 Obtain receipt for delivered products and submit prior to final payment Special Tools 1 Provide special tools in quantities specified in individual specification section 2 Provide items with tags identifying their associated function and equipment 3 Deliver to site location as directed place and store 4 Receive and catalogue items 1 Submit inventory listing to Departmental Representative 2 Include approved listings in Maintenance Manual DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Store spare parts maintenance materials and special tools in manner to prevent damage or deterioration Store in original and undamaged condition with manufacturer s seal and labels intact Store components subject to damage from weather in weatherproof enclosures Store paints and freezable materials in a heated and ventilated room Remove and replace damaged products at own expense and for review by Departmental Representative WARRANTIES AND BONDS Develop wa
360. uested Departmental Representative will assist in preparing schedule fixing dates for preparation Mock ups may remain as part of Work at the discretion of the Departmental Representative MILL TESTS Submit mill test certificates as requested Project No R 067898 002 QUALITY CONTROL Section 01 45 00 Page 3 of 3 1 10 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 1 Submit adjustment and balancing reports for mechanical electrical and building equipment systems 2 Refer to Section 01 91 13 General Commissioning CX Requirements for definitive requirements Part 2 Products 2 1 NOT USED 1 Not Used Part 3 Execution 3 1 NOT USED 1 Not Used END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Section 01 61 00 Page 1 of 4 Part 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 General REFERENCES Conform to reference standards in whole or in part as specifically requested in specifications If there is question as to whether products or systems are in conformance with applicable standards Departmental Representative reserves right to have such products or systems tested to prove or disprove conformance Cost for such testing will be born by Departmental Representative in event of conformance with Contract Documents or by Contractor in event of non conformance QUALITY Products materials equipment and articles incorporated in Work shall be new not damaged or defective and of best quality for purpose intended If requested furnish e
361. uired to link multiple control unit s within a facility and to access and monitor operational status of secure zones The supplier may also provide proprietary monitoring software as an optional item It shall be the departmental representatives responsibility to determine and facilitate communication monitoring alert methodologies and ensure that communications and security requirements are maintained It shall be the departmental representatives responsibility to provide any computer equipment or other resources required for monitoring security requirements D Sound Masking Systems Acoustical Performance 1 The supplier shall setup the sound masking system to meet acoustical performance requirements when HVAC systems are functioning under what is considered a normal mode of operation for occupied periods It is the departmental representatives responsibility to ensure HVAC systems are operating as required during sound masking system s scheduled commissioning and that background noise levels generated by HVAC systems comply with applicable industry standards references Section 1 2 H l The departmental representative should make efforts to provide supplier tendering information indicating any locations where existing building noise exceeds HVAC acoustical performance standards and or the preferred sound masking spectrum levels identified in Section 1 3 D 3 4 5 The departmental representative shall make efforts to provide
362. ume and contour adjustment system zoning for masking timer and room control functions masking timer programming Project No R 067898 002 SOUND MASKING SYSTEMS 27 5119 Page 6 of 12 vi vii 3 security functions system diagnostics logging and real time monitoring The system shall also provide the capability for multiple central control units to be interconnected using standards communication and data protocols for interfacing with building management systems and or from a central computer location F Addressing The systems operational features and or supplier installation report documentation shall provide a means of identifying the location of any masking devices identified in the control units operational logs as malfunctioning G Timer Performance The control unit and or PC software shall provide masking timer function that includes automatic masking volume adjustments according to custom departmental representative programmed schedules the ability to digitally assign any group of masking zones to a selected time schedule calendar based operation automatic and departmental representative defined daylight savings adjustment The timer function in each control panel component shall provide independent timer zones each with a programmable 15 day acclimatization function that automatically increases the masking volume according to a departmental representative defined schedule a programmable activation date for the
363. unted equipment systems 1 Anchor equipment to equipment supports 2 Anchor equipment supports to structure 3 Use size of bolts scheduled in approved shop drawings 2 Suspended equipment systems 1 Use one or combination of following methods 1 Install tight to structure 2 Cross brace in every direction 3 Brace back to structure A Slack cable restraint system 2 SCS to prevent sway in horizontal plane rocking in vertical plane sliding and buckling in axial direction 3 Hanger rods to withstand compressive loading and buckling Project No R 067898 002 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS SRS Section 23 05 49 01 TYPE P2 BUILDINGS Page 4 2 4 SRS FOR VIBRATION ISOLATED EQUIPMENT 1 Floor mounted equipment systems 1 Use one or combination of following methods 1 Vibration isolators with built in snubbers 2 Vibration isolators and separate snubbers 3 Built up snubber system approved by Departmental Representative consisting of structural elements and elastomeric layer 2 SRS to resist complete isolator unloading 3 SRS not to jeopardize noise and vibration isolation systems Provide 4 8 mm clearance between seismic restraint snubbers and equipment during normal operation of equipment and systems A Cushioning action gentle and steady by utilizing elastomeric material or other means in order to avoid high impact loads 2 Suspended equipment systems 1 Use one or combination of following methods 1 Slack cable restrai
364. unting on wall by electrical trade PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 _ EXAMINATION 1 Verification of Conditions verify that conditions of substrate previously installed under other Sections or Contracts are acceptable for HVAC fans installation in accordance with manufacturer s written instructions 1 Visually inspect substrate in presence of Departmental Representative 2 Inform Departmental Representative of unacceptable conditions immediately upon discovery 3 Proceed with installation only after unacceptable conditions have been remedied and after receipt of written approval to proceed from Departmental Representative 3 2 FAN INSTALLATION 1 Install fans as indicated complete with resilient mountings flexible electrical leads and flexible connections in accordance with Section 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories 2 Access doors and access panels to be easily accessible 3 3 ANCHOR BOLTS AND TEMPLATES 1 Size anchor bolts to withstand seismic acceleration and velocity forces as specified 3 4 _ CLEANING 1 Progress Cleaning clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions Nil Leave Work area clean at end of each day 2 Final Cleaning upon completion remove surplus materials rubbish tools and equipment in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions END Project No R 067898 002 AIR TERMINAL UNITS Section 23 36 00 Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ REFERENCES l Nat
365. uptible Power Supply VAV Variable Air Volume 1 4 DEFINITIONS 1 Point may be logical or physical Logical points values calculated by system such as setpoints totals counts derived corrections and 1 2 52 Point Name composed of two parts point identifier and point expansion 1 may include but not limited to result of and statements in CDL s Physical points inputs or outputs which have hardware wired to controllers which are measuring physical properties or providing status conditions of contacts or relays which provide interaction with related equipment stop start and valve or damper actuators Point identifier comprised of three descriptors area descriptor system descriptor and point descriptor for which database to provide 25 character field for each point identifier System is system that point is located on 1 Area descriptor building or part of building where point is located 2 System descriptor system that point is located on 3 Point descriptor physical or logical point description For point identifier area system and point will be shortforms or acronyms Database must provide 25character field for each point identifier n Project No R 067898 002 EMCS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 25 05 01 Page 3 52 3 Point expansion comprised of three fields one for each descriptor Expanded form of shortform or acronym used in area system and point d
366. vailable collect waste materials by type and provide for delivery to recycling or collection facility 7 Set aside and protect surplus and uncontaminated finish materials Deliver to or arrange collection by employees individuals or organizations for verifiable re use or re manufacturing SITE CONDITIONS Heating Ventilation and Lighting 1 Do not perform repainting work unless adequate and continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities are in place to maintain ambient air and substrate temperatures above 10 degrees C for 24 hours before during and after paint application and until paint has cured sufficiently 2 Ventilate enclosed spaces Where required provide continuous ventilation for seven days after completion of application of paint 3 Co ordinate use of existing ventilation system with Departmental Representative and ensure its operation during and after application of paint as required 4 Do not perform painting work unless minimum lighting level of 323Lux is provided on surfaces to be painted Temperature Humidity and Substrate Moisture Content Levels 1 Unless specifically pre approved Departmental Representative and applied product manufacturer do not perform repainting work when 1 Ambient air and substrate temperatures are below 10 degrees C 2 Substrate temperature is over 32 degrees C unless paint is specifically formulated for application at high temperatures 3 Relative humidity within area to
367. vices When services are encountered cap off in manner approved by authority having jurisdiction Record location of capped service Products NOT USED Not Used Execution NOT USED Not Used END OF SECTION Project No R 067898 002 EXECUTION Section 01 73 00 Page 1 of 3 Part 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 General ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects 1 Structural integrity of elements of project 2 Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant elements 3 Efficiency maintenance or safety of operational elements A Visual qualities of sight exposed elements 5 Work of Departmental Representative or separate contractor Include in request 1 Identification of project Location and description of affected Work Statement on necessity for cutting or alteration Description of proposed Work and products to be used Alternatives to cutting and patching Effect on Work of Departmental Representative or separate contractor Written permission of affected separate contractor 1 tr ER D Date and time work will be executed MATERIALS Required for original installation Change in Materials Submit request for substitution in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures PREPARATION Inspect existing conditions including elements subj
368. vices are fully operational 3 Inform fire alarm system monitoring agency and local Fire Department immediately prior to isolation and immediately upon restoration of normal operation A Provide verification report at completion of work in accordance with CAN ULC S537 Project No R 067898 002 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Section 26 05 00 Page 4 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 _ MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1 Material and equipment to be CSA certified Where CSA certified material and equipment are not available obtain special approval from inspection authorities before delivery to site and submit such approval as described in PART 1 5 SUBMITTALS 2 Factory assemble control panels and component assemblies 2 2 WARNING SIGNS 1 Warning Signs in accordance with requirements of authority having jurisdiction and Departmental Represenative 32 Decal signs minimum size 175 x 250 mm 2 3 __WIRING TERMINATIONS 1 Ensure lugs terminals screws used for termination of wiring are suitable for either copper or aluminum conductors 2 4 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION 1 Identify electrical equipment with nameplates and labels as follows 1 Nameplates lamicoid 3 mm thick plastic engraving sheet black face white core or to match building starndard lettering accurately aligned and engraved into core mechanically attached with self tapping screws 2 Sizes as follows NAMEPLATE SIZES Size 6 25 x 100 mm 1 line 12 mm high
369. vidence as to type source and quality of products provided Procurement policy is to acquire in cost effective manner items containing highest percentage of recycled and recovered materials practicable consistent with maintaining satisfactory levels of competition Make reasonable efforts to use recycled and recovered materials and in otherwise utilizing recycled and recovered materials in execution of work Defective products whenever identified prior to completion of Work will be rejected regardless of previous inspections Inspection does not relieve responsibility but is precaution against oversight or error Remove and replace defective products at own expense and be responsible for delays and expenses caused by rejection Should disputes arise as to quality or fitness of products decision rests strictly with Departmental Representative based upon requirements of Contract Documents Unless otherwise indicated in specifications maintain uniformity of manufacture for any particular or like item throughout building Permanent labels trademarks and nameplates on products are not acceptable in prominent locations except where required for operating instructions or when located in mechanical or electrical rooms STORAGE HANDLING AND PROTECTION Handle and store products in manner to prevent damage adulteration deterioration and soiling and in accordance with manufacturer s instructions when applicable Store packaged or bundled
370. w Departmental Representative access to Work If part of Work is in preparation at locations other than Place of Work allow access to such Work whenever it is in progress Give timely notice requesting inspection minimum 5 days if Work is designated for special tests inspections or approvals by Departmental Representative instructions or law of Place of Work If Contractor covers or permits to be covered Work that has been designated for special tests inspections or approvals before such is made uncover such Work have inspections or tests satisfactorily completed and make good such Work Departmental Representative will order part of Work to be examined if Work is suspected to be not in accordance with Contract Documents If upon examination such work is found not in accordance with Contract Documents correct such Work and pay cost of examination and correction If such Work is found in accordance with Contract Documents Departmental Representative shall pay cost of examination and replacement INDEPENDENT INSPECTION AGENCIES Independent Inspection Testing Agencies will be engaged by Departmental Representative for purpose of inspecting and or testing portions of Work Cost of such services will be borne by Departmental Representative Provide equipment required for executing inspection and testing by appointed agencies Employment of inspection testing agencies does not relax responsibility to perform Work in accordance with Contra
371. will be returned for incorporation in Work Hardware List il Submit contract hardware list 2 Indicate specified hardware including make model material function size finish and other pertinent information Test Reports certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties Manufacturer s Instructions submit manufacturer s installation instructions Sustainable Design Submittals Project No R 067898 002 DOOR HARDWARE Section 08 71 00 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 Page 2 of 7 1 Construction Waste Management 1 Submit project Waste Management Plan Waste Reduction Workplan highlighting recycling and salvage requirements 2 Submit calculations on end of project recycling rates salvage rates and landfill rates demonstrating that 75 of construction wastes were recycled or salvaged 2 Recycled Content 1 Submit listing of recycled content products used including details of required percentages or recycled content materials and products showing their costs and percentages of post consumer post industrial content and total cost of materials for project CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 00 Closeout Submittals Operation and Maintenance Data submit operation and maintenance data for door hardware for incorporation into manual MAINTENANCE MATERIALS SUBMITTALS Extra Stock Materials 1 Supply maintenance materials in accordance
372. y cement compound on pipe fittings must be conducted using a minimum of Type 2 asbestos work procedures The removal or disturbance of more than one square metre of friable asbestos containing materials must be conducted using Type 3 asbestos work procedures Type 3 asbestos abatement operations performed in occupied buildings require daily asbestos air monitoring outside of each asbestos work area as per PWGSC DP 057 It should be noted that the removal of good condition asbestos containing pipe insulation and pipe fitting insulation can be 10 Project No R 067484 001 Rev A Section 01 14 25 Designated Substances Report Page 11 conducted using Type 2 glove bag procedures provided the material is in good condition and a proper seal can be maintained The removal or disturbance of non friable ACMs black tar if disturbance is necessary can be conducted using a minimum of Type 1 asbestos work procedures in accordance with O Reg 278 05 as amended provided the material is wetted to control the spread of dust or fibres and the work is done only by means of non powered hand held tools If these conditions cannot be met then more stringent Type 2 or Type 3 work procedures are required The breaking cutting drilling abrading grinding sanding or vibrating of non friable ACMs black tar at floor ceiling penetrations if disturbance is necessary can be conducted using Type 1 asbestos precautionary measures provided
373. y to Friday from 18 00 to 07 00 hours and on Saturdays Sundays and statutory holidays Update schedule on a monthly basis reflecting activity changes and completion as well as activity in progress REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS References and Codes 1 Materials shall be new and work shall conform to the minimum applicable standards of the References indicated in the specification sections the National Building Code of Canada 2010 NBC and all applicable Provincial and Municipal codes In the case of conflict or discrepancy the most stringent requirement shall apply Building Smoking Environment Pal Smoking is not permitted in the Building Obey smoking restrictions on building property Hazardous Material Discovery wl Stop work immediately when material resembling spray or trowel applied asbestos Polychlorinated Biphenyl PCB mould or other designated substance hazardous substance is encountered during demolition work wl Take preventative measure and promptly notify Departmental Representative 2 Do not proceed until written instructions have been received from Departmental Representative FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Comply with both the National Building Code of Canada 2010 and the National Fire Code of Canada 2010 for safety of persons in buildings in the event of a fire and the protection of buildings from the effects of fire as follows wl The National Building Code NBC for fire safety and fire protection featu
374. y with manufacturer s written recommendations including product technical bulletins handling storage and installation instructions and datasheets 3 2 _ INSTALLATION 1 Mounting heights 1 Standard to comply with manufacturer s recommendations unless otherwise indicated or specified 2 Physically handicapped to comply with most stringent of either NBCC or CAN CSA B651 Project No R 067898 002 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES AND SINKS Section 22 42 16 Page 3 3 3 ADJUSTING 1 Conform to water conservation requirements specified this section 2 Adjustments oD Adjust water flow rate to design flow rates 52 Adjust pressure to fixtures to ensure no splashing at maximum pressures 3 4 _ CLEANING 1 Clean in accordance with Section 01 00 10 General Instructions A Remove surplus materials excess materials rubbish tools and equipment END Project No R 067898 002 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS SRS Section 23 05 49 01 TYPE P2 BUILDINGS Page 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 _ SUMMARY 1 Section Includes 1 Seismic restraint systems for statically supported and vibration isolated equipment and systems including all mechanical equipment both vibration isolated and statically supported 2 Related Requirements A Section 21 13 13 Wet Pipe Sprinkler Systems 1 2 REFERENCES 1 Health Canada Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System WHMIS 1 Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS 2 National Research

Buyandsell.gc.ca

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents